Inventors list

Assignees list

Classification tree browser

Top 100 Inventors

Top 100 Assignees


Switching a message which includes an address header

Subclass of:

370 - Multiplex communications

370351000 - PATHFINDING OR ROUTING

Patent class list (only not empty are listed)

Deeper subclasses:

Class / Patent application numberDescriptionNumber of patent applications / Date published
370400000 Having a plurality of nodes performing distributed switching 1443
370392000 Processing of address header for routing, per se 1092
370390000 Replicate messages for multiple destination distribution 581
370395100 Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) 547
370412000 Queuing arrangement 312
370419000 Input or output circuit, per se (i.e., line interface) 160
370394000 Sequencing or resequencing of packets to insure proper output sequence order 156
370422000 Centralized switching 11
370411000 Including sorting and merging networks 10
370391000 Switching input signals having different aggregate bit rates 7
370427000 Space switching 1
20120087377METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR HIERARCHICAL ROUTING IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for hierarchical routing in communication networks are disclosed. An example hierarchical routing method for a communication network disclosed herein comprises determining a plurality of constrained weighted paths to connect pairs of border nodes of a cluster in the communication network, each constrained weighted path having a respective bandwidth and a respective weight, a constrained weighted path for a pair of border nodes of the cluster being selected, based on a bandwidth threshold, from a set of possible paths capable of connecting the pair of border nodes, and advertising the plurality of constrained weighted paths determined for the cluster.04-12-2012
Entries
DocumentTitleDate
20080285550DUAL OSS MANAGEMENT OF AN ETHERNET ACCESS NETWORK - Management of Ethernet access networks that provide both TDM services and packet services is disclosed. An Ethernet access network as described herein includes a head end having TDM network interface ports and packet network interface ports, customer location equipment (CLE) having TDM service interface ports and packet service interface ports, and a connection medium connecting the head end and the customer location equipment. To provide management of the network, a relationship is defined between TDM network interface ports of the head end and TDM service interface ports of the CLE. The defined relationship between the TDM network interface ports and the TDM service interface ports is modeled as a cross connect system. A TDM OSS may then manage the TDM services of the Ethernet access network by managing the cross connect system, and a packet OSS may manage the packet services of the Ethernet access network.11-20-2008
20090092134Method for Geolocation based on the unique identifier information of an electronic device detected by the first router in a network connection - A system to determine the geographical location of an origin electronic device with networking capabilities, based on the information provided by data carrier companies. Each company assign to geographic coordinates their last mile connections. In the communications between two machines located in different Local Area Network, data packets show the following characteristics:04-09-2009
20110176543METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING EFFECTS OF LOST PACKETS ON REDUNDANCY REDUCTION IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A capability is provided for reducing the effects of lost packets on algorithms used for reducing or eliminating redundant traffic in cellular wireless networks. An encoding node encodes a target packet using a reference packet from a packet cache of the encoding node, and transmits the encoded packet to a decoding node having a packet cache. The decoding node receives the encoded packet and attempts to decode the encoded packet to recover the target packet. The decoding node detects that the reference packet identified in the encoded packet is missing from the packet cache of the decoding node. The decoding node generates a control packet identifying the missing reference packet and transmits the control packet to the encoding node. The encoding node receives the control packet and processes the reference packet stored in the packet cache of the encoding node in a manner for preventing use of the reference packet, by the encoding node, for encoding packets for transmission to the decoding node.07-21-2011
20110176542TRANSPORTING REAL TIME VIDEO FRAMES OVER AN ETHERNET NETWORK - Systems and methods for real time data processing using a switching network and multiple digital signal processors (DSPs). In an embodiment, the system includes a first digital signal processor having a video port interface, a first interface disposed between the video port interface of the first digital signal processor and a switching network, a second digital signal processor having a video port interface, and a second interface disposed between the video port interface of the second digital processor and the switching network. The first interface is configured to parse a VSYNC line of a video frame that is output from the first digital signal processor via its video port interface to generate a multiplexing table based upon which scan lines of the video frame are broken up into packets compatible with the switching network such that the packets can be transmitted over the switching network and be received by the second interface and the second digital signal processor via its video port interface.07-21-2011
20130028253TRANSMISSION OF MULTI-CHANNEL MPEG - A system, and related methodology, are provided that are configured to receive, at a first network element such as a Universal Edge Quadrature Amplitude Modulator (UEQAM), multiple channels of data delivered as respective streams of packets, form a packet switched communication frame including a sub-layer header, encapsulate packets from the respective multiple channels into a payload field of the packet switched communication frame, identify the packets encapsulated in the payload field with respective tags in the sub-layer header, and transmit the packet switched communication frame to a second network element such as a Downstream Physical (DS-PHY) entity where the individual packets are recovered and mapped to selected respective stream processing resources based on respective tags.01-31-2013
20090207838TERNARY CONTENT ADDRESSABLE MEMORY EMBEDDED IN A CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT - An arithmetic logic unit (08-20-2009
20100061366METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LINK SHARING AMONG LOGICAL ROUTERS - An approach is provided for sharing capacity among multiple logical routers. A request from one of a plurality of logical routers is received for reserving bandwidth corresponding to a port shared by the logical routers. Reservation of the bandwidth is confirmed within a forwarding plane before granting the request to the one logical router.03-11-2010
20090129377SERVICE FOR MAPPING IP ADDRESSES TO USER SEGMENTS - A system is disclosed that uses behavioral data collected by ISPs to categorize particular ISP subscribers. The behavioral data may, for example, include the identities of particular web sites and/or web pages accessed by particular subscribers, the search queries used by the subscribers to conduct Internet searches, and/or other types of behavioral information. The ISP subscribers are assigned to particular behavioral categories or “segments” using a behavioral segmentation schema that maps particular subscriber behaviors to particular behavioral segments. The ISP subscribers may also be mapped to other segment types, such as demographic segments derived from off-line data about the subscribers. The subscriber-to-segment mappings are made available to content targeting entities via a query interface that, for example, supports queries of the form “what are the segments associated with IP address X?”05-21-2009
20100054243Method of and apparatus for providing reserved bandwidth to ethernet devices over switched ethernet including a home network wall plate having a combined IEEE 1394 and ethernet modified HUB - A combined IEEE 1394-2000 and ethernet network allows devices to operate according to both the IEEE 1394-2000 protocol and the ethernet protocol. The devices within the network are able to send IEEE 1394-2000 isochronous data, IEEE 1394-2000 asynchronous data and ethernet data. Both IEEE 1394-2000 and ethernet devices are coupled to modified hubs (MHUBS) to form a local cluster. The MHUBS are coupled to an ethernet switch which controls communications between devices in different local clusters. The ethernet switch and the MHUBS obey an isochronous interval in which all isochronous data transfers and asynchronous data transfers from ethernet devices with an allocation of reserved bandwidth will be allowed. The ethernet switch sends a periodic isotick signal to begin the isochronous interval. Bandwidth remaining after the isochronous interval is then allocated to the IEEE 1394-2000 asynchronous traffic, until the start of the next isochronous interval.03-04-2010
20090073971PER-PACKET QUALITY OF SERVICE SUPPORT FOR ENCRYPTED IPSEC TUNNELS - A method for performing an IPSec tunneling operation is disclosed, which enables the ToS parameter of the QoS parameter in an inner packet to be copied to an outer packet before transmission across an un-trusted network. The QoS parameter is part of an IP header of the inner packet being transmitted. The copy of the ToS parameter is stored in the IP header of the outer packet. The ToS parameter may be stored in the outer packet IP header before or after ICV calculation under the AH protocol is performed.03-19-2009
20080259919Method for Dynamic Sensor Network Processing - Described are a method and a sensor aware network for dynamic processing of sensor data. Network context data are inserted into data packets from sensors or local sensor networks coupled to the sensor aware network. Sensor aware nodes in the sensor aware network can read the context data and can respond by performing specific network actions. The sensor data and network context data are provided to one or more application nodes. The sensor data and network context data can be stored in a database and later searched according to the network context data. Advantageously, sensor data flows can be treated differently by the sensor aware network, the application and the user, depending on the type of sensor data and the actual data values. Thus critical responses to certain sensor data flows can be implemented more efficiently than otherwise possible using conventional network configurations.10-23-2008
20080259918Method and apparatus for managing telephone calls - A system and method for managing telephone calls is disclosed. The system includes a central controller that receives and processes telephone calls. The identity of a caller is first determined. Based on predetermined settings designated by an end user, a call is directed to one or more telephones of the end user. Preferably, the end user's telephones ring simultaneously. The user may answer any of his/her telephones and choose from among several options of how to handle the call. If the user chooses to answer the call, the call may be transferred to that telephone and the conversation may commence.10-23-2008
20080259916OPPORTUNISTIC QUEUEING INJECTION STRATEGY FOR NETWORK LOAD BALANCING - Embodiments of the invention include a method, system, and article of manufacture that provide opportunistic queuing injection strategy used for data communication between nodes of a parallel computer system. A message may be encapsulated into a set of data packets. When the packets are sent, an opportunistic injection queue may be configured to transmit them to multiple hardware injection ports. This approach allows for complete network link saturation. In a parallel system with network links in multiple dimensions, sending message packets using more than one dimension may substantially increase network throughput.10-23-2008
20080259915Communication Module Having a Communication Interface Element and Communication Interface Element - A communication interface element for a communication module is provided, which module contains a message memory and a first data path to and from the message memory via which data and/or messages are transmitted to and from the message memory. The communication interface element provides an additional, second data path in the communication module and includes switching arrangement configured in such a way that predefinable data and/or messages of the first data path are transmitted over the additional, second data path.10-23-2008
20100008360PACKET ROUTING AND VECTORING BASED ON PAYLOAD COMPARISON WITH SPATIALLY RELATED TEMPLATES - An Internet infrastructure with network devices and end point devices containing service module manager and service modules, that supports packet routing and vectoring based on payload comparison with spatially related templates. The network device that supports packet content analysis on arriving packet, consists of a plurality of packet switched interface circuitries, user interface circuitry, local storage comprising the service module manager software and a plurality of local service modules, and processing circuitry communicatively coupled to each of the packet switched interfaces, local storage and user interface circuit. The processing circuitry executes service module manager and thus analyzes the packet content and applies one or more selected local service module processing using the packet. The service module manager contains, for comparisons, header templates, spatially related payload trigger templates and spatially related payload supplemental templates. The spatially related templates attempt to identify a target data with certainty. The processing circuitry takes one or more actions on the packet of a target data, by applying selected service modules.01-14-2010
20100008359APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ENHANCING FORWARDING AND CLASSIFICATION OF NETWORK TRAFFIC WITH PRIORITIZED MATCHING AND CATEGORIZATION - An apparatus is described that performs prioritized matching through processing of network traffic in accordance with provisioned rules and policies. The apparatus includes a plurality of microcode controlled state machines, and a distribution circuit that routes input data to the plurality of microcode controlled state machines, such that the plurality of microcode controlled state machines apply rules to the input data to determine matches and produce priority indicators, wherein each match has an associated priority indicator. At least one of the matches is selected based on the priority indicators. Advantageously, the apparatus provides an architectural framework well suited to a low cost, high speed, robust implementation of flexible, advanced network security and monitoring features and network traffic analysis.01-14-2010
20100142525VIRTUAL LANE IDENTIFICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR APPLYING VIRTUAL LANE SCHEME TO OPTICAL TRANSPORT NETWORK - There is provided a virtual lane identification method and apparatus for applying a virtual lane scheme to an optical transport network. More particularly, there is provided a technique for identifying virtual lanes using multi-frame alignment signals (MFASs) at a receiver without modifying an existing frame structure of an optical transport network signal by periodically changing a rotating direction of the virtual lanes when applying an Ethernet virtual lane scheme to a ultra-high speed OTN signal, particularly to OTU4 (100G).06-10-2010
20090059917SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RELIABLE MESSAGE DELIVERY OVER DIGITAL NETWORKS - Systems and methods reliably transmit a message from a sender to a receiver via a network. A reliability module is configured to determine a probability of delivering a packet from the sender to the recipient via the network. Mode selection logic determines transmission mode from a number of options based upon the probability of delivering the packet from the sender to the recipient. A formatting module is configured to provide a first push that includes the message and, in at least one of the operating modes, a number of redundancy packets formulated as a function of the contents of the message. The receiver acknowledges the packets received so that any dropped packets can be re-transmitted. The redundancy packets can be created using Reed-Solomon or other forward error-correcting codes to further increase the reliability of the message transmission when network conditions warrant.03-05-2009
20090290581BROADCAST-CONTENT TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, BROADCAST-CONTENT RECEIVING APPARATUS, BROADCAST-CONTENT TRANSMITTING METHOD, BROADCAST-CONTENT RECEIVING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A broadcast-content transmitting apparatus includes a content input unit (11-26-2009
20110194556Service Level Executable Environment for Integrated PSTN and IP Networks and Call Processing Language Therefor - A service level executable environment (SLEE) in a telecommunications network linking a PSTN and a packet (e.g., IP) network is provided. The SLEE includes a scripting language, a compiler adapted to compile scripts written with said scripting language into executables, and a plurality of dynamically loaded shared libraries, wherein the dynamically loaded shared libraries are distributed over the IP network and executables can utilize dynamically loaded shared libraries from different locations in the IP network.08-11-2011
20110194555CENTRALIZED RECORDING AND PROCESSING OF RECEIVED PACKET PARAMETERS - A receiver for maintaining parameters of packets received from a transmitter is provided. In the receiver: a first module receives packets from the transmitter and decodes the packets to obtain corresponding payload data, wherein each received packet is transmitted in accordance with a first set of parameters predetermined before decoding of the packets, a second set of parameters which are dynamically determined when the packets are being decoded, and a third set of parameters which are determined after the packets have been decoded. Also, a record generating module generates a record for each received packet, wherein the record comprises the first set, the second set, and the third set of parameters and a buffering module stores the record and corresponding payload data of each received packet. A second module retrieves the record and corresponding payload data from the buffering module, and processes the corresponding payload data according to the record.08-11-2011
20090296702BANDWIDTH RESERVATION FOR AUTHENTICATED APPLICATIONS - Methods, systems, devices, and software are disclosed for providing application levels of service over a network. Embodiments of the invention maintain a list of registered applications (or application providers) that have registered with a network resources provider. Customers of the network resources provider may authenticate some or all of the registered applications, indicating a desire to allow traffic relating to those applications over their access networks. Customers may further set application levels of service with respect to those authenticated applications. Certain embodiments may manage network traffic to accord with the application levels of service.12-03-2009
20090323681POLICY-BASED ROUTING IN A MULTI-HOMED COMPUTER - Policy-based routing system and method for a multi-homed computer. Policy-based routing permits or blocks usage of system level route(s) based on user credentials and/or network application(s) associated with a data transfer. The credentials can include information associated with an application, a user, and the like. Optionally, one or more filter(s) can be configured over classifiable field(s), such as credential(s), information associated with a determined proposed route, to statically permit/block route usage and/or to invoke an inspection module (e.g., custom inspection routine) when the filter condition(s) are met.12-31-2009
20100118874METHOD, SYSTEM AND PEER DEVICE FOR MESSAGE ROUTING - A method for message routing in a Peer to Peer (P2P) network includes the following steps: when a request message is routed from a source peer to a destination peer, the source peer and every intermediate peer that needs to be recorded add path information of the local peer to the request message and forward the request message to a next hop until the message arrives at the destination peer, where the path information includes a communication address of the local peer; the destination peer adds the path information in the request message to a response message obtained according to the request message; and the response message is routed from the destination peer to the source peer according to the path information. A source peer, an intermediate forwarding peer, and a destination peer as well as a message routing system are also disclosed. With the present invention, recursive message routing is implemented in a structured P2P network. Because a peer in the P2P network no longer needs to maintain a local transaction table, resources of the peer are saved and the cost of the P2P network is less.05-13-2010
20100118871SYSTEMATIC APPROACH TOWARDS MINIMIZING PACKET CLASSIFIERS - A method is provided for constructing a packet classifier for a computer network system. The method includes: representing a set of rules for packet classification as a directed graph; formulating a plurality of minimization problems from the directed graph, where subgraphs extending from non-terminal nodes in the directed graph represent a minimization problem (i.e., a one-dimensional packet classifier); solving the plurality of minimization problems; combining solutions for the plurality of minimization problems to yield a reduced set of rules which form a reduced packet classifier; and instantiating the reduced packet classifier in a content-addressable memory device.05-13-2010
20100118872COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND PATH SETTING CONTROL METHOD - A communication apparatus operable to set a path based on path setting information used to set a communication path over a communication network formed by a plurality of the communication apparatuses, the communication apparatus including a first storage medium operable to store first path setting information formatted with a first format, a second storage medium operable to store second path setting information formatted with a second format, and a controller operable to control to convert control information of the communication apparatus in which the first path setting information stored in the first storage medium is set, to the second path setting information formatted with the second format.05-13-2010
20100118869Facilitating Transition of Network Operations from IP Version 4 to IP Version 6 - Methods, apparatuses and systems directed to facilitating transitions from IPv4 to IPv6 networks. In particular implementations, the invention facilitates or enables accessibility of network application services between IPv4 and IPv6 hosts, or traversal of network paths including both IPv6 or IPv4 domains. Particular implementations of the invention are directed to selective mapping of network layer addresses between IPv6 and IPv4 protocols and Domain Name System records under one or more policy controls. Other implementations of the invention are directed to a proxy-to-proxy based tunnel architecture allowing hosts implementing a first network layer protocol, such as IPv4, to traverse a network implementing a second network layer protocol, such as IPv6.05-13-2010
20100118868SECURE NETWORK OPTIMIZATIONS WHEN RECEIVING DATA DIRECTLY IN A VIRTUAL MACHINE'S MEMORY ADDRESS SPACE - Techniques are disclosed for increasing the security of a system where incoming network packets are directly placed into the memory space of a virtual machine (VM) operating system (OS) running on the system via direct memory access (DMA). In an embodiment, each packet is split into a first portion, which requires further processing, and a second portion, which may be immediately placed into the VM OS's memory address space. When the host OS running on the system completes processing the first portion, it places it directly before the second portion in the VM OS memory space and indicates to the VM OS that a packet is available. Techniques are further disclosed that mitigate the security risk in such systems related to VLAN ID configuration.05-13-2010
20100074254COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, RECEIVING APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND RECORD MEDIUM - An exemplary object of the present invention lies in a point of providing a time stamp packet transmitting apparatus capable of transferring time information in a packet network without being effected by a periodic dispersion time of a delay. The time stamp packet transmitting apparatus of the present invention is for changing a sending time period of a time stamp packet for filing time information, and transmitting the time stamp packet at its changed sending time period to a time stamp packet receiving apparatus via a packet network. In the present invention, sending the time stamp packet at an arbitrary sending packet time period responding to a sending trigger, which is output from an arbitrary sending cycle generator, makes it possible to detect a periodic delay jitter frequency that occurs in appliances within the packet network, and to remove the corresponding frequency.03-25-2010
20100074253ENHANCED DATA LINK COMMUNICATION OVER IRIDIUM - A method to reduce latency in a data link communication is provided. The method includes compressing a data packet to be uplinked from a ground station to an aircraft communications addressing and reporting system (ACARS) in an aircraft and determining a packet size of the data packet. The aircraft communications addressing and reporting system is configured to receive packets having a packet size less than or equal to a first threshold packet size. An Iridium router based unrestricted digital inter-working connectivity solution data service is implemented to uplink the compressed data packet if the packet size exceeds a second threshold packet size. A short burst data service is implemented to uplink the compressed data packet if the packet size is less than or equal to the second threshold packet size.03-25-2010
20120182990METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MPLS-TP TUNNEL PROTECTION PROCESSING - The present invention discloses a method and system for processing an MPLS-TP tunnel protection, including: a tail node of a multiprotocol label switching transport profile (MPLS-TP) tunnel, after receiving a data message, querying a private network label table of the tail node according to a private network label carried in the data message, and acquiring a value of a protection flag field; when judging that a protection type of the MPLS-TP tunnel is 1+1 according to the value of the protection flag field, acquiring a value of a difference bit number field, and determining a value of a corresponding difference bit in a public network label of the MPLS-TP tunnel; and acquiring a value of a decision field, and carrying out corresponding processing on the data message according to a comparison result of the value of the difference bit and the value of the decision field. With the present invention, the processing performance of the data message on the MPLS-TP tunnel can be improved.07-19-2012
20120182989System and Method of Enabling a Transparent Ethernet Switch - A system and method of enabling a transparent Ethernet switch are disclosed. According to an aspect, a network switch is disclosed. The network switch can include a plurality of physical ports configured to communicate data via a network. The network switch can further include a memory configured to store a first forwarding database, and a plurality of aggregate zone entries within the first forwarding database. The aggregate zone entries can also include a port identifier of first port of the plurality of physical ports to be used as a transparent port within a first aggregate zone.07-19-2012
20130077623MULTI-LANE BASED ETHERNET APPARATUS AND LANE OPERATING METHOD FOR DYNAMIC LANE OPERATION - Disclosed is an Ethernet apparatus having a plurality of lanes according to the present invention, including: a transmission lane identifying unit to identify a physical transmission lane according to a data transmission order by activating a transmitter, and by verifying data to be transmitted through the activated transmitter; and a transmission lane adjusting unit to adjust the physical transmission lane using information about the number of operable lanes and to transmit data through the adjusted physical transmission lane when the physical transmission lane is identified by the transmission lane identifying unit.03-28-2013
20130039363SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION DURING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN LINK PARTNERS - Generally, this disclosure describes an energy-efficient Ethernet communications approach. In at least one embodiment described herein, an Ethernet controller may be configured to operate in an active power state to transmit or receive data packets at a maximum available link speed. The maximum available link speed may be determined by a negotiation between the Ethernet controller and a link partner coupled to the Ethernet controller. Once the data packets are transmitted or received, the Ethernet controller may be configured to operate in an idle power state to reduce energy consumption.02-14-2013
20130039364Server-mediated setup and maintenance of peer-to-peer client computer communications - A method and apparatus for facilitating communication between client computers is provided. The method provides for the use of ping probing by a server to determine the types of NAT devices and/or firewalls protecting the client computers. Once these are determined, the server can predict the response to communications from the client computers and instruct the client computers to contact each other. Once a session or tunnel is established it can be maintained through the use of a flag, even if contact with the server is lost.02-14-2013
20130034095COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus includes a plurality of communication ports, a first memory unit, a second memory unit, and a processor. The second memory unit stores address information. Each entry of the address information includes an address of a node in association with one of the plurality of communication ports. The processor receives a message including an address of an incommunicable node via a receiving port which is one of the plurality of communication ports. The processor stores the received address in the first memory unit. The processor transmits the message via the plurality of communication ports other than the receiving port. The processor erases a target entry of the address information from the second memory unit after the transmission. The target entry includes an address which matches the address stored in the first memory unit.02-07-2013
20130034096ROUTING TABLE ESTABLISHMENT METHOD AND DEVICE AND ROUTING TABLE LOOKUP METHOD AND DEVICE - The embodiments of the present invention relate to a routing table establishment method and device and a routing table lookup, method and device. The routing table establishment method includes: partitioning a data structure of a routing table into a trunk and a TRIE sub-tree (02-07-2013
20080310410Method for Detecting Topology of Computer Systems - One embodiment is a method that transmits a packet having a bit field with a Time-to-live (TTL) value from a requesting node to a plurality of receiving nodes. The TTL value is decreased at each of the receiving nodes, and the packet is sent back to the requesting node that compares a value in the bit field with the TTL value to determine a topology of the receiving nodes connected to the requesting node.12-18-2008
20090296704METHOD FOR MULTI-PATH SOURCE ROUTING IN SENSOR NETWORK - A method for a multi-path source routing in a sensor network. In the sensor network including a sink node and a plurality of sensor nodes, the sensor network transmits data packets through a downlink route set based on a routing table generated by collecting uplink neighbor information of each sensor node from a control message for initializing a network and an uplink route formed by using uplink neighbors of each sensor node. Uplink neighbors for transmitting data from each sensor node to the sink node by performing a network initialization process and acquires the information in the sink node to generate the multi-path is maintained. As a result, it has advantages of reducing a control message overhead while using the multi-path and increasing scalability and energy efficiency by keeping a routing table small in the sensor node regardless of the size of the network.12-03-2009
20100046512Method and Apparatus for Tunnel Packet Optimization - A method and apparatus for tunnel packet optimization is provided. A method for communications node operation where the communications node is at a beginning of a tunnel includes receiving a message from a communications device at an end of the tunnel, processing a packet having a first source address and a first destination address, and encapsulating the packet with an outer header having a second source address and a second destination address, thereby producing a tunnel packet. The message includes a flow label related to the first source address and the first destination address. The method also includes compacting the tunnel packet based on a tunnel optimization (TO) state, and transmitting the tunnel packet towards the second destination address. The second destination address includes an address of the communications device at the end of the tunnel.02-25-2010
20100046511Automated Discovery of Network Devices Supporting Particular Transport Layer Protocols - Disclosed are, inter alia, methods, apparatus, computer-storage media, mechanisms, and means associated with automated discovery of network devices supporting particular transport layer protocols, such as, but not limited to Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP). Packet switching devices automatically discover peer packet switching devices supporting a particular transport layer protocol, and then establish a session using the particular transport layer protocol between them for subsequent use in transporting packets.02-25-2010
20090022152SYSTEM AND METHOD TO SUPPORT NETWORKING FUNCTIONS FOR MOBILE HOSTS THAT ACCESS MULTIPLE NETWORKS - An IP-based corporate network architecture and method for providing seamless secure mobile networking across office WLAN, home WLAN, public WLAN, and 2.5 G/3 G cellular networks for corporate wireless data users. The system includes Internet roaming clients (IRCs), a secure mobility gateway (SMG), optional secure IP access (SIA) gateways, and a virtual single account (VSA) server. The IRC is a special client tool installed on a mobile computer (laptop or PDA) equipped with a WLAN adaptor and a cellular modem. It is responsible for establishing and maintaining a mobile IPsec tunnel between the mobile computer and a corporate intranet. The SMG is a mobile IPsec gateway installed between the corporate intranet and the Internet. It works in conjunction with the IRC to maintain the mobile IPsec tunnel when the mobile computer is connected on the Internet via a home WLAN, a public WLAN, or a cellular network. The SIA gateway is a special IPsec gateway installed in the middle of the wired corporate intranet and an office WLAN. It works with the IRC to ensure data security and efficient use of corporate IP addresses when the mobile computer is connected to the office WLAN. The VSA server manages authentication credentials for every corporate user based on a virtual single account concept. The Internet Roaming system can provide secure, always-on office network connectivity for corporate users no matter where they are located using best available wireless networks.01-22-2009
20120207157METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR REDUCING SESSION SETUP LATENCY - An apparatus for reducing session setup latency includes a processing element. The processing element is configured to determine a status with respect to a response message made in response to an invite message associated with a communication session, determine a status with respect to media packets being communicated between nodes of a network, make a determination with respect to an acknowledgment message based at least in part on the status determination with respect to the response message and the status determination with respect to media packets, and control setup of a communication session based on the determination with respect to the acknowledgement message.08-16-2012
20120207154Port Decommissioning - A management application can automatically coordinate the decommissioning of ports in a switch, ensuring that ports are gracefully taken out of service without unnecessary interruption of service and triggering of automatic recovery functionality that may occur during manual decommissioning of ports. Embodiments may provide for decommissioning of F_ports only, E_ports only, or both F_ports and E_ports. Where link aggregation is provided for in the fabric, decommissioning of a port in a link aggregation group may be performed if there are other operational links in the group. Decommissioning of a non-aggregated port (or the last operational port in a link aggregation group) may be performed if there is a redundant path available.08-16-2012
20090168771TELEPHONE SYSTEM, AND TERMINAL DEVICE THEREOF, AND CONFIRMATION METHOD FOR THE DEVICE - According to one embodiment, if the message makes a round in accordance with the order put to the IPTs in advance, the main unit recognizes that all the IPTs are connected to the LAN. If the end message comes back to the main unit for the start message transmitted from the main unit, all the IPTs are present on the LAN. The IPTs mutually perform the keep-alive processing among terminals in turn. In the process, if timeout occurs, the IPT which has detected the occurrence notifies the absence of the next IPT to the main unit, and change the order of the keep-alive processing.07-02-2009
20100111081Method And System For Physical Signaling Between A Higher Layer And A PHY To Manage Energy Efficient Network Devices And/Or Protocols - In an Ethernet network comprising link partners coupled via an Ethernet link, an energy efficient Ethernet network communication control policy may specify a power level mode. Power level control data may be communicated between a PHY and a MAC via an MII, MDIO or a bus that is not specified by 802.3. A device above a MAC layer device may comprise hardware, software and/or firmware that may communicate the control policy to the PHY layer device and/or MAC layer device. Control data may be inserted within an inter-packet gap, a data packet preamble and/or a Q ordered set and/or may be sent via an out-of-band signal. A response to the control data may be sent via an in band path and/or out of band path. Link partners may enter and/or exit a power mode, for example, a low power idle and/or a sub-rate mode based on the communicated control data.05-06-2010
20100111080Graceful Network Merge by Performing a Graceful Transition of Conflicting Routing Identifiers - Methods and apparatus for merging two or more networks are disclosed. In one embodiment, a first switch of a first network receives a second set of information including routing identifiers associated with a second network, wherein the first switch of the first network is connected to a second switch of the second network. The first switch of the first network transmits a first set of information including routing identifiers associated with the first network. The first switch determines whether a conflict exists between the second set of information and the first set of information. A conflicting one of the routing identifiers associated with the first or second network may be transitioned to a non-conflicting routing identifier according to the determination of whether a conflict exists between the first set of information and the second set of information, thereby enabling data to flow between the first network and the second network via a link between the first switch and the second switch.05-06-2010
20100322240NO-SIGHT ROUTING FOR AD-HOC NETWORKS - A system comprising a plurality of nodes forming a network, the plurality of nodes comprising source nodes and destination nodes; wherein a propagation limit restricts the travel of link-state information transmitted by the sources nodes to a subset of destination nodes within the network. A network-layer protocol provided at a layer above that of the network facilitates communication between nodes within and outside of this subset of nodes.12-23-2010
20090154456DYNAMIC BUFFER POOL IN PCIEXPRESS SWITCHES - In a first embodiment of the present invention, a method for handling a Transaction Layer Packets (TLPs) from devices in a switch is provided, the method comprising: subtracting a first number of credits from a credit pool associated with a first port on which a first device is connected; determining if the amount of credits in the credit pool associated with the first port is less than a first predetermined threshold; and if the amount of credits in the credit pool associated with the first port is less than the first predetermined threshold, assigning a second number of credits from a shared credit pool to the credit pool associated with the first port.06-18-2009
20090154455Method And System For Near Continuous Data Rate Limit Adjustment Via A Plurality Of Link Variables In An Energy Efficient Network - Aspects of a method and system for near continuous data rate limit adjustment via a plurality of link variables in an energy efficient network. In this regard, power consumption of a network device may be controlled by enabling and/or disabling one or more components in the network device based on an adjustment of a plurality of data rate variables that control a data rate limit at which the network device may communicate. Exemplary data rate variables may comprise a number of active channels of a network link over which the network device communicates, a symbol rate on an Ethernet link over which said network device communicates, an inter-frame gap time on an Ethernet link over which said network device communicates, a signal constellation utilized for representing signals on an Ethernet link over which said network device communicates.06-18-2009
20090154454Secure Communication Through a Network Fabric - Methods of providing a secure communication over a network fabric are presented. A network fabric preferably comprises multiple interconnected network elements. Devices connect to the fabric through one or more ports and communicate with each other over the fabric by exchanging communications. A port-to-port session can be established within which multiple communication paths can be constructed. As devices communicate via the ports, the communication can be divided into data chunks and transmitted along different paths. Additionally, each chunk can be independently encrypted on one or more legs of its journey across the fabric.06-18-2009
20090154453SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PSEUDOWIRE-IN-PSEUDOWIRE TO TRANSPORT PSEUDOWIRE PAYLOAD ACROSS PACKET SWITCHED NETWORKS - The present invention provides systems and methods which create an infrastructure/transport Pseudowire (PW) a priori between two Provider Edge (PE) devices. Accordingly, other PWs can be mapped to this transport PW. In an exemplary application, the transport PW (which is a MS-PW by itself) can start and end between two Switching Provider Edge (S-PE) devices and span across multiple S-PEs in between. In another exemplary application, the transport PW terminates between two Terminating Provider Edge (T-PE) devices spanning across all S-PEs in between. In a further exemplary application, the transport PW can start at a S-PE or T-PE and terminate at a T-PE or S-PE, respectively. The placement of the endpoints of the transport PW (on two PEs) determines the number of intervening S-PEs that benefit from this application.06-18-2009
20090154452Method and System to Provide Contact Services in a Communication Network - A communication system includes an application server including logic to receive preference data for each of a plurality of data record entries of a subscriber record from a telephone number mapping (ENUM) server, and to determine a contact sequence including a plurality of Uniform Resource Identifiers (URIs). The contact sequence is based at least in part on the received preference data.06-18-2009
20090219930Compressed IP flow recoginition for in-line, intergrated mobile DPI - Various exemplary embodiments comprise a method and related device and computer-readable medium including one or more of the following: receiving an uncompressed packet sent from the source node to the destination node during a compression negotiation stage; storing information extracted from the uncompressed packet, the stored information sufficient to uniquely identify flows; receiving a compressed packet sent from the source node to the destination node; associating the compressed packet with an active flow by accessing the stored information and information in the compressed packet; performing deep packet inspection (DPI) to identify an application associated with the active flow; and performing application-specific processing on at least one packet belonging to the active flow. In various exemplary embodiments, the information extracted from the uncompressed packet includes a context identifier used to establish a compression context between a compressor and a decompressor.09-03-2009
20100040055SYSTEM FOR BINDING A DEVICE TO A GATEWAY TO REGULATE SERVICE THEFT THROUGH CLONING - In one example, a Cable Modem Termination System (CMTS) combines a value identifying itself with a cable modem Media Access Control (MAC) address stored in a provisioning request. The CMTS then relays the modified provisioning request to a provisioning server, which analyzes the value to identify a CMTS associated with the cable modem MAC address. Then, to regulate cable modem cloning or for other reasons, the provisioning server selects provisioning information for the cable modem according to the identified CMTS-MAC address association.02-18-2010
20090135818METHOD AND DEVICE FOR FORMING, TRANSFERRING AND RECEIVING TRANSPORT PACKETS ENCAPSULATING DATA REPRESENTATIVE OF AN IMAGE SEQUENCE - The present invention relates to a method of forming transport packets for transmitting, from a server device to at least two client devices, data representative of a coded image sequence, the coded data being encapsulated in transport packets comprising a first portion composed of a plurality of fields and a second portion. The method comprises the steps of obtaining (E05-28-2009
20080317023Method and Device for the Configuration of New and Modified Services in a Switching Unit of an Ip Multimedia Subsystem - A switching unit in an IP multimedia subsystem includes at least one operator service list. A new service and/or a modification in an existing service is configurable in the at least one operator service list by means of an administration unit. The services configured in the at least one operator service list for a user registering in the switching unit is applicable to the user.12-25-2008
20090028147Segmenting data packets for over-network transmission at adjustable fragment boundary - A computing system includes a communication mechanism and a data packet dividing mechanism. The communication mechanism is communicatively coupled to a network to send first data packet fragments over the network. The data packet dividing mechanism is to segment first data packets into the first packet fragments at a dynamically adjustable fragment boundary, such that the dynamically adjustable fragment boundary changes every time n-bit identifiers of the first data packets roll over.01-29-2009
20130089091Control of Energy Efficiency Above PMD Interface - Various embodiments are provided for control of energy efficient operation of a networked device. In one embodiment, among others, a method includes determining that transmissions to a network device will be reduced for a period of time and transmitting a code or signaling to the network device that indicates a low power state for a subsystem above a physical layer of the network device without a reduction in physical layer activity. In another embodiment, a method includes obtaining a code or signaling defining a low power state and initiating the low power state in response to the transmitted code or signaling. In another embodiment, a method includes obtaining a code or signaling defining a wakeup state allowing a subsystem above a physical layer to enter a low power state without idling the entire physical layer and initiating the wakeup state for the physical layer in response to the transmitted code.04-11-2013
20130089092METHOD FOR PREVENTING ADDRESS CONFLICT, AND ACCESS NODE - A method for preventing address conflict and an access node are provided. The method includes: when an uplink packet is received, obtaining a medium access control MAC address and a link local address LLA which are of a client and are carried in the packet, where the packet is an IPV6 protocol packet borne over Ethernet; generating a corresponding VMAC address for the MAC address according to a predetermined rule; generating a corresponding VLLA according to the VMAC address, where the VMAC address and the VLLA have one-to-one correspondence, and the generated VMAC address and VLLA are unique in one network under a broadband network gateway BNG; replacing, with the VMAC address and the VLLA, the MAC address and the LLA that are in the packet; and transmitting an uplink packet including the VMAC address and the VLLA. In addition, an access node is also provided.04-11-2013
20100135293PERSONAL AREA NETWORK WITH AUTOMATIC ATTACHMENT AND DETACHMENT - A network (06-03-2010
20100135289HIGH SPEED FLOW CONTROL METHODOLOGY - A method and apparatus for controlling data flow across a network performs a method which includes transmitting a packet request message from a first station to a second station, then determining if the packet request message is valid. A request acknowledge message is transmitted from the second station to the first station, and it is then determined if the request acknowledge message is valid. The packet request message and the request acknowledge message each includes a control bit string, an identification bit string, and at least one parity bit.06-03-2010
20100265941LAYER-2 EXTENSION SERVICES - Methods, apparatuses, and systems for providing layer-2 extension services through a non-routed ground segment network, are described. The method includes providing a Layer-2 (L2) interface between a node of the non-routed ground segment network and a service provider, assigning a virtual tagging tuple to the service provider and receiving service provider traffic at a node of the non-routed ground segment network. The method further includes tagging the service provider traffic with the virtual tagging tuple, and switching the tagged service provider traffic through the non-routed ground segment network according to the virtual tagging tuple.10-21-2010
20130089090SINGLE TIMESTAMP ENGINE FOR GENERATING TIMING INFORMATION FOR INCLUSION IN PACKETS COMPLYING WITH MULTIPLE NETWORKING PROTOCOLS - Packets of various protocols may contain timestamps generated by a single timestamp engine. In one embodiment, packets of two different protocols, which are referred to as Protocols A and B for simplicity, contain timestamps generated by the same Protocol B timestamp engine. In order to cause a Protocol B timestamp engine to produce a timestamp for a Protocol A packet, information can be provided to the Protocol B timestamp engine indicating that the Protocol A packet is a packet of Protocol B. The information can be provided by an internal header appended to the Protocol A packet that effectively misidentifies the Protocol A packet as a Protocol B packet. As a result, the Protocol B timestamp engine generates and inserts a timestamp for the Protocol A packet as if it were a Protocol B packet. The Protocol A packet, now including the timestamp, can be output or further processed.04-11-2013
20100103931COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A local communication apparatus for communicating with another apparatus via a relay apparatus receives communication interface information that has been transmitted by the other apparatus, acquires information relating to the communication rate of the local apparatus, compares the received communication interface information with the acquired information relating to the communication rate of the local apparatus, and switches over a connection-destination relay apparatus based upon result of the comparison.04-29-2010
20090303994INTEGRATED SECURITY SWITCH - An integrated security switch and related method for managing connectivity and security among networks. The integrated security switch includes a security function connectable with a first network and at least one switching function connectable with a second network. A common management interface driven by both command line interface and graphic user interface protocols manages the switching function via a management path dedicated between the security function and the switching function. The common management interface enables secure switching of traffic to flow via a traffic path dedicated between the switching function and the security function. Typically, the traffic is a flow of data between the Internet and a group of networked users such as a wide area network.12-10-2009
20090303993EMERGENCY ALERTING DEVICE - A communication device for transmitting and receiving messages via an emergency notification network. The communication device includes a receiver configured to receive a data packet from a data broadcasting system, a processor operably connected to the receiver and configured to process the data packet, a memory operably connected to the processor and configured to store data, a mesh network transceiver operably connected to the processor and configured to transmit the received data packet via a mesh network to at least a second communication device, and an output device operably connected to the processor and configured to present an alert corresponding to the data packet.12-10-2009
20090303992COMMUNICATON CONTROL SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A system, which is connectable to a first apparatus capable of data communication using a data communication protocol via a network where each session is managed by a session management protocol, includes: a connecting section which, if ID about the first apparatus exists in a storing section when a start instruction is received from the first apparatus, registers ID about a session corresponding to the start instruction in association with the ID about the first apparatus, and establishes a path enabling data communication for the first apparatus in the network using the session management protocol; and a providing section which, upon receiving the ID about the session from a second apparatus, transmits confirmation information according to the result of confirmation about whether the ID about the first apparatus is in association with the ID about the session.12-10-2009
20090303991Method for Generating an Address Field, Method and Device for Transmitting Electronic Message and Data Packet - A simple and flexible method for generating an address field for an electronic message involves forming first and second address part from a string with several characters, such that the second address part denotes those characters of an address whose value is determined by the corresponding character in the first address part and/or denote those characters of the address whose values are variable and generating an address field from the first and the second address parts.12-10-2009
20090303990Off-Chip Interface for External Routing - The use of routing logic within a single ASIC to save space, along with a way to modify and/or supplement the routing logic after the ASIC has been fabricated is disclosed. This is accomplished by providing a programmable “detour” or external router interface to allow for off-chip state machine portions or other external routing logic to be accessed. With this external router interface, additional routing modes or features that were not planned before the release of the ASIC can be implemented after release. The on-chip centralized routing logic may operate on incoming frames, and selectively operate on certain areas in the header to make the route. The off-chip state machine portions can complement the on-chip routing logic by working with the on-chip router, or replace certain portions of it.12-10-2009
20090303989Communication system - A transmission of data in a communication system, e.g., a switched network with a plurality of subscribers who are interconnected in pairs via data circuits, especially lines is provided. At least one of the pairs of subscribers is interconnected via first line or a separate second line. The first line is used for transmitting real-time-critical data between the pair of subscribers while the second line is used for transmitting non-real-time-critical data between the pair of subscribers.12-10-2009
20120218996DETECTION OF ACTIVE NODES, SAFE NODE REMOVAL CONDITIONS, AND CROSS-CABLING CONDITIONS FOR MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS WITHIN A MULTI-CHASSIS ROUTING MATRIX - A system includes a first device connected to a second device The first device includes a second node connected to a first node and the second device via a link, and includes a backup second node connected to the first node and the second device via another link. The first node is configured to receive, via the link or the other link, a group of packets (i.e., “packets”), from the second device; display a first notification that the second node can be removed when the packets are received via only the other link; display a second notification indicating that the backup second node can be removed when the packets are received via only the link; and display a third notification indicating that neither the second node nor the backup second node can be removed when the packets are not received via only the link and via only the other link.08-30-2012
20120218995Flexible MAC/PHY Association - A system and method for allowing flexible associations between PHY devices and MAC devices in a point-to-multipoint communications system, such that a given upstream channel is not deterministically bound to a particular MAC device. An upstream MAC device may connect to a varying number of PHY devices depending on configured PHY capacity. Upstream service flows are intact by noting Service identifiers (SIDs) of each burst received at a PHY device, A burst is then directed via a switching infrastructure to the appropriate MAC on the basis of the SID.08-30-2012
20120218994NETWORK COMMUNICATION METHOD AND NETWORK NODE DEVICE - A network communication method includes: allocating a pseudo wire (PW) label and/or an Ethernet (ETH) label through a layer 2 label allocation protocol; and performing data communication according to the allocated PW label and/or the allocated ETH label. According to the embodiments of the present invention, the label is allocated through the layer 2 label allocation protocol, thus maintaining the node device as a layer 2 device, meanwhile implementing label allocation, and reducing the complexity and improvement cost of network access.08-30-2012
20120218993SWITCH, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - A switch receives a state change notice from a server via a port, the state change notice indicating that the state is changed. When a port receives a state change notice, the switch shifts the state of the port to a waiting-for-driver-start-up state to prevent execution of a process that corresponds to a signal that is received from the server. When the port receives, after it is shifted to the waiting-for-driver-start-up state, a signal that satisfies a predetermined condition from the server, the switch releases the port from the waiting-for-driver-start-up state.08-30-2012
20120218992Scrambler Offsetting Packet Transport - In at least some embodiments, a network component includes pre-transmit logic and a transmitter. The pre-transmit logic is configured to determine whether a scrambling sequence for a packet complies with at least a threshold line pattern criteria. If not, the pre-transmit logic delays transmission of the packet to at least partially offset the scrambling sequence used for the packet.08-30-2012
20090092133METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK MOBILITY OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method, device and system for allowing a mobile communication device, such as a DLNA/UPnP device, to continue to communicate with its local network, even when the mobile device leaves or loses contact with the local network. The method includes providing information to a remote access server to create a virtual mobile device in a local network. The virtual device communicates with other devices within the local network as if it is the actual mobile device. The remote access server is configured to route data packets between the virtual device and the mobile device via a second network that does not rely on the mobile nodes connection to the local network. A public IP address of the remote access server provided to the mobile device before the device leaves the local network is used to communicate with the virtual device via an IP-based public network coupled to the local network.04-09-2009
20090092132Method and device for translating internet protocol addresses inside a communications network - A private IP address is converted into a public IP address in a communications network without adapting a client software. The conversion of the private IP addresses into the public IP addresses is carried out via a network address translation. The private IP address of each terminal included in a payload of the IP data packet is convertible into a corresponding public IP address and, if necessary, vice-versa.04-09-2009
20130070762SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING NETWORK TRAFFIC THROUGH VIRTUAL SWITCHES - A network may include network switches with network switch ports that may be coupled to end hosts. The network switches may be controlled by a controller such as a controller server. Virtual switches may be formed using the controller from groups of the network switch ports and the end hosts. Each virtual switch may include virtual interfaces associated with end hosts or network switches. Virtual links may be formed that define network connections between the virtual interfaces and end hosts or between two virtual interfaces. Virtual network policies such as selective packet forwarding, packet dropping, packet redirection, packet modification, or packet logging may be implemented at selected virtual interfaces to control traffic through the communications network. The controller may translate the virtual network policies into network switch forwarding paths that satisfy the virtual network policies.03-21-2013
20130070760SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING DOMAINS TO IDENTIFY DEPENDENT AND INDEPENDENT OPERATIONS - One embodiment of the present invention is a control unit for distributing packets of work to one or more consumer of works. The control unit is configured to assign at least one processing domain from a set of processing domains to each consumer included in the one or more consumers, receive a plurality of packets of work from at least one producer of work, wherein each packet of work is associated with a processing domain from the set of processing domains, and a first packet of work associated with a first processing domain can be processed by the one or more consumers independently of a second packet of work associated with a second processing domain, identify a first consumer that has been assigned the first processing domain, and transmit the first packet of work to the first consumer for processing.03-21-2013
20130070763EXPRESS VIRTUAL CHANNELS IN A PACKET SWITCHED ON-CHIP INTERCONNECTION NETWORK - A method, router node, and set of instructions for using express virtual channels in a component network on a chip are disclosed. An input link 302 may receive an express flow control unit from a source node 102 in a packet-switched network via an express virtual channel 110. An output link 306 may send the express flow control unit to a sink node 106. A switch allocator 322 may forward the express flow control unit directly to the output link 306.03-21-2013
20130070761SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A NETWORK SWITCH - Systems and methods are provided for controlling a network switch. At least one forwarding element of the distributed switch is positioned at a first location of a network. A control element of the distributed switch is positioned at a second location of the network. The at least one forwarding element is controlled from the control element by establishing a communication between the forwarding element and the control element via the network.03-21-2013
20110038373PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD AND PACKET TRANSMISSION DEVICE - A packet transfer method in a network apparatus that transfers packets is disclosed. In the packet transfer method, a sending side apparatus generates two copies of a send packet, provides a sequence number identifying the same sending sequence to each of the copied packets, provides an identifier corresponding to a send/receive pair to each of the copied packets to send the packets, and a receiving side apparatus receives each of the packets with two receiving units; recognizes the identifiers each corresponding to a send/receive pair; identifies packets having the same information and the sequence based on the sequence number when the identifiers are the same; selects one of the packets of the same sequence so as to send the packet downstream, and discards another packet, wherein, when only one of the packets of the same sequence arrives, the arriving packet is sent downstream.02-17-2011
20110038370TIME LABELLING ASSOCIATED WITH AN EQUIPMENT SYNCHRONISATION SYSTEM CONNECTED TO A NETWORK - The present invention relates to the domain of video equipment. It concerns more specifically a transmission device able to transmit packets, said device comprising the means to extract image ticks from a synchronisation signal, the means to initialise an image counter from said image ticks, the means to initialise a CPT02-17-2011
20130058331DEPLOYMENT OF HIERARCHICAL MANAGED SWITCHING ELEMENTS - Some embodiments provide a method that identifies several higher level switching elements for facilitating lower level switching elements to forward packets among network hosts. The method establishes a set of tunnels among the lower level switching elements and the higher level switching elements. At least one tunnel is established between a lower level switching element and a higher level switching element. For each higher level switching element in the several higher level switching elements, the method identifies a first set of forwarding data that specifies forwarding of packets between the higher level switching element and the several lower level switching elements. For each lower level switching element in the several lower level switching elements, the method identifies a second set of forwarding data that specifies forwarding of packets between the lower level switching element, the several of network hosts, and the several higher level switching elements.03-07-2013
20130058332LOOKUP FRONT END PACKET INPUT PROCESSOR - A packet processor provides for rule matching of packets in a network architecture. The packet processor includes a lookup cluster complex having a number of lookup engines and respective on-chip memory units. The on-chip memory stores rules for matching against packet data. A lookup front-end receives lookup requests from a host, and processes these lookup requests to generate key requests for forwarding to the lookup engines. As a result of the rule matching, the lookup engine returns a response message indicating whether a match is found. The lookup front-end further processes the response message and provides a corresponding response to the host.03-07-2013
20110013628CHANGING OF CHANNEL CAPABILITIES - In a telecommunications system, in which a connection comprises a part with an interworking function at both ends, a channel is allocated to the connection between the interworking functions. The required channel capabilities may vary during the connection, whereby the channel capabilities should be changed. When the first interworking function detects that a channel capability must be changed, a first message, which indicates the desired capability change, is transmitted (01-20-2011
20110013627FLOW BASED PATH SELECTION RANDOMIZATION - Methods and apparatus for randomizing selection of a next-hop path/link in a network are disclosed. An example method includes receiving, at the network device, a data packet. The example method further includes generating a first hash key based on the data packet and generating a first hash value from the first hash key using a first hash function. The example method also includes generating a second hash key based on the data packet and the first hash value and generating a second hash value from the second hash key using a second hash function. The example method still further includes selecting a next-hop path based on the second hash value.01-20-2011
20110013626Communication System And Method For Minimum Burst Duration - A system and method for providing a minimum burst duration in accordance with a regional standard and/or requirement. One embodiment comprises a first interface (01-20-2011
20090296706METHOD, SYSTEM AND PROCESSOR FOR PROCESSING NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION SERVICE - A method, a system, and a processor for processing a network address translation (NAT) service are provided. The method includes: performing NAT service identification of a received message, and selecting a corresponding NAT service processor for processing a NAT service of a message that needs a NAT service processing from at least two NAT service processors. Through embodiments of the disclosure, a demand for the system to process a lot of NAT services within a short time is fulfilled, so as to increase the capacity of processing NAT services of the system.12-03-2009
20090296699PROGRAMMABLE NETWORK INTERFACE CARD - A computing system comprises a programmable network interface card and a host comprising a memory and a transport handler. The programmable network interface card may process a frame received over a network, and determine whether packet data included in the frame is to be directly placed in a first region in a memory. The programmable network interface may comprise a network direct memory access engine (NDE), which may cause transfer of the packet data directly to the first region in the memory if the packet data is to be directly placed into the first region in the memory. The programmable network interface card may cause transfer of the packet data to the transport handler in response to determining that the packet data is not to be directly placed in the first region in the memory.12-03-2009
20090268730DATA TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION RATE - A data transmitting apparatus includes a plurality of data transmitting sections each transmitting a stream through a network, an information acquiring section acquiring network traffic status information of each stream, a statistical process section performing a statistical process on the network traffic status information of each stream acquired by the information acquiring section, a calculating section obtaining an overall transmission rate based on the result of the process performed by the statistical process section, and a transmission rate setting section setting a transmission rate for each stream based on the overall transmission rate obtained by the calculating section and a preset allocation ratio.10-29-2009
20090268729NETWORK DEVICE AND WORKING MODE SWITCHING METHOD - A network device includes a timing module, a traffic analysis module, a counting module, a mode switching module and at least one processor. The timing module sets a plurality of continual timing periods. Each of the continual timing periods includes a plurality of timing periods The traffic analysis module analyzes if the traffic transmitted by the network device in each of the timing periods in a continual timing period is less than a predetermined traffic threshold. The counting module counts an amount of the traffic transmitted through the network device is less than the predetermined traffic threshold in the continual timing period, and determines if the counted amount is less than a predetermined threshold. The mode switching module switches the working mode of the network device according to the determination of the counting module. The processor executes the timing module, the traffic analysis module, the counting module, and the mode switching module.10-29-2009
20090268728PROTOCOL INCOMPATIBILITY DETECTION - A network switch configured to detect protocol incompatibility and a corresponding method are described. The switch comprises one or more network ports and a memory. The memory stores a protocol set comprising one or more protocols each comprising protocol-specific identifying information and one or more actions to be taken by the network switch upon detection of the particular protocol. The memory also stores a protocol packet detection logic configured to perform at least one of the one or more actions responsive to detection of a corresponding protocol.10-29-2009
20090268727Early header CRC in data response packets with variable gap count - A method is provided for processing a command issued by a processor over a bus. The method includes (10-29-2009
20090067422COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A communication system and method include an intermediate router arranged to facilitate communication between any of a plurality of communication nodes over a data communications network. The intermediate router receives communications over the data communications network from a transmitting communication node for a receiving communication node. The communication includes a unique identifier of the transmitting and receiving communication node. The intermediate router includes a routing database, and is arranged to record the unique identifier of the transmitting communication node against the network address of the transmitting communication node from which the communication was received. The intermediate router is also arranged to route communications to receiving nodes by obtaining the recorded network address associated with the unique identifier of the receiving node and routing the communication to the recorded network address. The unique identifier is independent of the network address of a node to cater for changed in network address.03-12-2009
20120224575SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SIMULTANEOUS COMMUNICATION ON MODBUS AND DNP 3.0 OVER ETHERNET FOR ELECTRONIC POWER METER - A system and method is provided for simultaneous communications on Modbus and DNP 3.0 over Ethernet for an electronic power meter. The system incorporates one or more protocol wrappers to provide compatibility with both Modbus and DNP based applications. The system removes the appropriate wrappers and routes the incoming data packet to its destination. Additionally, the system also wraps outgoing response packets with the appropriate protocol wrapper based on the related data packet wrappers.09-06-2012
20120224574Handling of Acknowledgement Messages in a Relay Network Node - The invention proposes a novel method for handling acknowledgement messages between a first protocol layer (L1) and a second protocol layer (L2) in a network node operating as a relay network node (RN). The first protocol layer (L1) is lower with respect to the second protocol layer (L2). The acknowledgement messages (ACK) are related to Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ) processes and the Relay Node (RN) is engaged in an Uplink transmission towards a network access node (eNB). The method comprises a step (09-06-2012
20120224573BONDING ENGINE CONFIGURED TO PREVENT DATA PACKET FEEDBACK DURING A LOOPBACK CONDITION - A system and method transmits data and receives data packets within a bonding engine. The data packets are fragmented into a plurality of packet fragments for communication across a bonded group of subscriber lines. A Frame Check Sequence (FCS) in the data packet is inverted on one direction of the bonding group to prevent any data packets from propagating towards the network during a loopback condition.09-06-2012
20130064243COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, CONTROLLER, AND METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING FORWARDING PATH OF PACKET FLOW - A communication system includes a communication device controlling packet forwarding, and a controller setting a first table entry used for packet forwarding according to a request from the communication device. The communication device determines whether to forward a received packet according to the first table entry or forward the received packet according to a second table entry set by the communication device based on a rule for identifying a received packet. The load of the controller for controlling paths can be reduced.03-14-2013
20090262732Data Communications Network - In a system comprising a first subsystem having a first plurality of nodes connected through an interconnect providing unreliably delivery (URD) of packets and a second subsystem having a second plurality of nodes connected through a packet-based interconnect offering reliable delivery of packets, a method of communicating comprising the step of transporting in both the first and second subsystem, a common packet format. The URD and packet interconnects conform with a standard. The standard is Serial RapidIO. The first subsystem places a Serial RapidIO idle sequence after each packet. The first subsystem places the Serial RapidIO idle sequence after a Multicast Event Control Symbol (MECS).10-22-2009
20090245245Bus Scaling Device - A scaling device or striper improves the lane efficiency of switch fabric. The striper controls or adjusts transfer modes and payload sizes of a large variety of devices operating with different protocols. The striper interfaces between network devices and the switch fabric, and the resulting switching system is configurable by a single controller. A source device sends a data packet to its corresponding striper for transmission across the switch fabric to a destination device. The corresponding striper parses the packet to determine its type and payload length, and divides the packet into numerous smaller segments when the payload length exceeds a predetermined length. The segments may be stored in the striper to adapt to the available bandwidth of the switch. The segments are sent across the switch fabric and reassembled at a destination striper. The packet as reassembled is forwarded to the destination device.10-01-2009
20090238181NETWORK PACKET STEERING VIA CONFIGURABLE ASSOCIATION OF PROCESSING RESOURCES AND NETWORK INTERFACES - Methods and systems are provided for steering network packets. According to one embodiment a method is provided for steering incoming network packets. Each network packet processing resource of a network routing/switching device is dynamically assigned to one or more network interfaces of the network routing/switching device. Each of the network packet processing resources includes one or more processing elements and a memory. Incoming network packets received by the network interfaces are steered to an appropriate network packet processing resource based on the dynamic assignment.09-24-2009
20090238180COMMUNICATIONS SWITCHING ARCHITECTURE - Presently described is a system and method for switching multimedia data communications, including but not limited to Voice over IP (VoIP) telephony, cable TV, digital audio and video. The system utilizes a single, integrated device to provide all PacketCable-compliant functionality, including enhanced user privacy, compliance with CALEA, E911 and other mandated services not available in conventional distributed PacketCable systems. High speed and efficient, low cost operation are provided by means of an optimized data unit encapsulation scheme for internal switching and routing. A proprietary fiber optic backplane and removable optical connectors are used to enable lightspeed internal communications hot-swapping of components. Furthermore, the present system is extensible to all forms of digital data switching and is secure, resistant to Denial of Service attacks, and fault-resilient.09-24-2009
20090238179DESTINATION MAC AGING OF ENTRIES IN A LAYER 2 (L2) FORWARDING TABLE - In one embodiment, entries in an address table of the forwarding engine in a linecard or supervisor are updated to a current time value when the MAC address in the entry matches the destination MAC address of a received packet to prevent flooding if the linecard or supervisor is a non-ingress linecard or supervisor of an asymmetrically routed flow.09-24-2009
20090034521Apparatus, Method, and Program for Validating User - Accuracy of user validation is improved without reducing user's convenience. When a authentication request packet is received from a terminal, when the authentication is successful based on a user ID and a password (affirmative in 02-05-2009
20090232133Ethernet access device and method thereof - The present invention discloses an Ethernet access device and method thereof. The device includes at least two downlink physical port units, a multiplex/demultiplex unit and an uplink physical port unit. The downlink physical port unit is adapted to convert between a low-speed physical layer signal input to/output from the access device and a low-speed physical layer load carried therein; the uplink physical port unit is adapted to convert a high-speed physical layer signal input to/output from the access device and a high-speed physical layer load carried therein; and the multiplex/demultiplex unit is adapted to multiplex and demultiplex between the low-speed physical layer load of the downlink physical port unit and the high-speed physical layer load of the uplink physical port unit.09-17-2009
20090046715APPLIANCE AND A CONSUMABLE HOLDER WITH AN EMBEDDED VIRTUAL ROUTER - An embedded virtual router is provided for a system comprising a device having a first software component configured to obtain and convey information associated with a consumable and an appliance having a second software component configured to perform a physical cycle of operation on an article using the consumable. The embedded virtual router encapsulates the two software components so that collaboration between them is uniform and identical whether the collaboration is over a network or sharing a runtime environment.02-19-2009
20090046711Data rate adaptation enhancement - The present invention provides a new and unique method or apparatus for checking if a next packet to be sent from a transmission buffer exceeds a predetermined threshold size when changing from a first mode to a second mode, for example, after a node, point, terminal or device in a wireless communications technology, such as a wireless local area network (WLAN), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access Forum (WiMAX), Ultra Wide-Band (UWB), or other suitable network, enters into an active mode from an idle mode; and if so, then instead of the next packet transmitting a special first packet that is shorter than the next packet. The special first packet may include either a fragment of a longer packet on the transmission buffer or a null packet generated to probe a transmission link.02-19-2009
20090046710Method and Device for Transmitting Signalling Data Between Peripheral Appliances of a Switching System - A cost-effective transmission of signaling data via a switching system comprising a first mostly highly reliable message distribution system, using at least one other message distribution system is provided. The signaling data is divided in the emitting peripheral appliance, into a data relevant to the switching system and data not relevant to the switching system. Relevant data is transmitted via the first message distribution system, and non relevant data which is transmitted via the at least one other message distribution system. Both parts can be joined together again in the receiving peripheral device to form the original signaling data. Furthermore, a stand-alone error detection process for the at least one other message distribution system runs in the peripheral appliances, giving rise to a deviation of the non relevant data via the original message distribution system, in the event of error, or the use of a functional, redundant peripheral device.02-19-2009
20090028146CONTROLLED RELAY OF MEDIA STREAMS ACROSS NETWORK PERIMETERS - The invention provides an apparatus and method to establish media sessions for media streams crossing a network boundary. The system includes a media relay controlled by a media configurator control module. The media relay reserves media paths (that include ports in the network boundary), opens the media paths, closes the media paths, and provides information about the media paths. A media configurator is adapted to communicate with the media configurator control module and the media relay. The control module has an event handler handling multimedia session events, a local address resolver that determines if an address identifier of the media session belongs to a private address space and a control element used to establish the media path. The control element manages resources for the media relay. A state-refresh timer is used to maintain state consistency between all media relays controlled by a proxy engine and control elements.01-29-2009
20120230330METHOD FOR CONTROLLING AREA BOUNDARY, METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING CONNECTION IN MULTILAYER NETWORK - A method for controlling area boundary, and a method and system for establishing connection in a multilayer network are provided. With a Path Computation Element (PCE) computing a network path and sending response message carrying layer boundary information to a Path Computation Client (PCC), in the present invention, a multilayer network connection can be established rapidly, thereby reducing the time for establishing the multilayer network connection.09-13-2012
20120230329METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR SHARING INFORMATION FOR DETECTING AN IDLE TCP CONNECTION - Methods and systems are described for sharing information for detecting an idle TCP connection. In one aspect, a first packet is received from a first node by a second node. A header is detected, in the first packet, identifying metadata for a period. During the period no non-empty packet, sent in a connection by the second node, is received by the first node. A timeout is detected, based on the metadata, associated with the connection. In response to the timeout, a packet is sent in the connection to the first node and/or the connection is deactivated.09-13-2012
20120230328SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING DISTRIBUTED NETWORK PERFORMANCE INFORMATION TABLES TO MANAGE NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS - A system, method and network communications device including a processing unit configured to communicate data packets with one or more network communications devices. The data packets include network performance information generated by the one or more network communications devices in response to receiving a portion of the data packets. The network communications device further includes a memory in communication with the processing unit. The memory is configured to store a table containing network performance information associated with the node segments through which the data packets are communicated with the one or more network communications devices. The processing unit is further configured to process the data packets to store the network performance information in the table. The network performance information is utilized to alter future communications of the data packets through the node segments.09-13-2012
20120230327TERMINAL APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING A SIGNAL INCLUDING PREDETERMINED INFORMATION - An RF unit broadcasts a packet signal, and receives a packet signal broadcasted from another terminal apparatus. A processing unit generates a packet signal to be broadcasted and processes a received packet signal. A mode setting unit selects a first mode or a second mode as a broadcast mode. The RF unit sets first transmission power in case of the first mode and sets second transmission power lower than the first transmission power in case of the second mode. The processing unit includes an identification number uniquely allocated to the present terminal apparatus in a packet signal in case of the first mode, and includes an identification number commonly allocated to a system of terminal-to-terminal communication in a packet signal in case of the second mode.09-13-2012
20120230326BIOLOGICAL DATA NETWORKS AND METHODS THEREFOR - A system and method of transmitting and receiving packetized biological sequence data is disclosed. The method includes receiving, at a network interface of a node of a network, a data packet including a first header containing network routing information, a second header containing header information pertaining to the biological sequence data, and a payload containing a compressed version of the biological sequence data. The method further includes extracting at least the compressed version of the biological sequence data from the data packet. In addition, the method includes storing the compressed version of the biological sequence data within a memory of the node.09-13-2012
20090010256Techniques for introducing in-band network management packets in multi-protocol label switching networks - A system and method for introducing in-band network management packets (INMPs) in a Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) network. MPLS is an emerging technology, which integrates Internet Protocol (IP) routing with label switching techniques. MPLS intends to provide new capabilities in the area of traffic engineering for IP networks. These traffic engineering capabilities will have to be combined with a set of complementary operation, administration and maintenance (OA&M) functions for effectively managing and operating MPLS-based networks. This invention uses INMPs for carrying OA&M information to label switching routers (LSRs) for effectively managing and operating MPLS-based networks. This invention also includes techniques for distinguishing INMPs from user packets in an MPLS network. This invention further includes using a predetermined code in a shim header of an MPLS packet to determine whether an MPLS packet is an INMP or a user packet. The predetermined code may be provided in an experimental field or a time-to-live field in the shim header of the packet. Alternatively, a label may be reserved for distinguishing an INMP from a user packet.01-08-2009
20090010254Packet transfer apparatus and packet transfer method - A network system includes a maintenance terminal and a switch that transfers a packet. Upon receiving a link-trace message packet, the switch transfers, when links to the destination constitute a link aggregation, the link-trace message packet to all physical links constituting the link aggregation. In response to the link-trace message packet, the switch receives a link-trace reply packet from each of the physical links, and generates link-trace result data. the link-trace result data is output to the maintenance terminal.01-08-2009
20090010253PACKET BASED VIDEO DISPLAY INTERFACE - A packet based display interface arranged to couple a multimedia source device to a multimedia sink device is disclosed that includes a transmitter unit coupled to the source device arranged to receive a source packet data stream in accordance with a native stream rate, a receiver unit coupled to the sink device, and a linking unit coupling the transmitter unit and the receiver unit arranged to transfer a multimedia data packet stream formed of a number of multimedia data packets based upon the source packet data stream in accordance with a link rate between the transmitter unit and the receiver unit.01-08-2009
20090010252Integrated Memory for Storing Egressing Packet Data, Replay Data and To-be Egressed Data - An integrated egress/replay memory structure is provided with split rate write and read ports and means for managing at least three types of data moving into, through and/or out of the integrated memory structure, namely: (1) currently egressing packet data; (2) replay data; and (3) to-be egressed data. Additionally, a shared free space (4) is managed between the storage areas of the (2) replay data and (3) the to-be egressed data. The to-be egressed data (PdBx) is allowed to enter into (to be written into) a front-end raceway portion of the integrated memory structure at a rate which can be substantially greater than that allowed for corresponding egressing packet data (PdUx). Thus, even when egressing packet data that is ahead in line is shifting out toward a slow rate egress port, this slowing factor does not slow the speed at which the to-be egressed data (PdBx) can be shifted into the front-end raceway portion. A shared free space memory area is maintained between the storage areas of the replay data (PdAx) and to-be-egressed data (PdBx). When a positive acknowledgement (ACK) is received from the destination of already-egressed data (of the After-Transmission Data, or PdAx), the corresponding replay storage area (the area storing the acknowledged PdAx data) can be reallocated for use as an empty part of the raceway portion.01-08-2009
20120113985APPLICATION SERVICE AND SHARING METHODS IN HOME NETWORK SYSTEM - Disclosed are application service and sharing method in a home network system. An application service method in a home network system according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention includes: receiving characteristic information of the terminal from each of the terminals; analyzing the characteristic information; generating the application corresponding to each of the terminals by selecting and extracting at least some components from an integrated document including a plurality of components according to the characteristic information; and providing the generated application to the corresponding application.05-10-2012
20100085964COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A method for transmitting data using data packets includes dividing a data portion of the data packet into two or more data segments, each having a corresponding check portion. The data packet may also be communicated over two or more logical communication channels. The order of data portions in one communication channel may differ from the order of data portions in a second communication channel. Identical or different check portions may be assigned to respective data portions.04-08-2010
20100085966SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF USING APPLICATION AND PROTOCOL SPECIFIC PARSING FOR COMPRESSION - Systems and methods of storing previously transmitted data and using it to reduce bandwidth usage and accelerate future communications are described. By using algorithms to identify long compression history matches, a network device may improve compression efficiently and speed. A network device may also use application specific parsing to improve the length and number of compression history matches. Further, by sharing compression histories, compression history indexes and caches across multiple devices, devices can utilize data previously transmitted to other devices to compress network traffic. Any combination of the systems and methods may be used to efficiently find long matches to stored data, synchronize the storage of previously sent data, and share previously sent data among one or more other devices.04-08-2010
20100085967TRANSMISSION STREAM GENERATING DEVICE FOR GENERATING TRANSMISSION STREAM WHICH ADDITIONAL DATA IS STUFFED IN A PAYLOAD AREA OF A PACKET, DIGITAL BROADCAST TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING THE TRANSMISSION STREAM, AND METHODS THEREOF - A transmission stream (TS) generating apparatus includes an adaptor which receives general data and generates a stream having a plurality of packets, and which provides adaptive field in some of the plurality of packets, and an inserter which inserts additional data into all the payload areas of some of the plurality of packets that are not provided with the adaptive fields. Because additional data is transmitted, without requiring adaptive field header in certain packet, a data transmission rate is increased.04-08-2010
20080205389Selection of transrate and transcode processes by host computer - A host computer manages and processes multiple requests for transmission of media content to other devices within a network. Hardware or software-driven media processing units format media content for streaming to the network devices. A policy engine manages processing constraints of the media processing units to determine the best combination of transrate/transcode processes to provide the highest quality transmissions without overloading the processing capacity of the host computer. The policy engine also considers available network bandwidth when determining transformation instructions for the media processing units. The policy engine identifies target formats, bit rates, and image resolutions for output for each media stream or for storage for later transmission and instructs the media processing units to transrate and/or transcode the media content appropriately to meet the demand.08-28-2008
20120236854COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a terminal device a (09-20-2012
20120236853APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING MAC PDU WITH A FRAGMENTATION AND PACKING EXTENDED HEADER AND METHOD THEREOF - A method of transmitting data in a transmitting stage is disclosed. The present invention includes configuring a MAC PDU (medium access control protocol data unit) including fragmented data and a fragmentation extended header (FEH) and a packing extended header (PEH) for transmitting the fragmented data and transmitting the configured MAC PDU to a receiving stage. Preferably, the FEH or the PEH includes an extended header type field indicating a type of an extended header and a fragmentation control field including information on the fragmented data.09-20-2012
20120236852ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SHARING ETHERNET CIRCUIT BETWEEN PLURALITY OF PORTS - The invention provides an electronic apparatus. In one embodiment, the electronic apparatus comprises a plurality of ports, an Ethernet circuit, a port switch, and a flow control scheduler. The Ethernet circuit generates a plurality of transmitted packets according to transmitted data sent from the host, and derives received data sent to a host from a plurality of received packets. The flow control scheduler receives a plurality of transmitting requests corresponding to the ports from the host, arbitrates between the transmitting requests corresponding to the ports to select a transmitting port from the ports, receives a plurality of receiving requests corresponding to the ports from the host, and arbitrates between the plurality of receiving requests corresponding to the ports to select a receiving port from the ports. The port switch sends the transmitted packets to the transmitting port, and receives the received packets from the receiving port.09-20-2012
20120236851METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A HIGH-SPEED BACKWARD-COMPATIBLE ETHERNET CONNECTOR - Aspects of a method and system for a high-speed backward-compatible Ethernet connector are provided. Which, if any, of a plurality of pins of a connector are coupled to a first portion of one or more circuits of an Ethernet PHY may be controlled via one or more switching elements in the Ethernet PHY. The switching element(s) may reside in a signal path between the first portion of the one or more circuits and a second portion of the one or more circuits. One or more configurations of the switching element(s) may couple less than all of the plurality of pins to the first circuit(s). Each signal into and out of the switching element(s) may be a digital signal. The first portion of the one or more circuit may comprise a media independent interface. The second portion of the one or more circuit may comprise a media dependent interface.09-20-2012
20130163592PACKET RETRANSMISSION AND MEMORY SHARING - Through the identification of different packet-types, packets can be handled based on an assigned packet handling identifier. This identifier can, for example, enable forwarding of latency-sensitive packets without delay and allow error-sensitive packets to be stored for possible retransmission. In another embodiment, and optionally in conjunction with retransmission protocols including a packet handling identifier, a memory used for retransmission of packets can be shared with other transceiver functionality such as, coding, decoding, interleaving, deinterleaving, error correction, and the like.06-27-2013
20130163593METHOD OF PROCESSING DATA PACKETS - A method and apparatus for processing data packets. Each data packet comprises data intended to indicate a source of the data packet. The method comprises creating a data packet at a control element. The data of the second data packet intended to indicate a source of the second data packet comprises data indicating the first source, and further comprises data indicating that the second data packet was created by the control element, the second data packet is transmitted to a destination.06-27-2013
20130188636COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication terminal receives a request packet of a composite telegraphic message form from a request terminal and transmits a response packet. The communication terminal includes a reception unit, a request processing unit, and a transmission unit. The reception unit is configured to receive a request packet including a packet identifier for identifying a packet, a service type, and a plurality of property information pieces regarding requests. The request processing unit is configured to generate a response packet including only property information of a response corresponding to a request processed according to the service type among the plurality of property information pieces regarding the requests, and the packet identifier. The transmission unit is configured to transmit the response packet to the request terminal.07-25-2013
20110085547RELAY APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Relay apparatuses read the attribute values of data, i.e., numerical information representing measurement values, calculation values, control values, etc., from receive buffers in which data received from ECUs connected thereto is stored, and create trunk frames containing the numerical information and transmit and receive trunk frames via trunk lines. The relay apparatuses derive numerical information from trunk frames received from the other relay apparatuses and renew the numerical information on the data stored in their respective databases using the derived numerical information.04-14-2011
20090232135RECEIVING APPARATUS AND RECEIVING METHOD - A receiving unit receives a group of packets transmitted from a transmitting apparatus. A detecting unit detects a missing packet based on the received group of packets. A first output unit outputs data corresponding to the group of packets, irrespective of a result of the detection by the detecting unit. A transmitting unit transmits a retransmission request for the missing packet to the transmitting apparatus. A re-receiving unit receives the missing packet retransmitted from the transmitting apparatus in response to the retransmission request. A second output unit outputs data corresponding to the group of packets and the retransmitted packet.09-17-2009
20120099585PATH NOTIFICATION - A server creates a communication path table indicating a communication path for packet data, based on connection information reported by a parent device and a relay device, and distributes the created communication path table to the parent device, the relay device and a child device. The child device transmits the packet data to a relay device indicated in the communication path table, based on the distributed communication path table. The relay device transfers the packet data transmitted from the child device, to a relay device or a parent device indicated in the communication path table, based on the distributed communication path table.04-26-2012
20080279183System and method for call routing based on transmission performance of a packet network - A system and method that establishes a phone call over a packet network. The process may include receiving a call request from an originating call device on a packet network to call a terminating call device. A first transmission path may be determined between the originating and terminating call devices. Status of a terminating segment at a first terminating trunk may be determined and, if the status of the terminating segment at the first terminating trunk is within a first range, a call between the originating and terminating call device may be established via the first terminating call trunk. Otherwise, if the status of the terminating segment at the first terminating trunk is within a second range, a second transmission path via a second terminating trunk between the originating and terminating call devices may be made.11-13-2008
20090147777Reverse Notification Tree for Data Networks - Recovery time upon the failure of a link or switching system in an asynchronous data network can be minimized if downstream data switches provide upstream messages indicating to upstream switching system that the downstream traffic arrived in tact and was properly handled. Upon this loss or failure of the upstream status message to an upstream switching system, an upstream switching system can reroute data traffic around a failed link or failed switch with a minimal amount of lost data. The upstream status message is conveyed from a downstream switching system to an upstream switching system via a reverse notification tree data pathway.06-11-2009
20090080423SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ADAPTIVELY ADJUSTING CODEC RATES FOR COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - The present disclosure generally relates to systems and methods for adaptively controlling codec rates based on a quality of a communication link such that the codec rate used for data communicated over the communication link automatically changes as the quality of the communication link changes. In one exemplary embodiment, a high codec rate is enabled if the quality of the communication link is high. If a parameter indicative of a quality of the communication link falls below a threshold, the codec rate is decreased. Decreasing of the codec rate generally decreases the quality of the encoded voice data that is to be routed through the network. However, decreasing of the codec rate also decreases the amount of encoded data that is to be routed through the network. Therefore, when the codec rate is decreased, a higher percentage of the encoded data provided by the codec is likely to be received by an end device that is playing the voice data to a user resulting in an improved voice message.03-26-2009
20090086733Compact Packet Switching Node Storage Architecture Employing Double Data Rate Synchronous Dynamic RAM - A two-chip/single-die switch architecture and a method for accessing a DDR SDRAM memory store in a switching environment are presented. The two-chip/single-die architecture includes an internal memory storage block on the single-die, an external memory storage interface to a Double Data Rate Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (DDR SDRAM), an external memory manager, and a packet data transfer engine effecting packet data transfers between an internal memory store and the external DDR SDRAM memory. The packet data transfer engine operates as an adaptation layer addressing issues related to employing appropriate: addressing schemes, granule sizes, memory transfer burst sizes, access timing, etc. The packet data transfer engine includes a minimal number of dual mode operational blocks such as: a queue manager, and adaptation receive and transmit blocks. The method relates to a packet data transfer discipline addressing random memory access latencies incurred in employing DDR SDRAM, using predictive bank switching to hide random access latencies, packet length dependent variable memory write burst lengths to minimize bank switching, and performing memory read and write operations during corresponding read and write windows. Advantages are derived from the a space-efficient two-chip/single-die switching node architecture implemented with a reduced amount of dual mode logic, and also from DDR SDRAM bandwidth utilization efficiencies.04-02-2009
20090059918INTELLIGENT CALL ROUTING - A call routing decision for connecting a call between source and target devices is based on the traffic type (e.g., facsimile, modem, voice). In some implementations, the traffic type is determined and stored (e.g., in a billing record). The traffic type can be used to connect, block or reroute subsequent calls of the same traffic type.03-05-2009
20120002671METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING OPTICAL CHANNEL TRANSPORT UNIT SIGNAL - A method and a device for transmitting an Optical Channel Transport Unit signal are disclosed in the present invention. The method includes: receiving an Optical Channel Transport Unit OTUk signal after photoelectric conversion; wrapping the OTUk signal into an Optical Channel Data Unit (ODU) signal; multiplexing and mapping the ODU signal to an Optical Channel Payload Unit OPUj signal, where the OPUj signal is a High Order signal of the ODU signal; and wrapping the OPUj signal into an ODUj signal and an OTUj signal, and sending the ODUj signal and the OTUj signal. Through the embodiments of the present invention, fully transparent transmission of an OTU signal can be implemented.01-05-2012
20120002670MULTIPLE CHASSIS STACKING USING FRONT END PORTS - A stacked chassis comprising multiple physical switch/router chassis operates without any special stacking hardware or stacking channels. Instead, a stacking LAG is installed between front-end switch ports on the stacked chassis. The chassis controllers negotiate a master, which controls operation of all chassis in the stack. A stacked-chassis-wide port numbering scheme is used to distribute information to all line cards in the system. Each line card processes the information to distill physical-chassis significant information for operation of that chassis in the stack.01-05-2012
20120099589CONTENT MANAGEMENT DEVICE AND CONTENT MANAGEMENT METHOD - Content data 04-26-2012
20120099588CHANNEL CHANGE METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - A channel change method, device, and system are provided. One channel change method includes: in a channel change process, reassembling Program Specific Information for decoding media data into a Real-time Transport Protocol packet, in which a stream feature of the Real-time Transport Protocol packet is the same as a stream feature of a Real-time Transport Protocol packet carrying the media data; sending the Real-time Transport Protocol packet carrying the Program Specific Information to a terminal apparatus, and subsequently, sending the Real-time Transport Protocol packet carrying the media data to the terminal apparatus.04-26-2012
20120099587FORWARDING AND ROUTING IN SENSOR NETWORKS - Opportunistic forwarding of packet based communication is implemented by way of attention to link quality to determine a suitable prioritised route for communication. Ranking of potential routes (or the next hop in a route) can be conducted locally, with reference to a link quality metric also. Channel access by nodes of the same rank in a graph based network can be by way of link quality also.04-26-2012
20120099586SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING IP ADDRESSES AND NETWORK TRAFFIC IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems, methods and apparatus described herein include features that enable efficient management of keep-alive messages utilized to maintain IP addresses and/or PDN connections associated with idle data traffic channels. An access terminal may consolidate keep-alive messages for idle data traffic channels, reducing the number of keep-alive messages transmitted. An access terminal may select which idle data traffic channels to maintain, and may transmit a consolidated keep-alive message for associated IP addresses and/or PDN connections. Timers may be associated with PDN connections and sub-timers may be associated with IP addresses associated with a PDN connection. Keep-alive messages can be consolidated based on the timers, sub-timers and/or combination of timers and sub-timers. In a complementary method, a PDN gateway or other network node cooperates with access terminals to reduce network traffic. In another complementary method, the PDN gateway or other network node synchronizes the timers and/or sub-timers provided with an access terminal.04-26-2012
20090279541Techniques for detecting non-receipt of fault detection protocol packets - Techniques that assist in processing of failure detection protocol (FDP) packets. Techniques are provided that assist a CPU of a network device in processing incoming FDP packets. In one embodiment, a module is provided in a network device for detecting and flagging the non-receipt of FDP packets by the network device for one or more FDP sessions. In this manner, the task of detecting non-receipt of FDP packets is offloaded from the CPU of the network device. This enables the network device to support newer FDPs with shorter periodic interval requirements.11-12-2009
20090168768Tie-Breaking in Shortest Path Determination - A consistent tie-breaking decision between equal-cost shortest (lowest cost) paths is achieved by comparing an ordered set of node identifiers for each of a plurality of end-to-end paths. Alternatively, the same results can be achieved, on-the-fly, as a shortest path tree is constructed, by making a selection of an equal-cost path using the node identifiers of the diverging branches of the tree. Both variants allow a consistent selection to be made of equal-cost paths, regardless of where in the network the shortest paths are calculated. This ensures that traffic flow between any two nodes, in both the forward and reverse directions, will always follow the same path through the network.07-02-2009
20110286449Packet retransmission control device, packet retransmission control method, and packet retransmission control program - A packet retransmission control device has a flow table and a processing determination unit. The flow table indicates, with respect to each of flows to which packets belong, retransmission management information for managing retransmission control. The retransmission management information includes, as a retransmission management parameter, at least one of a packet retransmission count and a delay excess count. The processing determination unit refers to the flow table to determine whether or not to apply the retransmission control to packets. Specifically, when receiving a packet from the upper layer, the processing determination unit refers to the flow table to obtain the retransmission management parameter associated with a flow to which the received packet belongs. If the retransmission management parameter is not more than a threshold value, the processing determination unit determines to apply the retransmission control to the received packet. If the retransmission management parameter exceeds the threshold value, the processing determination unit stops application of the retransmission control to the received packet.11-24-2011
20110286448COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - There is provided a communication apparatus for preventing re-transmission to the address associated with a predetermined communication system. The communication apparatus deletes the stored address information after the transmission instruction is received and a transmission process according to the transmission instruction is ended if the stored address information is associated with a predetermined communication system, and the communication apparatus keeps storing the stored address information even after the transmission instruction is received and the transmission process according to the transmission instruction is ended if the stored address information is associated with another communication system.11-24-2011
20110286447ASCERTAINING PER-HOP NETWORK CHARACTERISTICS - A tool that may be used for querying and obtaining per-hop information along a network path, and/or for verifying the host name of each hop against a data repository such as the DNS. The query and response may be transmitted in, e.g., the destination options header of data packets, such as an IPv6 destination options header.11-24-2011
20090201926FIBRE CHANNEL PROCESSING BY A HOST CHANNEL ADAPTER - A method for data storage includes mapping a queue pair (QP) of a channel adapter to a specified Fibre Channel (FC) exchange for communication with a storage device. Upon receiving at the channel adapter from a host computer a storage command directed to the storage device, the storage command is executed by transmitting data packets over a switched network from the channel adapter to the storage device using the specified exchange and performing a remote direct memory access (RDMA) operation on the channel adapter using the mapped QP.08-13-2009
20090201927SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING USING A MULTISERVER PLATFORM - Aspects of the invention include receiving a first packet from a first of a plurality of blade servers at a first data rate and determining a second blade server that may receive the first packet. Data responsive to the received first packet may be transferred to the second blade server at a negotiated first data rate. A second packet comprising at least a portion of the first received packet may be transferred to the second blade server at the negotiated data rate. At least a portion of the first received packet may be transferred to at least the second blade server via a common bus. In another aspect of the invention, at least a third packet may be received from a network at a second data rate. Data responsive to the third packet may be transferred to at least a third blade server at a newly negotiated data rate.08-13-2009
20110292935RELAY DEVICE, CONTROL INFORMATION GENERATING METHOD, CONTROL AND INFORMATION GENERATION PROGRAM - A relay device includes: a relay to relay a frame transmitted and received between transmission devices as a termination of a transferring path of a piece of data; an information generator to obtain a piece of path identification information for identifying the transferring path and a piece of device identification information for identifying the transmission device and generate a piece of control information based on the obtained piece of path identification information and the piece of device identification information; and an alarm signal transmitter to generate an alarm signal based on the control information generated by the information generator when an error occurs in the transferring path and transmit the generated alarm signal.12-01-2011
20110292936Method and System for Transmitting Multichannel Data Packets - A method and a system for transmitting multichannel data packets are disclosed in the present invention to implement the transmission of the multichannel data packets with the same network socket, and to improve the work efficiency of the multichannel data packet transmission. The method for transmitting multichannel data packets provided in the present invention comprises: creating a network socket which includes a routing cache array for caching the routing information of the multichannel data packets; acquiring the routing information of the multichannel data packets and adding the routing information to the routing cache array; acquiring the routing information of the multichannel data packets from the routing cache array when the multichannel data packets need to be transmitted and sending out the multichannel data packets according to the routing information.12-01-2011
20110292934Data filtering apparatus and data filtering method - Disclosed herein is a data filtering apparatus, including: a plurality of pre-filters configured to extract a designated type of data from input data carrying a plurality of types of data; a plurality of post-filters configured to extract, from the data extracted by the pre-filter designated to be connected, the data that matches a designated data extraction condition; and a filter connection information holding device configured to hold filter connection information for designating at least one of the pre-filters to be connected, in correspondence with each of the post-filters.12-01-2011
20110292933DYNAMIC ROUTE COST ADJUSTMENT OF VRRP ENABLED SUBNETS FOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS - The invention is directed to routing data packets in networks having routers configured as a virtual router using virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP). Embodiments of the invention adjust route metrics to aid in providing predictable selection of routes into VRRP subnets. Advantageously, providing predictable selection of routes into VRRP subnets enhances a network operator's ability to meet service level agreements for critical or delay sensitive applications.12-01-2011
20120269192Downstream Synchronous Multichannels for a Communications Management System - Downstream synchronous multichannel (DSSM) communications are provided among a plurality of carriers, each being a completely DOCSIS™ 2.0-compliant downstream. The synchronous multichannels support communications with both DSSM-capable communications nodes and non-DSSM-capable communications nodes (e.g., legacy cable modems). Non-DSSM packets are transmitted on a single channel. DSSM packets are split into multiple pieces, which are transmitted simultaneously on all available channels. Since the physical delay variation (e.g., group delay change) across the adjacent carriers is small (on the order of a symbol time), the multiple pieces arrive at the receiving communications nodes at nearly the same time and can be reassembled with minimal buffering and no packet ordering problems. To avoid causing trouble for the non-DSSM-capable communications nodes, the packet pieces are encapsulated with a header that causes the non-DSSM-capable communications nodes to silently discard them.10-25-2012
20080317020IP CONNECTIVITY WITH NAT TRAVERSAL - Method and apparatus for establishing direct IP bi-directional or unidirectional connectivity between communication devices (12-25-2008
20090059919SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ZIGBEE COMMUNICATION FOR SELECTING AND GAINING ACCESS TO ZIGBEE NETWORK - A system and a method of Zigbee communication for actively selecting and accessing a Zigbee network. The Zigbee communication system includes multiple Zigbee coordinators forming multiple Zigbee networks for transmitting information on services of end-devices currently accessing each of the formed multiple Zigbee networks; and an end-device for receiving the information on the services, analyzing the received information on the services, selecting a predetermined one of the multiple Zigbee networks based on results of the analysis, and accessing the selected Zigbee network. Accordingly, the end-device can search services provided by other end-devices over a Zigbee network without gaining access to the Zigbee network, thereby reducing unnecessary resource consumption and wasted time caused by accessing and exiting each Zigbee network by a conventional end-device for service search.03-05-2009
20120269196Method and Device for Transparent Interception of Socket Connections - A method and device is provided for managing data transmission on a network. The device includes Transparent Interceptor for transparently intercepting socket connections from first parties to one or more second parties. A signal socket connection is established to each second party. When one or more first parties request a data stream to a second party, the device distributes the data stream obtained from the second party through the single socket connection to one or more first parties. Data processor of the device may operate on data contents from the first or second party. A customized protocol may be used for the data transmission.10-25-2012
20090161668DYNAMIC CLASSIFICATION OF INTERNET PROTOCOL PACKETS BASED ON MEASURED CHARACTERISTICS AND INTERNET PROTOCOL ADDRESS PREFIX - In an example embodiment, a method is provided where a characteristic of a flow of Internet Protocol (IP) packet is measured. Here, the flow is associated with an IP address prefix. Further, an attribute of a routing protocol is associated with the IP address prefix based on the characteristic. An advertisement then is transmitted by way of a routing protocol. The advertisement includes the attribute and the IP address prefix associated with the attribute. Another method is provided where the advertisement is received. Here, the IP address prefix is associated with a class of service that is associated with the attribute. An IP packet associated with the IP address prefix is received and this IP packet is classified to a class of service based on the IP address prefix. The IP packet then is marked with a value that is associated with the class of service.06-25-2009
20090147779METHODS, IPTV (INTERNET PROTOCOL TELEVISION) TERMINAL, AND IPTV CONTROL SERVER FOR IPTV BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT - An IP Television (IPTV) terminal, an IPTV control server, and methods for used therein are provided for delegating the service admission control from the network to the terminals. As an IPTV terminal initiates a new IPTV service (e.g. linear TV, Video-on-Demand), a bandwidth balance available for use by IPTV terminals of the given IPTV subscription is verified locally, and if sufficient bandwidth is found, then the service is allowed and started. The terminal then informs the IPTV control server of the service initiation and a new bandwidth balance is obtained by the server, and sent to all IPTV terminals for the subscription. Next time a new service is initiated by any of the IPTV terminals of the given subscription, that new bandwidth balance is used locally by the terminals, to determine if sufficient bandwidth remains available for using the new service, thus allowing or inhibiting initiation of the service.06-11-2009
20090296705Switch device, storage system, and routing method - A switch device includes two cascade ports each connected to another switch device; at least one direct port connected to a storage medium; a hop-count determining unit that determines whether a frame input from one cascade port has already gone through a predetermined number of switch devices; an output unit that outputs the frame from another cascade port when it is determined that the frame has not gone through the predetermined number of switch devices; and a port determining unit that determines a direct port for outputting the frame when it is determined that the frame has already gone through the predetermined number of switch devices.12-03-2009
20090046714Systems and methods for network routing - Systems and methods are provided for routing data through a network. In one system, a first node is enabled to overhear packet transmissions from a second node. The cost of transmitting packets from the first node to the second node is updated based on each overheard packet transmission. In another system, when the cost of transmitting packets from a source to an overhearing node to a destination is less than the cost of transmitting packets from the source to the destination, an advertisement is sent to the source causing the packet transmissions to be routed from the source to the destination through the overhearing node. In yet another system, using a safe-sequence tag that is attached to any packet transmitted by any node and updated when it is received by another node, along with stored histories of best metric advertisements, predetermined rules are applied to maintain loop freedom.02-19-2009
20110206042SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPLEMENTING A HIGH THROUGHPUT MODE FOR A MOCA DEVICE - Systems and methods for providing a high throughput mode for a MoCA device are provided. An electronic device configured for use as a node in a home network is provided. The electronic device may include a preamble generator block. The preamble generator block may include a time domain preamble generator. The time domain preamble generator may be configured to generate a periodic preamble for a MoCA signal. The preamble generator block may also include a doubling circuit configured to double the periodic preamble. Such doubling may preferably obtain an increased maximum periodic preamble.08-25-2011
20100135288AUTOMATIC COMPENSATION OF A DELAY OF A SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL IN A PACKET SWITCHING NETWORK - The present invention relates to a sending device able to send packets in a network comprising at least two stations, the said device comprising means for extracting image pips on the basis of a synchronization signal, initializing an image counter on the basis of the image pips, initializing a counter every “m” zero-crossings of the image counter, the counter being regulated by a clock produced by the image counter, sampling the counter every period T06-03-2010
20080232362IP COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND IP COMMUNICATION METHOD OF SUCH APPARATUS - An IP terminal apparatus has a SIP controller, a UDP packet controller, and an RTP controller. The SIP controller transmits and receives a call control message in order to establish a connection to and from a destination apparatus. The UDP packet controller transmits and receives media data with the destination apparatus in a media session after the connection was established. The RTP controller obtains source port number information of a media data packet that the UDP packet controller has received from the destination apparatus, and sets the obtained source port number as a destination port number for a packet to be transmitted to the destination apparatus. Thereby, a feasible range of NAT traversal can be improved in a simple and secure manner, even when at least one relay apparatuses employs symmetric NAT.09-25-2008
20090003341Controlled transmissions across packet networks - Control over the movement of packets is exercised by edge nodes of a network mapping the addresses of incoming packets in accordance with a prespecified functional mapping P. Remote sources of packets are provided address information that is mapped with a prespecified functional mapping Q, where mappings P and Q are such that P(Q(j)=j. The mapping change at regular intervals, or upon the occurrence of specified events, and with each change, the communicating the remote source is provided with a different mapped address to be used.01-01-2009
20100014516TABLE LOOKUP MECHANISM FOR ADDRESS RESOLUTION - A table lookup indexing system for the transmission of data packets in a network switch. Data is received in an input port and is divided into two parts, an index portion and a bucket portion. The index portion selects a particular bucket and the combination of the index portion and bucket portion selects a specific entry in the table.01-21-2010
20100014515Router associated to a secure device - The invention concerns a router associated to a secure device (DC) and included in a communication network (RC), comprising an interface (IRT) to communicate with the secure device following an authentication of the router by the secure device, and comprising a protocol interpreter (INT) to command the execution of the critical operations of one or more routing protocols by the secure device. The sensitive or critical portions of a routing protocol are executed in a secure and reliable manner in the secured device, for example of a chip card type.01-21-2010
20100034201METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UNICAST AND MULTICAST MEDIA PROCESSING - A method and apparatus for unicast and multicast media processing is provided. The method may comprise receiving multicast packets communicating a plurality of media streams from a plurality of communication endpoints. Each communication endpoint may have an associated individual media stream. The method inspects the multicast packets to identify each individual media stream with which the packet is associated and individually processes each individual media stream. At least one individual media stream is unicast from its associated buffer to a unicast communication endpoint of the plurality of communication endpoints. In an example embodiment, the method may identify media capabilities of the unicast communication endpoint. The plurality of media streams may form part of a virtual talk group (VTG) in an audio conference.02-11-2010
20110261812EFFICIENT ENCAPSULATION OF PACKETS TRANSMITTED ON A PACKET-PSEUDOWIRE OVER A PACKET SWITCHED NETWORK - Improving efficiency of encapsulation for packets of a first set of one or more protocols on a packet-pseudowire over a tunnel in a Packet Switched Network (PSN) is described. A first provider edge (PE) network element is coupled with a customer edge (CE) network element over an attachment circuit and is coupled with a second PE network element over the packet-pseudowire. The first provider edge network element receives a frame from the CE network element over the attachment circuit. Responsive to the first PE network element determining that the frame encapsulates a packet of the first set of protocols, the first PE network element encapsulates the packet into a protocol data unit for transmission over the packet-pseudowire without including substantially all of the plurality of fields of the data link layer header. The first PE network element transmits the protocol data unit over the packet-pseudowire over the PSN tunnel to the second PE network element. Efficiency is improved through a reduction of overhead on the packet-pseudowire by removing substantially all the fields of the data link layer header of the first frame.10-27-2011
20090086728METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING ADDRESSES RELATED TO VIRTUAL PARTITIONS OF A SESSION EXCHANGE DEVICE - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving an IP packet associated with a first virtual partition defined at a session exchange device. The first virtual partition is associated with a first IP address space. The method also includes receiving an IP packet associated with a second virtual partition defined at the session exchange device. The second virtual partition is associated with a second IP address space having a portion that corresponds with the first IP address space. The IP packet associated with the first virtual partition is modified such that the IP packet associated with the first virtual partition has an IP address value from a third IP address space different from the portion of the second IP address space.04-02-2009
20100103930METHOD FOR GENERATING AND IDENTIFYING IDENTIFIER AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for generating and identifying an identifier and a communication system are provided. In the method, a subclass of a port in a packet is retrieved. In addition, the subclass of the port serves as a part of the identifier. A first device transmits the packet to a second device according to the identifier.04-29-2010
20090168773Packet Error Handling - Systems and methods for handling packet errors in a system that combines a plurality of transport streams into a single transport stream for transmission to, e.g., a single frequency network via a satellite. Embodiments provide receiving a plurality of original, e.g., MPEG-compliant, data streams, where each original data stream has its own timing information, combining the plurality of original data streams into a single combined data stream which is also, e.g., MPEG compliant, modulating the single combined data stream for, e.g., uplink to a satellite, receiving, e.g., a downlink transmission from the satellite, where the downlink transmission includes the single combined data stream, de-combining the single combined data stream into the plurality of original data streams, determining whether any packets have been lost and compensating for such lost packets, and passing respective original data steams to one or more DVB-T modulators for broadcast into, e.g., a single frequency network.07-02-2009
20090129379RECONSTRUCTING DATA ON A NETWORK - Described are computer-based methods and apparatuses, including computer program products, for parsing, flagging, and/or reconstructing data on a network. Data packets associated with user requests are distributed among a plurality of data centers for processing. The data packets are captured at the data centers for fraud detection. The captured data packets are preprocessed at the data center. The preprocessing includes disregarding data packets that are not applicable to fraud detection. The preprocessing includes indicating if data packets are applicable to fraud detection. The indicating of the applicable data packets includes parsing the data packets using particular rules optimized for fraud detection. The data packets are processed at each data center to reconstruct part of the data associated with a user. The processing of the data packets includes reconstructing the data packets based on customer information from network information and/or cookie information. The reconstructed data packets are transmitted to a central processing center (e.g., central data center). The central processing center receives reconstructed data packets from the plurality of data centers and unifies the reconstructed data packets into data associated with a user.05-21-2009
20100091770PACKET RELAY DEVICE - The packet relay device includes a clock generation portion adapted to generate a clock signal of prescribed frequency as a standard for operation of the packet relay device; a timer portion adapted to count up a timer value over a first number of clock cycles on the basis of the clock signal; a relay control portion adapted relay received packets while limiting to a prescribed amount of packets the amount of packets forwardable per a predetermined increment of the timer value; and a power control portion adapted to reduce the frequency of the clock signal to 1/n in order to reduce power consumption by the packet relay device. If the frequency of the clock signal has been reduced to 1/n by the power control portion, the timer portion counts up the timer value over a number of clock cycles equivalent to 1/n the aforementioned number of clock cycles.04-15-2010
20100091771SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INCOMING TELEPHONE CALL DISTRIBUTION AMONG INBOUND LINKS OF SERVICE PLATFORMS - A method for distributing incoming telephone calls among inbound links of a service platform is provided. First information is accumulated regarding routing of the incoming telephone calls during a previous time period to the inbound links of the service platform by a network call processor. Second information including a number of the inbound links of the service platform allocated to the network call processor for a future time period is generated based on the first information. A number of the incoming telephone calls are routed to the inbound links of the service platform during the future time period based on the second information.04-15-2010
20090080419Providing consistent manageability interface to a management controller for local and remote connections - Methods and apparatus relating to providing a manageability interface to a management controller for local and/or remote connections are described. In one embodiment, a network adapter of a host computing system may forward a packet transmitted by the host computing system to a management controller based on a determination that the packet is a manageability packet. Other embodiments are also disclosed.03-26-2009
20100226367COOKIE INVALIDATION OR EXPIRATION BY A SWITCH - A switch may be used to force the expiration of a cookie on a user's system by inserting an expiration field into the cookie contained in a network response packet. Additionally, a mechanism is provided to delete or damage a cookie contained in a network request packet, so that server software is not disrupted by the receipt of a cookie. Deleting a cookie results in a cleaner request, but damaging a cookie may be more efficient in certain circumstances. By providing these features, an efficient cookie switching design is provided.09-09-2010
20090154451Method and System to Provide Contact Services in a Communication Network - A communication system includes an application server that includes logic to recognize that preference data in each of a plurality of data record entries of a subscriber record has a common value. Each data record entry includes a Uniform Resource Identifier (URI), and the subscriber record is stored in a telephone number mapping (ENUM) server. The application server also includes logic to issue a command to initiate contact concurrently with devices identified by URIs in the subscriber record via an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS).06-18-2009
20090147783Buffering architecture for packet injection and extraction in on-chip networks - This method for transferring data through a network on chip (NoC) between a first electronic device and a second electronic device, comprising: 06-11-2009
20090147782ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATION WITHIN A NETWORK AND METHOD FOR OPERATING AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The present invention relates to an electronic device for communication within a network, comprising a first interface (06-11-2009
20090147781METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MULTICAST SERVICE FLOW PROCESSING FOR HEADEND CABLE MODEM - A method and apparatus of processing a multicast service flow for a headend cable modem is provided.06-11-2009
20090147780Priority-Based Data Message Publishing Method and System According to a Data Message Chain - A priority-based data message publishing method according to a data message chain can be implemented by receiving a data message, wherein the data message has an original priority. Then, judge whether there is a corresponding data message chain corresponding to the data message. When there is a corresponding data message chain, add the data message to the back of the corresponding data message chain to obtain a revised data message chain. When there is no corresponding data message chain the data message, add a new data message chain, and add the data message to the back of the new data message chain to obtain a revised data message chain. Next, rule-operate the revised data message chain to obtain a dynamic priority of the data message. Replace the original priority with the dynamic priority to obtain a revised data message. Publish the revised data message according to the dynamic priority.06-11-2009
20090097483METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - The method of transmitting data packets associated with an importance level comprises a step (04-16-2009
20080267177Method and system for virtualization of packet encryption offload and onload - A method for processing a packet includes receiving the packet in a network interface card (NIC), obtaining a first classification for the packet, placing the packet in one of a first plurality of receive rings based on the first classification, obtaining a security association (SA) from one of a plurality of security association database (SADB) partitions, decrypting the packet using the SA, obtaining a security policy (SP) from one of a plurality of security policy database (SPD) partitions, determining an admittance of the packet based on the SP, obtaining a second classification for the packet based on the admittance, placing the packet in one of a second plurality of receive rings based on the second classification, and sending the packet to a host operatively connected to the NIC, wherein the packet is further processed by the host.10-30-2008
20080267180Stacked tagging for broadcasting through hierarchy of meshes - One embodiment relates to a method of processing a broadcast packet by a switch. If the packet is received from another switch within a same mesh, then the packet is flooded to appropriate destination ports based on a flood map corresponding to an existing mesh tag in the packet. If the packet is received from an end node, then a new mesh tag is added to the packet and then the packet is flooded to appropriate destination ports based on a flood map corresponding to the new mesh tag in the packet. If the packet is received from a meta mesh, then an existing meta-mesh tag is stripped from the packet, a mesh tag in the packet is modified, and the packet is flooded to appropriate destination ports based on a flood map corresponding to the modified mesh tag in the packet. Other embodiments, aspects and features are also disclosed.10-30-2008
20080267176SELECTIVE PRESERVATION OF NETWORK STATE DURING A CHECKPOINT - A computer implemented method, data processing system, and computer program product for selectively preserving network state during a checkpoint operation. Packets flowing through a network stack are examined to determine whether the packets belong to a WPAR under checkpoint. If one or more packets belong to a WPAR under checkpoint, a filter is used to block the packets from flowing through the network stack. Address information in each blocked packet is checked against an access list of allowed communications to determine if the access list indicates that a packet is an allowed packet. If the access list indicates that one of the packets is an allowed packet, that packet is unblocked and allowed to continue flowing through the network stack during the checkpoint operation. If the access list indicates that another of the packets is not an allowed packet, that packet is discarded during the checkpoint operation.10-30-2008
20110261813LIST RANGE OPERATION DISPERSED STORAGE NETWORK FRAME - A method begins by a processing module generating a payload section of a dispersed storage network (DSN) frame regarding a list range request operation by generating a start slice name field of the payload section to include a start slice name of a slice name range, generating an end slice name field of the payload section to include an end slice name of the slice name range, and generating a maximum response count field of the payload section to include a maximum slice name response count. The method continues with the processing module generating a protocol header of the DSN frame by generating a payload length field of the protocol header to include a payload length that represents a length of the payload section and generating remaining fields of the protocol header.10-27-2011
20100124220Method And Systems For Incrementally Resolving A Host Name To A Network Address - Methods and systems are described for incrementally resolving a host name to a network address. In one aspect, the method includes receiving, by a path node in a network path to a destination node, a packet including a name corresponding to a portion of a network address. The method also includes determining the portion of the network address corresponding to the name. The method further includes determining a network interface of the path node based on the portion of the network address. The method still further includes transmitting the packet via the determined network interface to a next node in the network path to the destination node.05-20-2010
20110261811LOAD-BALANCING VIA MODULUS DISTRIBUTION AND TCP FLOW REDIRECTION DUE TO SERVER OVERLOAD - A method, system and/or computer program product route IP packet flows. An Ethernet switch is coupled to a load balancing control engine, which contains load balancing logic that is logically isolated from the Ethernet switch. The Ethernet switch, which routes IP packet flows to servers, receives an IP packet flow. The load balancing control engine determines if the servers are balanced in their workloads. In response to the load balancing control engine determining that the servers are balanced, the Ethernet switch routes the IP packet flow to the servers without the Ethernet switch directly receiving any feedback from the servers regarding their workloads. In response to the load balancing control engine determining that the servers are unbalanced, the load balancing control engine instructs the Ethernet switch to redirect the IP packet flow to a server that is relatively less busy than other servers.10-27-2011
20080267178Remote control multiplexing system and method - There is provided a device and method for providing remote control of a computer system. An exemplary remote control multiplexing system comprises a first viewing application that is adapted to allow a controlling computer to control a remote computer via a communication link and a connection multiplexer that is adapted to establish a first communication session with the first viewing application and a second communication session with a second viewing application and to deliver packets received from the remote computer via the communication link to the first viewing application and the second viewing application independently as though each of the first viewing application and the second viewing application is an only viewing application in communication with the connection multiplexer.10-30-2008
20080273529Method for the Optimized Transmission of Data Bursts Between a Sending and a Receiving Network Node - The invention relates to an optical data burst transmission method. An emitted network node obtains, together with a confirmation signal, information regarding the length of time of after which blocking no longer occurs and/or information indicating when the connection path is free. The emitted network node can be immediately emitted after an actual emitted data burst, another data burst and after other bursts. As a result, waiting time between the bursts is prevented and the available transmission capacity is used in an optimal manner. The probability of blocking is also reduced as is the necessary signaling information.11-06-2008
20080310411COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR COMMUNICATION - A communication apparatus that sequentially transmits a plurality of pieces of packet data over a network, each piece of packet data including a piece of block data, the communication apparatus including a storage circuit operable to generate a plurality of pieces of verification data in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of pieces of block data, each piece of verification data reflecting content of the corresponding piece of block data which is data having a first size, and a store each pair of a piece of verification data and a corresponding piece of block data in a different one of a plurality of areas having a second size in an external memory; a packet control unit that includes a CPU and causes the CPU to execute a program to, for each piece of block data stored in the external memory by the storage circuit, read the piece of verification data corresponding to the piece of block data, generate a piece of header information including the read piece of verification data, and perform control to transmit a piece of packet data including the generated piece of header information and the piece of block data corresponding to the piece of verification data included in the generated piece of header information, and a network unit operable to sequentially transmit each piece of packet data according to the control performed by the packet control unit, wherein the storage circuit that generates the plurality of pieces of verification data and stores the plurality of pieces of verification data and the corresponding plurality of pieces of block data and the CPU that executes the program for generating the plurality of pieces of header information and performing control to sequentially transmit each piece of packet data operate in parallel.12-18-2008
20080304482Device and method for communicating with a legacy device, network or application - A translation device allows communication between two entities that are not compatible. The two entities can include a legacy entity that uses an address format not compatible with a newer entity. The translation device receives a packet for the legacy entity and converts its address to one that is compatible with the legacy entity. The translation device may use different processes to convert the address in accordance with messaging protocols, packet configuration or the destination address desired. Once the packet includes a compatible address, the device sends the packet to the legacy entity.12-11-2008
20080304483SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ACHIEVING ACCELERATED THROUGHPUT - Systems and methods for transporting data between two endpoints over an encoded channel are disclosed. Data transmission units (data units) from the source network are received at an encoding component logically located between the endpoints. These first data units are subdivided into second data units and are transmitted to the destination network over the transport network. Also transmitted are encoded or extra second data units that allow the original first data units to be recreated even if some of the second data units are lost. These encoded second data units may be merely copies of the second data units transmitted, parity second data units, or second data units which have been encoded using erasure correcting coding. At the receiving endpoint, the second data units are received and are used to recreate the original first data units.12-11-2008
20100118873Audio Network System - A plurality of partial networks can work independently from each other, and each partial network connects together several nodes including a connection node for transmission of audio signals. A connection network connects respective connection nodes of the respective partial networks so as to connect the plurality of the partial networks with each other through the connection nodes. The connection node of the partial network operates when the audio signal is transmitted from the partial network to the connection network, for forwarding the audio signal from a transmission channel used for carrying the audio signal in the partial network to another transmission channel to be used for carrying the audio signal in the connection network, and operates when the audio signal is transmitted from the connection network to the partial network, for forwarding the audio signal from a transmission channel used for carrying the audio signal in the connection network to another transmission channel to be used for carrying the audio signal in the partial network.05-13-2010
20090310608Systems and Methods for Multi-Beam Optic-Wireless Vehicle Communications - The present invention offers systems and methods for effective multiple-hop routing, multicasting and media access control for vehicle group communications that employ directional wireless radio technology. Multi-beam optic-wireless media and streamlined operations provide low-overhead communications among vehicles. Systems and methods are provided to maintain a quasi-stationary group of neighboring vehicles, enable high-throughput on-demand switching among multiple vehicles, enable group coding in the vehicle group to achieve higher throughput, and enable dynamic adjustment of link to maintain desirable vehicle group. The proposed solution builds upon the conception of a MAC-free wireless operation and quasi-stationary vehicular switched network to achieve ultra-low-overhead and high-throughput vehicle communications.12-17-2009
20090310606Forwarding Data Unit Associated With Limit Value - Among other disclosed subject matter, a computer-implemented method for forwarding data includes receiving a data unit that is on a route toward a destination. The data unit is associated with a first limit value regarding forwarding of the data unit. The method includes causing the data unit to be associated with a second limit value at least equal to the first limit value. The method includes forwarding the data unit to a next recipient in the route, the data unit associated with the second limit value.12-17-2009
20090310607STATIC NEIGHBOR WAKE ON LOCAL AREA NETWORK - In one embodiment, a method includes obtaining traffic that is to be forwarded to a neighboring device, and determining if the neighboring device is in a state that enables the neighboring device to receive the traffic. The method also includes automatically sending a first packet to the neighboring device if the neighboring device is not in the state that enables the neighboring device to receive the traffic. The first packet includes a bit sequence arranged to cause the neighboring device to awaken itself if the neighboring device is asleep.12-17-2009
20100124222METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA - The invention is related to a method of transmitting data whereby a transmission channel towards an access point (05-20-2010
20080247390SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CORRELATING MESSAGES WITHIN A WIRELESS TRANSACTION - A method and system for correlating messages within a wireless transaction, each of the messages requiring a unique message identifier, the method having the steps of: creating a transaction identifier, the transaction identifier being the same for related messages; and adding to the transaction identifier a message index, the message index corresponding to a number of a message within a transaction, whereby the transaction identifier and message index form the unique message identifier for each of the messages.10-09-2008
20100284400PROVISIONING MOBILITY SERVICES TO LEGACY TERMINALS - A method of facilitating access to a Host Identity Protocol security procedure by a legacy host (11-11-2010
20120033666E-SPRING SUPPORT OF ETHERNET PROTECTION - A method of routing traffic through a packet network having a mesh physical topography. At least two types of network primitive are defined, each type of network primitive providing a respective model of traffic forwarding through at least two neighbour nodes of the network. A network model encompassing at least a portion of the network is constructed using a set of two or more interconnected network primitives. The network model has nodes and links corresponding to respective nodes and lines of the network. Respective forwarding information is computed for each node of the network model. For each node of the network model, the respective computed forwarding information is installed in a forwarding database of the corresponding node of the network, such that traffic is forwarded by each node of the network in accordance with the respective computed forwarding information.02-09-2012
20120033664Label Distribution Protocol Advertisement of Services Provided by Application Nodes - An application node advertises service(s), using a label distribution protocol, that it offers to other network nodes and a corresponding label to use to identify these services(s). For example, a Targeted Label Distribution Protocol (tLDP) session may be established between a packet switching device and the application node providing these services to communicate the advertisement. Packets are encapsulated and sent from a service node (e.g., packet switching device) with the corresponding label to have one or more advertised services applied to the packet by an application node (e.g., a packet switching device and/or computing platform such as a Cisco ASR 1000).02-09-2012
20120033663Discovery of Services Provided by Application Nodes in a Network - An application node advertises service(s), using a routing protocol, that it offers to other network nodes. For example, the routing protocol used to advertise service(s) in a Service Provider Network is typically an link-state, Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), such as, but not limited to, Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) or Open Shortest Path First (OSPF). Packets are encapsulated and sent from a service node (e.g., packet switching device) using one or more advertised services applied to a packet by an application node (e.g., a packet switching device and/or computing platform such as a Cisco ASR 1000).02-09-2012
20100085965CONTENT TRANSMITTING METHOD AND APPARATUS - A content transmitting method transmits content to a content receiving apparatus connected via a network. Copy control information on content to be transmitted is transmitted immediately before the content, controlled by the copy control information, via the same application layer session as a packet different from a packet including the content.04-08-2010
20100080219COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device includes a communication control unit for conducting communication with a destination device according to a first communication sequence or a second communication sequence more suitable for communicating through an IP network than the first communication sequence. The communication device further includes an IP network determining unit for determining whether the communication is conducted through the IP network. When the IP network determining unit determines that the communication is conducted through the IP network, the communication control unit conducts the communication according to the second communication sequence.04-01-2010
20110200041Intelligent Adjunct Network Device - An adjunct network device includes several ports, an uplink interface, and an adjunct forwarding engine coupled to the ports and the uplink interface. A first port is configured to receive a packet, which includes a destination address. The adjunct forwarding engine is configured to send the packet to the uplink interface if the destination address is not associated with any of the ports. The packet is sent to one of the ports if the destination address is associated with the one of the ports.08-18-2011
20090279543Method and System for Handling Tethered User Devices in a Telecommunications Network - The presently described embodiments relate to a method for handling data sessions performed using tethered user devices in a network. The presently described embodiments are directed to network functionality to receive a tethered device indicator by a network element. The tethered device indicator, in at least one form, originates from a request from a user device. The indicator is then detected by the network and, based on the indicator, a variety of functions may be performed. For example, a network element may determine that a data session is not proper and, therefore, reject the data session that is requested by the user device. Alternatively, the network element may determine that the data session request is proper. In this case, the data session will be managed based on the indicator.11-12-2009
20100080218Protocol extensions in a display port compatible interface - Contents of extension packets of a DisplayPort specification are described that can permit a computer to control a target device. In one example, an extension packet controls the target device in at least one of power consumption, image rendering, and register updating.04-01-2010
20100080220COMMUNICATION TRANSFER APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION TRANSFER METHOD - A communication transfer apparatus and a communication transfer method can transfer communications at low cost without the need of requesting a global IP network to switch any port number. The local internet protocol address of the origin terminal of transfer described in a record relating to a transfer out of the records of the masquerade table that is utilized for an internet protocol masquerade is rewritten as the local internal protocol address of the destination terminal of transfer, while maintaining the global port number of the record.04-01-2010
20090086730Method of making a router act as a relay proxy - The present invention is to provide a method of making a router act as a relay proxy, which is applied to a network system comprising a server of an Internet service provider, at least a router, the Internet and at least two network devices, wherein the router and network devices are connected with the server through the Internet respectively. The method comprises the steps of designating the router as a relay proxy when the router receives and accepts a relay request from the server, and directing the network devices to connect to the router designated as a relay proxy respectively when the server attempts to connect the network devices which enables the network devices to communicate and proceed data access with each other through the relay proxy. Thus, the data access with each other of said network devices may be accomplished through said relay proxy instead of said server.04-02-2009
20090086732OBTAINING A DESTINATION ADDRESS SO THAT A NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE CAN WRITE NETWORK DATA WITHOUT HEADERS DIRECTLY INTO HOST MEMORY - A Network Interface device (NI device) coupled to a host computer receives a multi-packet message from a network (for example, the Internet) and DMAs the data portions of the various packets directly into a destination in application memory on the host computer. The address of the destination is determined by supplying a first part of the first packet to an application program such that the application program returns the address of the destination. The address is supplied by the host computer to the NI device so that the NI device can DMA the data portions of the various packets directly into the destination. In some embodiments the NI device is an expansion card added to the host computer, whereas in other embodiments the NI device is a part of the host computer.04-02-2009
20090086729User datagram protocol (UDP) transmit acceleration and pacing - Methods and apparatus relating to User Datagram Protocol (UDP) transmit acceleration and/or pacing are described. In one embodiment, a data movement module (DMM) may segment a UDP packet payload into a plurality of segments. The size of each of the plurality of segments may be less than or equal to a maximum transmission unit (MTU) size in accordance with a user datagram protocol (UDP). Other embodiments are also disclosed.04-02-2009
20090086727Intelligent Routing in a Hybrid Peer-to-Peer System - Intelligent routing may be provided. First, a second peer via home relay may receive presence information indicating that a first peer is connected to a first foreign relay. Then the second peer may update, in response to the presence information, a routing table to indicate that a primary place to send data to the first peer is the first foreign relay. Next, the second peer may determine from the routing table that the primary place to send the data to the first peer is the first foreign relay. Next, the home relay may receive a request from a second peer to send data to the first peer via the first foreign relay. Then, in response to determining from the routing table that the primary place to send the data to the first peer is the first foreign relay, the data may be sent to the first foreign relay.04-02-2009
20090086726Service Advertisement Framework (SAF) in a Communications Network - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving a first update message at a first forwarding node from a second forwarding node of the communications network. The first update message includes forwarded service type data that indicates a type of service available via the second forwarding node, and forwarded cost data that indicates a first cost of communications to obtain the type of service via the second forwarding node. An incremental cost is determined for communications between the first forwarding node and the second forwarding node. Service data is stored at the first forwarding node. The service data indicates the type of service is associated with the second forwarding node at a total cost based on the first cost and the incremental cost. A second update message that includes forwarded cost data based on the total cost is sent over the network from the first forwarding node.04-02-2009
20110200040EXTREMUM ROUTE DETERMINING ENGINE AND METHOD - An embodiment of the invention provides an extremum route determining engine and method. The engine includes a memory for storing a path with a weight in a graph and an extremum route determining logic circuit. The logic circuit includes a path reading section for reading the path in the graph, a writing section for updating the weight of the read path according to a predetermined extremum requirement and writing the path whose weight is updated into the memory, and an extremum route determining section for determining an extremum route. The method includes reading a stored path in a graph, the path having a weight, updating the weight of the read path and writing the path whose weight has been updated into a memory, and determining an extremum route. An embodiment of the invention improves the processing speed of extremum route determination.08-18-2011
20110200039DEVICE CONTROL SYSTEM, DEVICE CONTROL METHOD AND CONTROL TERMINAL - A system interconnecting a server, a first control terminal and a second control terminal connected to a device, wherein the server includes: a device use unit for issuing device control information for the device; and a transmission unit for transmitting the device control information, the first control terminal includes: a transfer unit for receiving the device control information transmitted from the server and transferring the received device control information to the second control terminal, and the second control terminal includes a control unit for controlling the device connected to the second control terminal in accordance with the device control information received from the first control terminal.08-18-2011
20090274150MECHANISMS FOR PROVIDING INTELLIGENT THROTTLING ON A NAT SESSION BORDER CONTROLLER - Disclosed are apparatus and methods for managing session data in a session border controller (SBC), where the session data is sent from a first node, such as a first phone, to a second node, such as a registrar or second phone. In one example embodiment, the following operations are performed in a first intermediary node that is configured to provide network address translation (NAT) for both a header and payload of a session packet and has an inside interface coupled with a second intermediary node that is configured to perform NAT for only a header of session packets. It is determined whether an end node is sending session packets that are not used to set up a session and that result in a binding that was formed by the second intermediary node being retained. The binding associates inside and outside addresses of the end node, and an end node is defined as a node that originates a session packet. It is determined whether to inhibit a registration throttling process from being performed by the first intermediary node, that results in the binding being retained, based on whether it is determined that the end node is sending session packets that are not used to set up a session and that result in the binding being retained.11-05-2009
20090201925Apparatus and method for setting routing path between routers in chip - An apparatus and a method for setting a routing path in System-on-a-Chip (SoC) having an n×n net topology-based structure comprising a plurality of intellectual properties (IPs), each with a unique address, and a plurality of switches forming one-to-one correspondence to the IPs, to transmit and receive data between the IPs by using at least one of the switches. Accordingly, an orthogonal code having orthogonality is assigned according to the direction of transmission of each data (that is, output port). Then, an output port where the data is transmitted is determined, and the data is spread based on an orthogonal code assigned to the output ports of the at least one of the switches.08-13-2009
20090201924SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SQUELCHING A RECOVERED CLOCK IN AN ETHERNET NETWORK - A system and method for squelching a recovered clock in an Ethernet network. In one embodiment the invention provides a method for squelching a recovered clock in an Ethernet network comprising a local node coupled to a remote node by a link, the method including receiving a descrambler status signal, receiving a remote receiver status signal, receiving a link status signal, and squelching the recovered clock signal based on the descrambler status signal, the remote receiver status signal, and the link status signal.08-13-2009
20110170541TELECOMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM CONTROLLING SPORADIC DATA TRANSMISSIONS - A telecommunication apparatus (07-14-2011
20090262737COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD AND SWITCH BOARD FOR UNIVERSAL SWITCHING OF MULTIPLE SERVICES - A communication apparatus, a method and a switch board for universal switching of multiple services. The communication apparatus includes a backplane board, a switch board, and a plurality of service boards. The switch board and the service boards are inserted into a switch board slot and a plurality of service board slots on the backplane board respectively. Only one set of service buses is provided on the backplane board. The switch board includes a plurality of switching modules associated with the services and adapted to schedule and switch the services. The communication apparatus further includes a selector adapted to connect the service buses to respective switching modules associated with the services according to types of the services. The method includes: connecting, by a selector, service buses with respective switching modules associated with the services according to types of the services; scheduling and switching the services by the switching modules.10-22-2009
20090262736User Equipment Detach With Multiple Packet Data Network Connectivity - A system is provided that includes a component configured to promote detachment of a user equipment (UE) from a plurality of packet data network (PDN) gateways by sending a message to each of the plurality of PDN gateways to which the UE has at least one active bearer. The message requests that at least one of the plurality of PDN gateways delete the at least one active bearer.10-22-2009
20090262735PACKET TRANSFER CONTROLLING APPARATUS AND PACKET TRANSFER CONTROLLING METHOD - A packet transfer controlling apparatus includes a depth storage unit that stores a pattern and a depth in association with each other. When accepting a setting of the pattern, the apparatus searches the depth storage unit by using the accepted pattern to obtain the depth stored in association with the pattern, thereby deriving the depth of the information to be extracted from the input packet. Upon accepting the input of the packet, information is extracted sequentially from the head of the packet. The apparatus determines whether the extracted information is positioned at a location deeper than the derived depth. When determining that the extracted information is not yet positioned at a location deeper than the derived depth, the apparatus continues extraction of information. When determining that the extracted information is positioned at a location deeper than the depth, the apparatus ends extraction of information.10-22-2009
20090262734PACKET TRANSFER CONTROLLING APPARATUS AND PACKET TRANSFER CONTROLLING METHOD - A packet transfer controlling apparatus stores, for each of a plurality of comparators, a plurality of associations of a code and a classification to be compared by the comparator when specification of the code is accepted. Also, each selector sets information that belongs to a classification stored in association with the accepted code as information to be selected from the packet. Then, each selector selects the set information when an input of a packet is accepted. Then, each comparator outputs a comparison result indicating whether the information selected by the selector and a comparison value match each other. Next, when the comparison result is output from every comparator, a rule searching unit conducts a search to see which rule the packet is relevant to among a plurality of rules, and then outputs a rule number.10-22-2009
20090285208Method and Apparatus for Performing a Constraint Shortest Path First Computation - A method and apparatus for performing a constrained shortest path first (CSPF) computation is described. In one embodiment of the invention, the network element receives a request with one or more exclusion constraints or a path re-optimization request. The network element marks one or more attribute bits in a traffic engineering data structure based on the request. If an exclusion bit is set for a link, that link is skipped during CSPF computation. If a re-optimization bit is set for a link, the allocated bandwidth of the link is added to the advertised bandwidth of the link to form a re-optimization comparison value, which is used for a bandwidth comparison during path re-optimization.11-19-2009
20130010789Route-Map Processing Method and Provider Edge Device - The invention provides a route-map processing method and a Provider Edge (PE) device. A first interface of a PE device is connected to a first Virtual Private Network (VPN), and a second interface of the PE device is connected to a second VPN. The method comprising: configuring a forward route-map from the first VPN to the second VPN for the first interface; the second interface generating a reverse route-map according to the forward route-map obtained from the first interface, or, the first interface generating a reverse route-map according to the configured forward route-map and announcing the generated reverse route-map to the second interface. The invention reduces the complexity of the route-map maintenance process.01-10-2013
20090109971AFTER TRANSMISSION RETURN SIGNAL - A method includes transmitting a next transmission after an inter-frame period after a previous transmission, wherein the inter-frame period is long enough to allow a return signal responding to the previous transmission. A network device includes a receiver to receive a transmission from a source device and a transmitter at least to transmit a return signal to the source device indicating successful receipt or lack thereof of the transmission during a return period forming part of an inter-frame period after the transmission.04-30-2009
20090003333Obtaining Identification Information for a Neighboring Network Element - If a selected packet switch connected to a neighboring packet switch makes first information identifying the neighboring packet switch available, element managers and processes retrieve the first information from the selected packet switch. The first information is derived by the selected packet switch from communication via a first protocol between the selected packet switch and the neighboring packet switch. If the first information is not available to the element manager and if the selected packet switch makes second information identifying the neighboring packet switch available to the element manager, the element managers and processes retrieve the second information from the selected packet switch. The second information is derived from communication via a second protocol between the selected packet switch and the neighboring packet switch and the first and second protocols are different protocols.01-01-2009
20110170540FORWARDING A PACKET WITHIN A ROUTER USING FRAGMENTS OVER AN INTERCONNECT - A method and a router having a plurality of blades comprising at least a first blade and a second blade. The router comprises an interconnect providing a plurality of channels, each of which being used between two of the blades. The first blade receives a packet addressed to exit the router via the second blade, segments the packets into at least two fragments and forwards each fragment to at least two different blades, each via one of the interconnect's channels. The interconnect may be an optical interconnect by which a single wavelength from one blade defines one of the plurality of channels and wherein each blade supports a plurality of wavelengths. The at least two different blades may comprise each blade of the router, except the first blade. Each of the plurality of channels may also be a dedicated channel between two of the blades.07-14-2011
20110170539REMOTE RE-MULTIPLEXING OF TRANSPORT STREAMS - In one method embodiment, receiving at a first re-multiplexer and a second re-multiplexer a first indexed transport stream, the first re-multiplexer physically located at a location separate from the second re-multiplexer; receiving a helper transport stream, the helper transport stream comprising information about a set of operations associated with a previous re-multiplexing operation; re-multiplexing the first indexed transport stream at the first and second re-multiplexers based on the information; and generating by the first and second re-multiplexers a second transport stream and a third transport stream, respectively, the second transport stream identical to the third transport stream and different than the first indexed transport stream.07-14-2011
20090279545AUTOMATIC PACKET TAGGING - A network device is arranged for coupling to a first network segment (11-12-2009
20090279544Provisioning Point-To-Multipoint Paths - Establishing a point-to-multipoint path includes establishing a first label switched path from a source to a first destination, where the first label switched path is represented by a first label set comprising first node-label pairs. A second label switched path is established from the source to a second destination, where the second label switched path is represented by a second label set comprising second node-label pairs. One or more of the second node-label pairs are equivalent to one or more of the first node-label pairs. The first label set and the second label set are combined to establish the point-to-multicast path.11-12-2009
20090285210NETWORK DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DETECTING RTP PACKETS - A network device includes a real-time transport protocol (RTP) stream prediction table (SPT), a receiving module, a stream determining module, a service module, and a transmitting module. The RTP SPT includes a plurality of packet entries, each of which comprises common parameters. The receiving module receives a packet that comprises individual parameters. The stream determining module determines if the received packet matches with one of the packet entries of the RTP SPT by comparing the individual parameters of the received packet with the common parameters of each of the packet entries of the RTP SPT. The service module provides quality of service (QoS) for the received packet when the received packet matches with one of the packet entries of the RTP SPT. The transmitting module transmits the received packet based on QoS. A method for detecting RTP packets is also provided.11-19-2009
20090285209VOICE OVER CONTENT CENTRIC NETWORKS - A system for facilitating voice calls over a content centric network (CCN) receives from a CCN user an expressed interest in receiving voice calls directed to the CCN user, wherein information in the CCN can be addressed, located, and disseminated by its content identifier and wherein data packets in the CCN are self-authenticating. Next, the system receives from a second network a packet for a voice call directed to the CCN user. The system then forwards to the CCN user the packet received from the second network with a CCN identifier corresponding to the interest expressed by the CCN user and forwards a packet from the CCN user for the voice call to the second network.11-19-2009
20090285207SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ROUTING PACKETS USING TAGS - A system and method for controlling traffic in a packet-based communication system is disclosed. A number indicative of the source of a request packet may be modified to receive a shifted source number which may be, according to embodiments of the invention, in an unused shifted range of source numbers. A destination number in a received packet may be extracted and if it is in the shifted range of port numbers that packet may be determined as a response packet, the shifted port number may be un-shifted back and its restored value may be used to direct that packet to the device which issued the request, substantially without having to extract any additional information from the packet.11-19-2009
20100150153END USER CIRCUIT DIVERSITY AUDITING METHODS - A communications network circuit through which data packets are flowing is identified by detecting a first message data packet inserted into the data packet flow by a user, and determining an endpoint destination address of the detected data packet. The circuit using the endpoint destination address is identified and a second message data packet containing the circuit identification information is sent to the destination address. A covert timing channel may be created, and one or more data packets containing circuit identification information may be sent through the covert channel.06-17-2010
20090290584METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONFIGURING FIBRE CHANNEL PORTS - A fibre channel switch element for routing fibre channel frame is provided. The switch element includes a fibre channel port that can be configured to support plural data transfer rates. The data transfer rate may be 1 G, 2 G, 4 G, 8 G or 10 G. The switch element includes a clock configuration module for providing a clock signal that is based on the data transfer rate. A receive segment of the fibre channel port sends a signal to a transmit segment to avoid an under flow condition. The receive segment also waits for a certain frame length after a fibre channel frame is written and before the fibre channel frame is read, depending upon a data transfer rate of a source port. Multiple lanes may be configured as a single 10G multi lane port or as multiple individual ports.11-26-2009
20090290580METHOD AND APPARATUS OF NETWORK ARTIFACT INDENTIFICATION AND EXTRACTION - A method, system, and apparatus of network artifact identification and extraction are disclosed. In one embodiment, a method includes aggregating a payload data (e.g., may be a component of the extracted artifact) from different network packets to form an aggregated payload data, matching the payload data with an entry of a library of known artifacts, determining a type of the payload data based on a match with the entry of the library of known artifacts, separating the payload data from a header data in a network packet, and communicating the aggregated payload data as an extracted artifact to a user. The method may include using the extracted artifact to perform network visibility analysis of users on packets flowing across the network. The method may validate that the entry is accurate by performing a deeper analysis of the payload data with the entry of the library of known artifacts.11-26-2009
20090103533METHOD, SYSTEM AND NODE APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING IDENTIFIER MAPPING RELATIONSHIP - The invention discloses a method for establishing an identifier mapping relationship, in which a end node of a service allocates its ingress identifier, generates an identifier mapping relationship of the end node, and sends a signaling message that carries the ingress identifier of the end node to upstream nodes along the direction to a head node of the service; and the head node receives the signaling message from an adjacent downstream node, extracts the ingress identifier of the adjacent downstream node as the egress identifier of the head node, and generates an identifier mapping relationship of the head node. The invention also discloses a system and node apparatus for establishing an identifier mapping relationship. The technical solutions provided by the invention may realize automatic configuration of an identifier mapping relationship.04-23-2009
20090296703Method and system for dynamic roaming across wireless networks - The invention relates to a dynamic roaming technology across wireless networks. According to the invention, a mobile device can roam between different networks with seamless quality by utilizing a plurality of connections for dispatching packets of a task. The invention provides a capability of processing a huge amount of data such as real time video communication during roaming between different wireless communication systems with seamless quality.12-03-2009
20090296701METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING CHANNEL ACQUISITION - A method and apparatus for improving channel acquisition times are disclosed. For example, the method includes receiving at a router a data stream destined to one or more subscribers. Then, the method generates at said router at least one new access point in between two access points of said data stream. The method concludes by forwarding said at least one new access point upon detecting a request from a subscriber for receiving said data stream.12-03-2009
20090296700APPLICATION LEVELS OF SERVICE OVER A NETWORK - Methods, systems, devices, and software are disclosed for providing application levels of service over a network. Embodiments of the invention maintain a list of registered applications (or application providers) that have registered with a network resources provider. Customers of the network resources provider may authenticate some or all of the registered applications, indicating a desire to allow traffic relating to those applications over their access networks. Customers may further set application levels of service with respect to those authenticated applications. Certain embodiments may use the registrations, authentications, service level settings, and/or other related information to generate application service level protocol data. This ASLP data may then be used to make data handling determinations for managing the flow of network traffic according to agreed service levels at the application level.12-03-2009
20090168770TECHNIQUES FOR EFFICIENT TRANSFER OF MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL STRUCTURES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for efficient transfer of media access control (MAC) structures in a wireless communication system are described. An apparatus may comprise a MAC controller comprising one or more components operative to establish a unidirectional logical link between a base station and a mobile station in either a downlink or uplink direction. The MAC controller may include a service data unit (SDU) scheduler operative to schedule SDUs from different connection queues for communication by a single MAC PDU for a single downlink burst or single uplink burst of a communication frame in the respective downlink or uplink directions. Other embodiments are described and claimed.07-02-2009
20090041012METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATICALLY TRACKING THE REROUTING OF LOGICAL CIRCUIT DATA IN A DATA NETWORK - A method and system are provided for tracking the rerouting of logical circuit data in a data network. A disclosed example method involves updating reroute information in response to a dropped packet associated with a quality of service parameter having been exceeded. Transmitted data is rerouted to at least one logical failover circuit in the data network from at least one failed logical circuit associated with the exceeded quality of service parameter. The at least one logical failover circuit is selected based on a bit rate capability specified to be one of a committed bit rate, a variable bit rate, or an unspecified bit rate.02-12-2009
20110206043SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ACHIEVING ACCELERATED THROUGHPUT - Systems and methods for transporting data between two endpoints over an encoded channel are disclosed. Data transmission units (data units) from the source network are received at an encoding component logically located between the endpoints. These first data units are subdivided into second data units and are transmitted to the destination network over the transport network. Also transmitted are encoded or extra second data units that allow the original first data units to be recreated even if some of the second data units are lost. These encoded second data units may be merely copies of the second data units transmitted, parity second data units, or second data units which have been encoded using erasure correcting coding. At the receiving endpoint, the second data units are received and are used to recreate the original first data units.08-25-2011
20100111083APPLICATION FOR NON DISRUPTIVE TASK MIGRATION IN A NETWORK EDGE SWITCH - An apparatus and a method are described for zero packet loss task migration in an network switch in a computer network. The invention relates to active or programmable networks, i.e. networks based on packet switching algorithms and switch configurations which are subject to change. A well-defined protocol enables an intelligent switch to migrate tasks from one forwarding engine to another without any packet loss. This enables the algorithms and configurations of the switch to be updated or modified arbitrarily.05-06-2010
20100111082Packet Switching Device and Local Communication Network With Such a Packet Switching Device - A packet switching device comprises a network interface configured to send and receive data packets via a communication network, a plurality of string interfaces configured to transmit and receive data packets to/from a plurality of participants and a switching unit connected to the network interface and to the plurality of string interfaces. The a switching unit comprises a control unit configured to control a data throughput. The control unit comprises an interface association table which determines that data packets received via the network interface are mandatorily outputted via the string interfaces and the data packets received via the string interfaces are mandatorily outputted via the network interface.05-06-2010
20080212580INTERFACE DEVICE AND INTER-CHIP COMMUNICATION INTERFACE APPARATUS - An interface device transforms data to a packet and inverts at least a portion of the packet to reduce a number of bit toggles at corresponding locations in a previous packet. A reverse bit appended to the packet indicates whether the packet is inverted. A transmission packet including the reverse bit and the portion of the packet inverted according to a state of the reverse bit is transmitted, and the data are recovered from a received packet, the portion of which that was inverted is inverted again according to the state of the reverse bit.09-04-2008
20080212578SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONSTRAINED MACHINE ADDRESS LEARNING - A system and method for constrained machine address learning comprises provisioning a first network port as being associated with at least one virtual connection at a second network port, and constraining machine address learning to only between the provisioned first network port and its associated at least one virtual connection.09-04-2008
20080212581Switching Circuit Implementing Variable String Matching - A content matching engine (CME) uses a content addressable memory (CAM) array that stores a plurality of strings in separate entries. The strings define one or more rules to be matched. The strings of each rule are linked, thereby providing a required order. The strings of each rule can be linked by per-entry counters associated with each string, or by a state machine. The strings in the CAM array are compared with a packet, which is shifted one symbol at a time (because the strings can start on any boundary). When the CAM detects a match, the CAM skips over the string that resulted in the match, thereby preventing erroneous matches. The CAM allows parallel matching to be performed for multiple rules. If the contents of a packet match all of the strings of a rule, in order, then the CME asserts a match/index signal that identifies the matched rule.09-04-2008
20100103932DATA DISTRIBUTION APPARATUS, RELAY APPARATUS AND DATA DISTRIBUTION METHOD - A distribution apparatus includes a packet divider which divides contents data into multiple contents data and packetizing each of the divided contents data to generate a transfer packet. A priority degree setter assigns a phase to each transfer packet generated by the packet divider according to each position in contents data and sets, for each transfer packet to which the phase has been assigned, a priority degree indicating the degree of priority of being transmitted to a transmission destination. A packet transmitter transmits the transfer packets to which the priority degrees have been set by the priority degree setter, beginning with the top of the contents data. A phase controller, when one round of transmission of all the transfer packets by the packet transmitter ends, performs control so that the phase assigned to each of the transfer packets is changed.04-29-2010
20120294307Apparatus and Method for Identifier Management - An identifier management apparatus capable of setting identifier conversion information of a new user without affecting identifier conversion processings of other users, and an identifier management method. The identifier management apparatus converts an identifier given to communication data. Its memory stores multiple hash functions, output values of the hash functions corresponding to the respective plurality of hash functions, multiple entry tables that manage the identifier conversion information indicating a correspondence between the input identifier being an input value of the hash function and an output identifier obtained by converting the input identifier, and a management table for managing a setting status of the identifier conversion information in each entry table. When registering the new identifier conversion information in any entry table, its processor selects an entry table that should register new identifier conversion information depending on setting statuses of the identifier conversion information in the entry tables.11-22-2012
20100061367METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO LOSSLESS OPERATION WITHIN A DATA CENTER - In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a switch core that defines a single logical entity and has a multi-stage switch fabric that has a set of stages physically distributed across a set of chassis. The set of stages collectively has a set of ingress ports and a set of egress ports. The switch core can be configured to be coupled to a set of peripheral processing devices via the set of ingress ports and the set of egress ports. The switch core can be configured to admit a set of cells associated with a packet into an ingress port from the set of ingress ports when delivery of the set of cells can be substantially guaranteed without loss through the multi-stage switch fabric.03-11-2010
20100135287Process for prioritized end-to-end secure data protection - The invention is a process for prioritizing messages from a first computer system having at least one computer connected to a first edge router to be sent to a second computer system having at least one computer connected to a second edge router, the process includes the steps of: 1) providing priority status from the at least one first computer to the at the first edge router; 2) determining the priority status of the message by the first edge router; 3) prioritizing the sending of the message by the first edge router; 4) encrypting the priority status prior to sending the message to the at least one second computer a the selected priority status; and 5) upon receiving the encrypted message, the second edge router decrypts the priority status of the message and sends it to the at least one second computer at the selected priority status.06-03-2010
20100142523METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY PROVIDING A CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT WITH THE CORRECT SERVICE - The invention relates to a method and a system adapting broadband access equipment (06-10-2010
20090034524SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING REAL-TIME-CRITICAL AND NON-REAL-TIME-CRITICAL DATA IN A DISTRIBUTED, INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SYSTEM - A system and a method provides both for a real-time-critical communication and a non-real-time-critical communication in a switched data network consisting of users and switching units, for example a distributed automation system, by means of a cyclic operation. In a so-called transmission cycle (02-05-2009
20090034522Transporting fibre channel over ethernet - Methods and apparatus for the Transporting of Fibre Channel data over Ethernet are disclosed. In one embodiment of the invention, Fibre Channel data frame and primitive signals are transported over Ethernet instead of using the Fibre Channel FC-1 and FC-0 protocols. This allows less expensive Ethernet equipment and devices to transport and perform services for Fibre Channel connected devices without having a physical Fibre Channel interface. The ability to provide Fibre Channel services and functions without having a physical Fibre Channel interface allows Ethernet equipment to be placed into service as SAN components.02-05-2009
20090168774COMMUNICATION DEVICE, PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The priority is set so that a control PDU is transmitted to a data controlling section before a data PDU, and an LCH with higher priority is first transmitted among the control PDUs or among the data PDUs. In accordance with the priority, the data controlling section instructs a control PDU transmission controlling section and a data PDU transmission controlling section of each LCH to transmit the control PDU and the data PDU to a transport block generating section of a data multiplex section. The transport block generating section multiplexes the header generated by a header generating section and the control PDU and the data PDU transmitted from the control PDU transmission controlling section and the data PDU transmission controlling section of each LCH to generate a transport block.07-02-2009
20090168772LUN BASED HARD ZONING IN FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCHES - A method and system for implementing LUN based hard zoning in a fibre channel network is provided. A LUN field in a Fibre Channel SCSI command frame is compared with a list of LUNS that are allowed for a particular frame source; and the frame is forwarded if the LUN is allowed for the frame source. The comparison is performed by a port receiving the frame by using an address look up table (“ALUT”). Hard zoning is based on various frame fields and/or ALUT control codes. Also provided is a method for processing a reply to a SCSI REPORT LUN command from an initiator. The method includes, intercepting a reply to a REPORT LUN command; editing the reply to remove unauthorized LUNs; and sending the edited reply to the initiator.07-02-2009
20100128724TONE SIGNALING - In an example embodiment, there is disclosed an apparatus comprising a first communication interface, a second communication interface and tone control logic coupled to the first interface and the second interface. The tone control logic is operable to continuously transmit a guard tone on the second communication interface responsive to receiving data on the first communication interface, comprising data representative of a guard tone. The tone control logic is operable to discontinue transmitting the guard tone in response to a predefined event.05-27-2010
20080232366METHOD FOR TRANSPORTING DATA PACKETS, DATA NETWORK SYSTEM, AND NETWORK NODES - A method for transporting data packets, a data network system and network nodes are provided. According to the present invention, subframes are classified according to their forwarding paths when entering a network from an ingress node; subframes with the same forwarding path are encapsulated into a multiframe; the multiframe is transportred via intermediate nodes; and the multiframe is de-encapsulated into the original subframes at an egress node. According to the present invention, traffic to enter the network is processed at an edge node of a network, so that small data packets (subframes) are encapsulated into a large data packet (multiframe) for increasing a minimum data packet length, and the subframes are recovered from the multiframe when the traffic exits the network for reducing the burden of traffic processing in a transport network.09-25-2008
20080232357LS DIGITAL FOUNTAIN CODE - A packet transmission system having existing null packets is provided. The system comprises a transmitter side transmitting information packets having null packets filled with redundancy information or parity check information; and a receiver side receiving the information packets and decoding the information packets using a predetermined decoding method; whereby the information packets are transmitted only once.09-25-2008
20080273530TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION IN A FRAME SWITCHED DATA NETWORK - The invention relates to transmitting digital information between the network elements of a frame switched data network. In the present invention, it has surprisingly been discovered that the padding bits of the data field of a minimum sized Ethernet frame can be used for transmitting digital information between the elements of a data network. In that case the frame data field (109) of a minimum sized Ethernet frame contains an information unit (DIU), the size of which in bytes is smaller than the minimum size of a frame data field, as well as other digital information (DI) that is written in an area (107) of the frame data field that corresponds to the padding bits. The invention makes it possible to also utilize the data transmission capacity needed for transmitting the padding bits.11-06-2008
20080279181Packet Transmission Method and Packet Transmission Device - A packet transfer method in a network apparatus that transfers packets is disclosed. In the packet transfer method, a sending side apparatus generates two copies of a send packet, provides a sequence number identifying the same sending sequence to each of the copied packets, provides an identifier corresponding to a send/receive pair to each of the copied packets to send the packets, and a receiving side apparatus receives each of the packets with two receiving units; recognizes the identifiers each corresponding to a send/receive pair; identifies packets having the same information and the sequence based on the sequence number when the identifiers are the same; selects one of the packets of the same sequence so as to send the packet downstream, and discards another packet, wherein, when only one of the packets of the same sequence arrives, the arriving packet is sent downstream.11-13-2008
20080285554COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD THEREOF - An IP communication apparatus has a file transferer that transfers a media data file to a destination apparatus, when determining that the destination apparatus has the file transfer function, based on transmission and reception of SIP messages to and from a call controller, which transmits and receives SIP messages to and from the destination apparatus via a call connection server. Thereby, the IP communication apparatus allows an easy transfer of the media data file.11-20-2008
20080285557Method, System and Relay Device for Transmitting Packet - A method for transmitting a packet. The method includes: receiving an upstream packet carrying an original user identifier of a user; establishing a corresponding relationship between user related information on the user and a replacement user identifier in accordance with the upstream packet carrying the original user identifier of the user, and sending an upstream packet carrying the replacement user identifier of the user to a server, the replacement user identifier being capable of distinguishing the user from others; determining the user related information corresponding to the replacement user identifier in the downstream packet in accordance with the corresponding relationship, and transmitting the downstream packet in accordance with the user related information.11-20-2008
20080285555NODE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR NODE - The present invention provides a node capable of preventing the problems caused by switching between traffic communication paths when a link failure occurs. According to an embodiment of the invention, among ports of a node 11-20-2008
20080285552INTELLIGENT FAILOVER IN A LOAD-BALANCED NETWORKING ENVIRONMENT - A hash table in the network device driver maintains data on the traffic characteristics for each network interface (“NIC”) within a computing device. If one of the NICs in the computing device becomes unreliable, the cost function in the hash engine allows the software driver to initiate network traffic redistribution among the remaining reliable NICs in the computing device. Using this hash engine, the software driver is able to intelligently redirect each of the network connections on an unreliable NIC to a reliable NIC within the computing device, in a way that optimizes the distribution of network traffic across the remaining reliable NICs. Alternatively, if a connection is moved from an old NIC to a new NIC, the software driver can detect the moved connection and offload the moved connection to a hardware offload engine on the new NIC. With this approach, issues such as network interface overloading and computing device performance degradation may be more easily avoided when failing over network connections, thereby improving overall system performance relative to prior art techniques.11-20-2008
20080285551Method, Apparatus, and Computer Program Product for Implementing Bandwidth Capping at Logical Port Level for Shared Ethernet Port - Bandwidth capping is implemented at a logical port level for a shared Ethernet port. When a physical port of a Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA) is partitioned, a Logical HEA is created for the partition. One or a plurality of Logical Ports (LPorts) is created in the Logical HEA. Each LPort is mapped to a corresponding physical port. During LPAR configuration, a minimum guaranteed speed is specified for the LPort together with the corresponding physical port for the LPort and an optional maximum speed. The specified configuration for the LPort is verified, and the configuration values are stored in the HEA and the HEA dispatches data packets based upon the stored configuration values for the LPort.11-20-2008
20080285553INTELLIGENT LOAD BALANCING AND FAILOVER OF NETWORK TRAFFIC - A hash engine in a network device driver maintains data on the utilization and error rate for each network interface card (“NIC”) within a local computing device. From this data, the hash engine intelligently selects transmit NICs and receive NICs based on various networking parameters provided from a software driver program. Transmit packets sent from the operating system in a local computing device to a remote computing device are intercepted, modified and redirected to transmit NICs selected by the hash engine for transmission to remote computing devices. Similarly, address resolution protocol (“ARP”) response packets sent by the operating system in response to ARP request packets are intercepted, modified and redirected to receive NICs selected by the hash engine for transmission. By selecting receive NICs and transmit NICs in this fashion, the hash engine is able to intelligently load balance transmit and receive traffic in the local computing device, thereby improving overall network performance relative to prior art techniques.11-20-2008
20080291911Method and apparatus for setting a TCP retransmission timer - A retransmission timer of a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) session is set based at least in part on the predicted mean round trip time differential of the TCP session. For example, in one embodiment, after receiving a non-duplicate acknowledgment, the predicted mean round trip time differential of the TCP session would be determined and used to further determine the predicted round trip time of the next transmitted data segment. In one embodiment, the predicted round trip time of the next transmitted data segment would be used to determine a retransmission timeout, the value of which would be inserted into a retransmission timer.11-27-2008
20080291909MESSAGE DELIVERY DOWNGRADING ANNOTATIONS - Selectively modifying a message delivery requirement of a datagram message at an intermediary network node between an origin and a destination. A message delivery requirement is defined for a particular message. The message delivery guarantee defines how to transmit the particular message. A downgrading intent of the particular message is provided for the message at the origin. The downgrading intent of the particular message indicates that the message delivery requirement can be bypassed. The defined message delivery guarantee, the network delivery requirement, and the provided downgrading intent of the particular message are processed at the intermediate network node. The message delivery requirement of the particular message is ignored based on the provided downgrading intent. The message is delivered via a network protocol according to the provided downgrading intent.11-27-2008
20080291910Transitioning a Virtual Interface from One Tunnel to Another Tunnel - Packet switch operating methods and packet switches provision a plurality of tunnels on a packet switch by associating each of the plurality of tunnels with a packet switch port and by configuring the packet switch to modify packets relayed by the tunnel to include a transport identifier associated with the tunnel. The tunnels of the plurality relay packets when permitted by a tunnel index. The plurality of tunnels and the tunnel index are associated with a virtual interface. The methods and packet switches also permit a first tunnel of the plurality of tunnels to relay packets by configuring the tunnel index to indicate the first tunnel. The tunnel index indicates only one tunnel. The methods and packet switches also enable a second tunnel of the plurality of tunnels to relay packets by configuring the tunnel index to indicate the second tunnel, thereby preventing the first tunnel from relaying packets.11-27-2008
20080304479ONE-WAY MESSAGE NOTIFICATOIN WITH OUT-OF-ORDER PACKET DELIVERY - A multiprocessor computer system comprises a sending processor node and a receiving processor node. The sending processor node is operable to send packets comprising part of a message to a receiver, and to send a message complete packet after all packets in the message are sent. The message complete packet includes an indicator of the number of packets in the message, and the message is recognized as complete in the receiver once the number of packets indicated in the message complete packet have been received for the message. The sender tracks acknowledgment from the receiver of receipt of the sent packets; and notifies the receiver when it has received all packets comprising a part of the message.12-11-2008
20080304480Method for Determining the Forwarding Direction of Ethernet Frames - A method and switch for determining the routing direction of Ethernet frames in order to route them to a destination, e.g. a computer, by means of Ethernet switches, according to which a frame is received by a first switch are provided. The first switch determines that the source address of the frames is not a destination address that has been registered in the switch for the routing of frames. The source address is registered by the first switch as a new destination address for the routing of frames. The first switch then communicates the new destination address to a second Ethernet switch and when the destination address has been received, the second switch defines a routing direction for the frames to the new destination in the destination address.12-11-2008
20100002693METHOD AND SYSTEMS FOR ROUTING PACKETS FROM AN ENDPOINT TO A GATEWAY - A method for routing packets from an endpoint to a gateway includes receiving, by a driver of a process for providing secure communications to a gateway from an endpoint, a filtering table. The driver may intercept an outbound packet, the driver terminating a first transport layer connection with an application of the endpoint. The driver may transmit the outbound packet to a client application, responsive to the filtering table. The client application provides a second transport layer connection from the endpoint to the gateway. Responsive to an application of a policy to the outbound packet, the client application may transmit the outbound packet to the gateway.01-07-2010
20100002694ROUTE DATA COLLECTION TECHNIQUE IN NETWORK - A route data collection method includes: a transmission source apparatus transmitting a request packet to request at least layer-2 apparatuses on a route to a destination apparatus to reply a response packet including predetermined setting data of the layer-2 apparatus to the transmission source apparatus; upon receiving the request packet, the layer-2 apparatus that can respond to the request packet, reading out the predetermined setting data stored in a storage device of the layer-2 apparatus, transmitting the response packet including the predetermined setting data to the transmission source apparatus, and outputting the request packet to the destination apparatus; and upon receiving the response packet, the transmission source apparatus displaying the predetermined setting data included in the response packet on a display device.01-07-2010
20080310412INFORMATION RELAY APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - In a multi-processor system, an exit control circuit unit 12-18-2008
20080247389SIGNALING IN A CLUSTER - An apparatus includes a flow unit configured to support a first control flow with a first node in the cluster. The flow unit is also configured to support a second control flow, through the apparatus, between the first node and a second node in the cluster. The first and second control flows include a plurality of frames each having a field and content, wherein the field in each of the frames identifies whether the content in that frame is part of the first or second control flow.10-09-2008
20080212579Packet tunneling - Network devices, systems, and methods are provided for packet processing. One network device includes a network chip having a number of network ports for the device. The network chip includes logic to select original data packets, based on a set of criteria, received from or destined to a particular port on the device and to tunnel the selected data packets to a second network device having a different destination address to that of the selected data packets.09-04-2008
20080267179Packet processing - Network devices, systems, and methods are provided for packet processing. One network device includes a network chip including logic and a number of network ports for the device for receiving and transmitting packets therefrom. The logic is operable to group a number of ports into a membership group based on a criteria, and define a filter index in association with a network packet to indicate the membership group.10-30-2008
20080247388TRANSFERRING A SESSION IN A CLUSTER - Various techniques for transferring a session in a cluster are disclosed. In one configuration of a cluster, an apparatus may be configured to communicate with an access terminal. The apparatus may be configured to store a session for the access terminal, the session including a plurality of attributes. The apparatus may be further configured to identify one or more of the attributes required by an access point to serve the access terminal, and provide the one or more attributes to the node.10-09-2008
20110007739System and Method for Enhanced Physical Layer Device Autonegotiation - A system and method for enhanced physical layer device autonegotiation. The autonegotiation process typically identifies the highest common denominator amongst various standardized modes of operation. Enhanced autonegotiation can be used to select a mode of operation that is not the highest common denominator. Enhanced autonegotiation can also identify a non-standardized mode of operation using next page messaging, additional physical signaling, or Layer 2 messaging.01-13-2011
20110007742Facilitating Mobility for a Mobile Station - Providing a mobility key for a communication session for a mobile station includes facilitating initiation of the communication session. A master key for the communication session is established, where the master key is generated at an authentication server in response to authenticating the mobile station. A mobility key is derived from the authentication key at an access node, where the mobility key is operable to authenticate mobility signaling for the communication session.01-13-2011
20110007740NETWORK OFFLOADING WITH REDUCED PACKET LOSS - The invention relates to a method of transmitting a first segment of data via a data network from a transmitting unit having a first data transmission rate to a first destination having a first data reception rate. Where the first data transmission rate is larger than the first data reception rate, the method comprising: effectively reducing the first transmission rate from the transmitting unit to the first destination by switching between transmitting at least a part of the first segment as one or more data packets to the first destination in a direction only from the transmitting unit to the first destination, and transmitting at least a part of second segment as one or more data packets to one or more additional destinations in a direction only from the transmitting unit to the one or more additional destinations, the switching being repeated until said first segment and/or at least said second segment has been transmitted. In this way, the packet rate to a client is reduced while the total packet rate for the transmitting system is maintained whereby a decreased probability of packet loss and/or of router buffer exhaustion is achieved since data to relatively slower client will not be transmitted at full rate.01-13-2011
20110007741FORWARDING TABLE REDUCTION AND MULTIPATH NETWORK FORWARDING - Increased usage of network links is provided and smaller forwarding tables are required. A combination of STP and Multipath methods may be implemented in a network. Frames may be forwarded between switches not only according to MAC addresses, but also according to switch IDs and local IDs. Switch IDs do not need to be globally unique, but should be unique within a particular network. Local IDs need only be unique within a particular switch. Some preferred implementations allow frames to be delivered in order to devices requiring in-order delivery. Preferably, core switches need only learn the switch IDs of each core switch and each edge switch, and the appropriate exit port(s) corresponding to each switch. Preferably, the forwarding tables of each edge switch indicate the addresses of each device attached to that edge switch, the address of each device that is in communication with an attached device and the address of every other switch in the network.01-13-2011
20090190583Method for Determining Prospective Peering Partners for an Internet Service Provider - A method for determining prospective peering partners for an internet service provider, includes gathering internet service provider's routing and traffic information; gathering additional routing information from sources other than the internet service provider; identifying uncovered target autonomous systems based on the internet service provider's routing and traffic information, the uncovered target autonomous systems being autonomous systems with non-null traffic and that are reachable by the internet service provider via a transit relationship; identifying paths from the internet service provider to the uncovered target autonomous systems based on the additional routing information; identifying intermediate autonomous systems along the identified paths; and determining at least a prospective peering partner for the internet service provider based on the identified intermediate autonomous systems.07-30-2009
20080291912SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETECTING FILE - The present invention relates to a file detecting system and a method thereof. The file detecting system uses a signature of a file header and collects a network packet including a file to be detected among packets transmitted/received through a network. Subsequently, after the network protocol header is eliminated from the collected network packet, the file is reassembled and recovered. The recovered file is verified, and the verified file is transmitted to various file analysis systems.11-27-2008
20080240093Stream multiplexer/de-multiplexer - Apparatus for performing multiplexing and de-multiplexing of packetized digital data streams, including receivers for receiving data packets from packetized digital data streams, validating the packets, and transmitting only valid packets, PID filters for filtering packets according to a Packet ID included in the packets, the filters receiving valid packets from the receivers, and associating a store-or-drop value with each valid packet, input FIFO buffers for receiving valid packets from the receivers, receiving the store-or-drop value from the PID filters, and storing data based, at least in part, on the store-or-drop value, an input/output unit for transmitting the stored data from the input FIFO buffers to an external memory and reading data from the external memory, output FIFO buffers for receiving data from the input/output unit and storing the data, and transmitters for reading digital data packets from the output FIFO buffers and transmitting the packets as a packetized digital data stream, thereby de-multiplexing the packetized digital data streams and multiplexing the packetized digital data streams. Related apparatus and methods are also described.10-02-2008
20090310605Methods and systems for Equal Access Service Implementation for Voice and Multimedia Services over Internet Protocol (IP) - A system and method for equal access over a wireline and/or wireless packet-switched network including a receiver to receive, from a requestor, a request for equal access to a service provider, and a processor to present one or more equal access criteria to be satisfied by the requestor, and in the event the one or more equal access criteria are satisfied by the requester, to allow, to the requestor, equal access over a wireline and/or wireless packet-switched network to the service provider.12-17-2009
20100142521Just-in-time near live DJ for internet radio - A system and method for providing near live disc jockey (DJ) audio commentary segments or snippets to a client device including one of an internet radio station host streaming device or a user mobile device for real-time insertion into a music playlist. The system is operative to transmit metadata segment packets to the client device; transmit audio content segment packets to the client device, with the audio content segment packets matching directly to the metadata segment packets. The system also receives usage segment packets as a response from the client device.06-10-2010
20090180472Multi-service transport apparatus with switch for integrated transport networks - A multi-service transport apparatus for integrated transport networks that may have an electrical matrix, termination function means handling signals incoming at said apparatus input, a plurality of termination function means interfacing different layers, and adaptation function means. The termination function means handling incoming signals are implemented in input/output port devices; the termination function means interfacing different layers and said adaptation function means are implemented in adapter devices. The matrix performs exclusively the switching of the incoming signals that are already terminated and adapted by said input/output port devices and by said adapter devices and it is transparent with respect to the signal format. The switch may have a time division multiplexing matrix provided with a number of matrix inputs and a number of matrix outputs; source address generators, connected to matrix outputs of the time division multiplexing matrix.07-16-2009
20080240095Method and Apparatus for Bond Management According to Hierarchy - In a communication system having a plurality of physical communication ports, a hierarchical bond communication interface has a logical interface as a component of the bond at a top level of the hierarchy, and a first subjugate logical interface at a second level of the hierarchy as a component of the top-level logical interface. The communication system has a control mechanism whereby thresholds may be set to determine up or down status of hierarchical bonds for use in communication, according to characteristics of components of the bonds.10-02-2008
20080240092ARRANGEMENTS FOR CONTROLLING MULTIPLE MAC INTERFACES - Arrangements for controlling multiple media access control interfaces are disclosed. In one embodiment a method for controlling the interfaces can include setting up a transmission configuration for a first and a second media access control (MAC) interface, sending a transmission utilizing the first MAC interface and sending a transmission utilizing the second MAC interface. During subsequent communications communication performance parameters can be determined that are related the “multi”-MAC transmissions. Based on the communication performance parameters the transmission configuration of the first MAC interface and the second MAC interface can be modified to improve communication performance.10-02-2008
20090190581OVERHEAD REDUCTION FOR MULTI-LINK NETWORKING ENVIRONMENTS - A method, computing node, and computer program storage product maintain network routing information. A first node receives a route status request from a second node. A status is stored at the first node indicating that a route from the second node to the first node is valid only in response to receiving the route status request. The first node transmits a route status reply to the second node.07-30-2009
20090080422HEADER-COMPRESSION PACKET PROCESSING METHOD, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND CONTROL STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A header-compression packet processing method in a wireless communication system is disclosed, which can transmit a header-compression packet through a packet transmission path mapped to a service flow, the method comprising, when a service flow of a downlink packet is mapped to a header-compression transmission channel, obtaining a second packet by adding a header-compression context ID mapped to an IP flow of the downlink packet to a first packet made by compressing a header of the downlink packet, in a control station; adding a data path tag mapped to the service flow of the downlink packet to the second packet; and transmitting the second packet with the data path tag to a base station maintaining mapping information of a connection ID for a corresponding mobile station and the data path tag, so as to transmit the second packet with the data path tag to the corresponding mobile station using the header-compression transmission channel.03-26-2009
20090080417METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DATA TRANSMISSION BETWEEN A LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND A MAIN NETWORK AUTHORIZING FORMAT ADAPTATION OF SAID DATA - The present invention relates to a telecommunications system SYST including a local area network WLAN, a main network INTNW, and an intermediate element INTM through which data packets Dpo, Epi/Tepi must pass in transit between the local area network WLAN and the main network INTNW.03-26-2009
20090080418TUNNELING APPARATUS AND TUNNEL FRAME SORTING METHOD AND ITS PROGRAM FOR USE THEREIN - The present invention provides a tunneling apparatus which can perform tunneling without requiring the network to be suspended or requiring the existing configuration of a local network to be modified. The frame sorting part 03-26-2009
20100272102SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PACKET MESSAGING AND SYNCHRONIZATION - System and method for packet messaging and synchronization through a packet based display interface includes using a multiple packet transport protocols, translating packet messages between protocols and achieving time code synchronization with a packet protocol between multiple devices in a multimedia network. A packet based display interface includes a dual data transport module to communicate packet messages using first and second packet transport protocols across a bidirectional link and a media transport module to communicate video packets across a unidirectional link. A method for communicating packet messages between source and slave devices in a multimedia network includes translating messages between different packet transport protocols. An apparatus for synchronizing a sink device to a source device includes a counter module configured to be adjusted based on a received source global time code value and a transport module to transmit a sink global time code value to the source device.10-28-2010
20100142526SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ISOLATING NETWORK CLIENTS - A network device includes at least one first network port, at least one second network port, a MUX unit and a switching unit. The MUX unit is connected to the at least one first network port. The MUX unit includes a trunk circuit and an output. The trunk circuit is configured to aggregate data packets received at the at least one first port into a trunk group and to output trunked data packets to the output. The switching unit is connected to the output of the MUX unit and to the at least one second network port. The switching unit is configured to switch the trunked data packets to the at least one second network port.06-10-2010
20100142524APPLICATION DATA FLOW MANAGEMENT IN AN IP NETWORK - A method for serving an aggregate flow in a communication network node includes a plurality of individual flows. The method includes identifying in the aggregate flow, based on serving resources allocated to the network node, individual flows that may be served without substantial detriment to perceived performance, and serving the identified individual flows with priority with respect to the remaining individual flows in the aggregate flow. The method allows the presence of individual flows that may not be served without substantial detriment to perceived performance due to shortage of serving resources to be notified to an external control entity.06-10-2010
20100142522METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE ERROR CORRECTION IN NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for adaptive error correction in networks are described. Some example methods to transmit data in a network include generating a first number of redundant data packets from a data file at a first location, wherein any first subset of the generated data packets is sufficient to reconstruct the data file. The example methods further include obtaining a variable representative of network conditions associated with a network configured to carry the data packets to a second location, and transmitting a second subset of the data packets based on the variable, wherein the number of packets of the second subset is at least as large as the first subset.06-10-2010
20090161670Fast multicast convergence at secondary designated router or designated forwarder - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving at a network device designated as a secondary designated router or forwarder, an indication that a receiver wants to join a multicast group, transmitting a multicast join message in response to the received indication, and receiving multicast data from a source at the network device. If a primary designated router or forwarder is operating to forward the multicast data from the source to the receiver, the received multicast data is dropped. If a failure occurs at the primary designated router or forwarder, the received multicast data is forwarded to the receiver. An apparatus for fast multicast convergence at a secondary designated router or forwarder is also disclosed.06-25-2009
20090180471System and method for port mapping in a communications network switch - System and method for implementing a port mapping technique in a switch of a communications network, wherein the switch includes a plurality of ports including user ports and network ports, are described. In one embodiment, the method comprises identifying a first portion of the ports as user ports; identifying a second portion of the ports as network ports; assigning a plurality of the user ports to a first session; and preventing user ports assigned to the first session from interacting with one another.07-16-2009
20110268114UPSTREAM LABEL ALLOCATION ON ETHERNETS FOR MP2MP LSPS - An apparatus or method for upstream label allocation on LANs for multipoint (MP) label switched paths (LSPs). In one embodiment of the method, a first router receives a first incoming labeled data packet, wherein the first incoming labeled data packet comprises a first data packet and one or more first labels. The first router creates a first outgoing labeled data packet, wherein creating the first outgoing labeled data packet includes the step of swapping the one or more first labels of the first incoming labeled data packet with a context label and a forwarding label, wherein the first outgoing labeled data packet comprises the first data packet, the context label, and the forwarding label. Ultimately, the first router transmits the first outgoing labeled data packet to second and third routers via a LAN.11-03-2011
20090129381Method For Transmitting Data In a Telecommunications Network And Switch For Implementing Said Method - A method for transferring data from a first switch to a second switch selectively by line-switching or by packet-switching as well as to a switch for carrying out the method. Data packets are thereby first transferred packet-switched through a packet-switching network to the second switch. With the presence of a corresponding control signal a line-switching connection is established from the first switch to the second switch and the data are then transferred through this connection. Where applicable a renewed changeover to a packet-switching transfer is carried out. A flexible packet-switching or line-switching data transfer linked with dynamic costs between the junctions of a telecommunications network is enabled.05-21-2009
20110206044Link Bundled Co-Routed VCAT Via RSVP Message Bundling - Multiple RSVP messages are used to separately signal components of co-routed VCAT to enable the separate components to be implemented on different physical fibers of a link bundle. To enable the PATH messages to be handled as a group, the multiple PATH messages are grouped together and sent out in a RSVP bundle message. When a RSVP bundle message containing multiple PATH messages is received at a network element, such as an ENNI, where the route for the PATH messages needs to be expanded, the route is expanded collectively rather than individually. Specifically, the route will first be expanded and this expanded route will be inserted into each individual PATH message. The modified PATH messages with the expanded route will then be passed through the RSVP finite state machine one at a time to enable resources to be reserved for the connections of the VCAT. Thus, a single LSP may be created for each channel, and the channels may be co-routed even where route expansion is required.08-25-2011
20090161669Evolution of Ethernet Networks - An Ethernet network comprises nodes which support a plurality of different forwarding modes. A range of VLAN Identifiers (VIDs) are allocated to each of the forwarding modes. Connections are configured between a source node and a destination node of the network using different forwarding modes. Packets carrying data traffic are sent to the destination node by selectively setting a VID in a packet to a first value, to transfer a packet via a first connection and a first forwarding mode, and a second value to transfer a packet via the second connection and the second forwarding mode. Packets received from both of the connections and sent on to an end-user. VLAN Identifiers can be allocated to different releases of functionality at nodes (e.g. software releases) such that packets are forwarded via a set of nodes supporting a first release, or via a set of nodes supporting a second release. It is possible to provide a controlled and disruption-free network evolution.06-25-2009
20090161671SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DRIVING A STEP MOTOR - A system for driving a step motor is provided. The system receives a data packet from a computer, wherein the data packet comprises a header data and a main data. An identification of the main data is determined according to the header data. A selected magnification level of a lens module connected with the step motor is converted into drive signals for driving rotation of the step motor upon the condition that the identification of the main data is a numerical zoom value corresponding to the selected magnification level.06-25-2009
20090161672FRAME TRANSFERRING METHOD AND FRAME TRANSFERRING DEVICE - A frame transferring device includes a storing unit in which whether an output port of the device is to terminate a maintenance frame or transfer the maintenance frame to a different output port of the device is set, the output port being a maintenance point; and a termination deciding unit for deciding whether to terminate the maintenance frame or to transfer the maintenance frame to the different output port of the device and terminate the maintenance frame at the output port at the transfer destination with reference to the storing unit, when a received maintenance frame is destined for the device.06-25-2009
20090161667Remotely Booting Computing Nodes In A Switching Domain - Methods, apparatus, and products are disclosed for remotely booting computing nodes in a switching domain, the switching domain capable of connecting to other switching domains through a network switch, that include: receiving, in the switch, a wakeup request packet that requests activation of one or more computing nodes in the switching domain, the wakeup request packet having a process port value specifying physical ports on the switch to which the one or more computing nodes are physically connected; identifying, by the switch, a network address for each computing node in dependence upon the physical port on the switch to which each computing node to be activated is physically connected; generating, by the switch, a wakeup packet for each computing node in dependence upon the identified network address for that computing node; and transmitting, by the switch to each computing node to be activated, the wakeup packet for that computing node.06-25-2009
20090185560System and Method for Heuristically Dropping Packets in a Multilink PPP Bundle - Systems and methods consistent with the present invention provide a better fragment drop heuristic that determines a per-fragment determined “remainder time” value to trigger potential drops on the whole bundle. A per-bundle drop timeout value is assumed. This value is to be configured based on differential delay considerations of the various links that constitute the bundle. The arrival time of a fragment to a reassembly algorithm triggers a remainder timer. When the reassembly algorithm instance actually processes the fragment, the “remainder time,” which is difference of a bundle drop timeout and time elapsed on the remainder timer, is used to determine whether the fragment and the other fragments of the packet should be dropped.07-23-2009
20110268113Packet communication system, packet communication device, packet communication method, and computer-readable storage medium having packet communication program recorded therein - A packet communication system includes a virtual machine unit; an origin-of-movement communication unit; a movement-destination communication unit; and a storage unit which stores a packet destined for the virtual machine unit while the virtual machine unit moves from the origin-of-movement communication unit to the movement-destination communication unit and transfers the stored packet to the movement-destination communication unit.11-03-2011
20120140768CROSSBAR SWITCH WITH PRIMARY AND SECONDARY PICKERS - A crossbar switch with primary and secondary pickers is described herein. The crossbar switch includes a crossbar switch command scheduler that schedules commands that are to be routed across the crossbar from multiple source ports to multiple destination ports. The crossbar switch command scheduler uses primary and secondary pickers to schedule two commands per clock cycle. The crossbar switch may also include a dedicated response bus, a general purpose bus and a dedicated command bus. A system request interface may include dedicated command and data packet buffers to work with the primary and secondary pickers.06-07-2012
20090141717DYNAMIC BUILDING OF VLAN INTERFACES BASED ON SUBSCRIBER INFORMATION STRINGS - Techniques are described that allow a network device, such as a router, to dynamically build VLAN interfaces based on subscriber information strings included within packets. In particular, the network device comprises an interface controller and a forwarding controller, where the forwarding controller receives the packet over an Ethernet port and forwards the received packet to the interface controller. The packet includes both Ethernet tagging information and a subscriber information string. The interface controller comprises an Ethernet module that dynamically builds a primary virtual local area network (VLAN) sub-interface (PVS) based on the Ethernet tagging information. The Ethernet module also dynamically builds a subscriber VLAN sub-interface (SVS) based on the subscriber information string. The SVS allows the network device to distinguish between subscribers residing on the same VLAN, and, therefore, to provide subscriber specific services.06-04-2009
20080317021METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING PHYSICAL LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT - Systems and methods are provided for automatically determining certain physical characteristics of a network device. In one embodiment, a method is employed to automatically determine the physical location of a network device. This method may employ a computer based system to acquire network device information, instruct the network devices to change power consumption, detect the changes and determine the physical location of the network device based on the changes detected. In another embodiment, a method is employed to automatically determine the functional type of a network device. This method may employ a computer based system to monitor the power drawn by the network device at a power distribution device and determine the network device functional type based on the power drawn.12-25-2008
20080317022ROBUST TECHNIQUE FOR FRAME SYNCHRONIZATION IN DAB-IP SYSTEMS - FEC frame synchronization in a DAB-IP system comprising FEC frames includes receiving FEC packets each comprising a FEC packet header and a FEC data field comprising padding bytes at an end of a last FEC packet received; comparing a received FEC packet header with a known FEC packet header until a number of bit errors in the received FEC packet header is less than or equal to a predetermined amount; and matching the received FEC packet header and the padding bytes until at least one of the following actions occur thereby resulting in receiver locking: a number of successive FEC packet headers mismatches in the received FEC packet header; a predetermined number of FEC packets end without padding matching; and FEC packet header and padding matching occurs. The received FEC packets are tracked after receiver locking has occurred to ensure FEC parity packets are positioned properly in the FEC frames.12-25-2008
20080317019Managing Mobile Nodes In A Lawful Intercept Architecture - In an embodiment, a care-of address associated with a first node coupled to a communications network via an access node is received. The care-of address may be contained in a notification message sent by a home agent associated with the first node or by a binding update message sent by the first agent. The access node is identified using the care-of address. A request to tap communications associated with the first node at the access node is generated and the request is forwarded to the access node to cause communications associated with the first node to be tapped at the access node.12-25-2008
20080317027SYSTEM FOR REDUCING LATENCY IN A HOST ETHERNET ADAPTER (HEA) - A system for reducing latency in a host Ethernet adapter (HEA) includes the following. First, the HEA receives a packet with an internet protocol (IP) header and data in the HEA. The HEA parses a connection identifier from the IP header and accesses a negative cache in the HEA to determine if the connection identifier is not in a memory external to the HEA. The HEA applies a default treatment to the packet if the connection identifier is not in the memory, thereby reducing latency by decreasing access to the memory.12-25-2008
20120069843COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system includes: a first communication device; and a second communication device; the first communication device including: an identification information addition unit that adds an identification information to identify data to the data to be transmitted to the second communication device via a transmission path; and a transmitter that transmits the data to which the identification information is added by the identification information addition unit; and the second communication device including: a receiver that receives the data, to which the identification information is added, from the first communication device via the transmission path; and a distribution unit that distributes the data received by the receiver to a processing unit that executes a given process corresponding to the identification information.03-22-2012
20090003337Determining the State of a Tunnel with Respect to a Control Protocol - Element managers and processes retrieve information from a first packet switch. The information is derived from layer-two (data link layer) control packets relayed from a second packet switch to the first packet switch via a tunnel. The layer-two control packets conform to a layer-two control protocol. Based at least in part on the retrieved information, the element managers and processes determine that the tunnel is configured to relay layer-two control packets conforming to the layer-two control protocol despite a desired tunnel configuration specifying that the tunnel should not be configured to relay layer-two control packets conforming to the layer-two control protocol. Element managers and processes may alternatively or additionally detect other discrepancies between the desired tunnel configuration and the tunnel.01-01-2009
20090003334ANALYZING A NETWORK WITH A CACHE ADVANCE PROXY - In an example embodiment described herein, there is disclosed an implementation for analyzing a network having cache advance (CA) segments, such as a session control protocol (SCTP) pipe. The path between endpoints, e.g. a client on a first local area network (LAN) and a server on a second LAN, wherein the first and second LAN are coupled by an SCTP pipe, is determined and properties of the path are acquired.01-01-2009
20090003330Method, a User Terminal and a Server for Obtaining Access Locating Information - A method of a user terminal obtaining its access location information in next generation network, and a user terminal, and a server having function of Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) function are disclosed. DHCP is extended by adding a new DHCP option to carry the user terminal access location information; when the user terminal accesses to network, DHCP server puts the DHCP option into DHCP response message; receiving the DHCP response message, the user terminal obtains the access location information from the DHCP option. The present invention overcomes the shortcoming of the prior art that when a terminal nomadizes or roams from one access network to another, the access network information configured on the terminal has to be updated manually and thus results in redundant workload and inflexibility, the user terminal is allowed to obtain its access location information automatically, hence nomadicity or roaming of the user terminal is supported.01-01-2009
20090003335Device, System and Method of Fragmentation of PCI Express Packets - Device, system and method of fragmentation of PCI Express packets. For example, an apparatus includes a credit-based flow control interconnect device to fragment a Transaction Layer Packet into a stream of micro-packets, wherein the stream comprises an initial micro-packet and one or more continuation micro-packets.01-01-2009
20090003340TELECOMMUNICATION AND MULTIMEDIA MANAGEMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS - A telecommunication and multimedia management apparatus and method that supports voice and other media communications and that enables users to: (i) participate in multiple conversation modes, including live phone calls, conference calls, instant voice messaging or tactical communications; (ii) review the messages of conversations in either a live mode or a time-shifted mode and to seamlessly transition back and forth between the two modes; (iii) participate in multiple conversations either concurrently or simultaneously; (iv) archive the messages of conversations for later review or processing; and (v) persistently store media either created or received on the communication devices of users. The latter feature enables users to generate or review media when either disconnected from the network or network conditions are poor and to optimize the delivery of media over the network based on network conditions and the intention of the users participating in conversations.01-01-2009
20090003339TELECOMMUNICATION AND MULTIMEDIA MANAGEMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS - A telecommunication and multimedia management apparatus and method that supports voice and other media communications and that enables users to: (i) participate in multiple conversation modes, including live phone calls, conference calls, instant voice messaging or tactical communications; (ii) review the messages of conversations in either a live mode or a time-shifted mode and to seamlessly transition back and forth between the two modes; (iii) participate in multiple conversations either concurrently or simultaneously; (iv) archive the messages of conversations for later review or processing; and (v) persistently store media either created or received on the communication devices of users. The latter feature enables users to generate or review media when either disconnected from the network or network conditions are poor and to optimize the delivery of media over the network based on network conditions and the intention of the users participating in conversations.01-01-2009
20090003336Determining a Logical Neighbor of a Network Element - Element managers and processes receive, from a selected network element, first neighbor information describing a first neighboring network element directly connected to the selected network element and second neighbor information describing a different second neighboring network element directly connected to the selected network element. Based at least in part on the first neighbor information and the second neighbor information, the element managers and processes determine that the first neighboring network element is a logical neighbor that is connected by a tunnel to the selected network element and is coupled to the selected network element via one or more intermediate packet switches.01-01-2009
20090003331System and Method for Adding Transport Layer to Uncompressed Visual Information Packets - DisplayPort micropackets of uncompressed visual information are adapted for communication across a network by stuffing packets with sink device identification information. For example, a packet stuffer adds selected portions of sink device EDID information to DisplayPort packets, such as EDID bytes 01-01-2009
20090067424METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A DATA BLOCK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention provides methods and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a source data block in a wireless communication system using hybrid automatic retransmission request protocol. According to the scheme provided by the invention, at transmitting side, the source data block or part of source data block that is not decoded correctly at receiving side is divided into a plurality of data segments, each the plurality of data segments may be paded with known data to expand the data segments to be a predetermined lengthen, the data segment is encoded with linear code to be a data packet including the data segment and a redundancy information segment or including only redundancy information, and after that the encoded data packets are transmitted. At the receiving side, when each of the received data packets includes a data segment and a redundancy information segment, decoding is performed directly based on the received data packet, decoding is performed based on the received redundancy information segment and an data segment and redundancy information segment extracted from buffered data packets with a first and second chance to restore the data segment that is not decoded correctly in previous decoding processing. With the additional decoding chance, the scheme provided by the invention can improve decoding probability and thus the transmission efficiency of the system.03-12-2009
20090185561PACKET FORWARDING DEVICE AND FORWARDING METHOD - A packet forwarding device that maintains packet sequence before and after packet forwarding is provided. A cache stores forwarding information. A forwarding unit refers to the forwarding information to attempt to determine a forwarding destination of a received packet, sends the packet to a control unit irrespective of whether or not the forwarding destination of the packet could be determined, and in cases in which the forwarding destination of the packet could not be determined, requests the control unit to determine the forwarding destination of the packet. The control unit receives the packet from the forwarding unit, and in cases in which the control unit has been requested by the forwarding unit to determine the forwarding destination of the packet, determines the forwarding destination of the packet, sends the packet to the forwarding destination and stores the forwarding destination as forwarding information in the cache, and in other cases, sends the packet to the forwarding destination determined by the forwarding unit.07-23-2009
20090141712ROUTER DEVICE - The present invention provides a router device capable of performing routing processing on each received packet at high speed by an IP routing accelerator without the interchange of transmission order of each packet in the same session. The router device registers a packet transmission destination and a session type obtained by analyzing each received packet in a transmission route information table in association with each other and at the same time transmits all received packets accumulated in a session-by-session transmission queue corresponding to the session type of the received packet.06-04-2009
20090052444METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR PROVIDING MULTI-SERVICE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS AND RELATED CORE NETWORKS - A network includes a plurality of routers that define a core network. The core network is configured to establish a logical connection between ones of a plurality of physically interconnected network nodes to route data packets therebetween. The core network is configured to establish the logical connection based on a logical topology that directly corresponds to a physical topology defined by a layout of physical interconnections between the plurality of nodes. Related methods, devices, and computer program products are also discussed.02-26-2009
20090052442AUTOMATICALLY ROUTING SESSION INITIATION PROTOCOL (SIP) COMMUNICATIONS FROM A CONSUMER DEVICE - The present invention discloses a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Message Automatic Routing Technique (SMART) device that includes a unique identifier and a SMART engine. The unique identifier can be used by an SIP based communication server as a communication endpoint, which means that the unique identifier for the SMART device is used by an SIP server to route communication requests to the SMART device. The SMART engine can forward received SIP messages to other communication devices in a manner transparent to the SIP based communication server. In one embodiment, the SMART device can be a consumer communication device, such as a computer having soft phone software installed, a mobile telephone, or an SIP enabled communication device.02-26-2009
20090141713Remote Message Routing Device and Methods Thereof - A message routing method includes receiving a plurality of messages at a routing node. The routing node is configured to route each received message based on the message type. Accordingly, the routing node is able to establish a peer-to-peer connection between the message source and a destination node for a designated message type, while establishing a server-client connection between the message source and a server for other message types. The routing node can also route messages to different groups of destination nodes depending on the message type, thereby providing a flexible way to route messages over a network.06-04-2009
20090141716METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PACKET RULE MATCHING - This invention discloses method and apparatus for packet rule matching. The method includes: creating multiple levels of storage tables, storage table other than final-level storage table records corresponding relation between value index and value range number, and final-level storage table records corresponding relation between packet rule number and combination index formed by value range number; upon receiving packet, searching first-level storage table for value index corresponding to value of quintuple of the packet; searching next-level storage table according to value range number corresponding to found value index until penultimate-level storage table; searching final-level storage table for combination index identical to combination value formed by the value range number found in the penultimate-level storage table, and obtaining packet rule number corresponding to the found combination value; and taking packet rule corresponding to the obtained packet rule number as matched packet rule. This invention can increase the speed of packet rule matching.06-04-2009
20090141714CACHING REMOTE SWITCH INFORMATION IN A FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCH - A network of switches with a distributed name server configuration and caching of remote node device information is disclosed. The network preferably comprises a first switch coupled to a second switch. Each of the switches directly couple to respective node devices. The first switch maintains a name server database about its local node devices, as does the second switch. The second switch further maintains a information cache about remote node devices. The name server preferably notifies other switches of changes to the database, and the cache manager preferably uses the notifications from other switches to maintain the cache. The name server accesses the cache to respond to queries about remote node devices. The cache manager may also aggregate notification messages from other switches when notifying local devices of state changes. Traffic overhead and peak traffic loads may advantageously be reduced.06-04-2009
20110222535Systems and Methods for Routing VPN Traffic Around Network Distribution - Methods for using a client agent to route client requests among a plurality of appliances using transport layer information include the steps of: establishing, by a client agent executing on a client, a first transport layer connection with a first appliance of a plurality of appliances, the first appliance providing access to one or more servers; establishing, by a client agent executing on the client, a second transport layer connection with a second appliance of a plurality of appliances, the second appliance providing access to one or more servers; intercepting, by the client agent, a packet transmitted by the client; selecting, by the client agent, one of the connections to transmit the intercepted packet based on a characteristic of at least one of: the transport layer connections, the plurality of appliances, or the servers; and transmitting the intercepted packet via the selected connection.09-15-2011
20110222534NETWORK APPARATUS, EDGE ROUTER, AND PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A network apparatus includes: a slot table storing a record including an identifier of a time slot which is assigned to packet transmission from a specific transmission source to a specific transmission destination, and identifiers of an input interface and output interface which are used for the packet transmission; and a unit, upon receiving a first control packet which includes an identifier of the specific time slot and represents a start of the specific time slot, to identify the input interface and output interface corresponding to the specific time slot from the slot table, and to send packets from the identified input interface to the identified output interface during a period until receiving a second control packet which includes the identifier of the specific time slot and represents an end of the specific time slot.09-15-2011
20090067423System and Method for Service Assurance in IP Networks - A system and method for providing service assurance in a data network is provided. Resource control points are positioned throughout a data network, such as an IP data network. The resource control points obtain network topology information and correlates that information with information associated with a particular service session. The resource control points utilize the correlated information to generate quality service records and to provide status information regarding the network topology and particular sessions. The resource control points may further retrieve link and utilization information to control sessions during periods of congestion.03-12-2009
20090067421Method and device for transferring digital information - A device and method for transmitting digital information, where the Transmission takes place from an information-providing entity (03-12-2009
20090086731Broadcast receiver and channel information processing method - A broadcast receiver and a channel information processing method are disclosed. A network interface transmits and receives an Internet Protocol (IP) packet. A controller detects broadcast data included in the IP packet received by the network interface and parses the detected broadcast data to obtain virtual channel information and physical channel information. The channel information is transmitted based on service discovery & selection (SD&S). The virtual channel information is transmitted in a broadcast discovery record and the physical channel information is transmitted in a cable network information record.04-02-2009
20090052446Communications Interface - At an access point (02-26-2009
20090052447Data Transmission Apparatus Efficiently Using Network Resources - A data transmission apparatus connecting to a network consisted of a plurality of data transmission apparatuses comprises a disconnecting device that disconnects a connection established between a transmission plug of a transmitting node and a reception plug of a receiving node, both nodes being connected to the network, an optimization requesting device that requests optimization of transmitting sequences to the transmitting node, a receiver that receives information about a transmission plug newly assigned to the transmitting sequence used by the transmitting nodes of which connection has been disconnected by the disconnecting device, the information being received as an answer for the optimization request from the transmitting node, and a connecting device that establishes a new connection between the newly assigned transmission plug and the reception plug of the receiving node of which connection has been disconnected by the disconnecting device.02-26-2009
20090052443METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING DYNAMIC FILTERS FOR NESTED TRAFFIC FLOWS - An apparatus and method of creating and managing dynamic filters while permitting stateful inspections of a hierarchy of nested flows in the dataplane. The method determines if a filter qualifier of a packet flowing in the forwarding data-plane matches a first filter rule. If the filter qualifier of the packet matches the first filter rule, a dynamic filter is created. An action or actions associated with the dynamic filter are then executed. Stateful inspections may be accomplished while maintaining a state of a parent flow and any sub-flows. The method may be implemented on firewalls or routers.02-26-2009
20090103531METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REAL-TIME SYNCHRONIZATION ACROSS A DISTRIBUTED SERVICES COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A system for progressively synchronizing stored copies of indexed media transmitted between nodes on a network. The system includes a transmitter at the sending node configured to progressively transmit available indexed media to a receiving node with a packet size and packetization interval sufficient to enable the near real-time rendering of the indexed media, wherein the near real-time rendering of the indexed media provides a recipient with an experience of reviewing the transmitted media live. The system also includes a receiver at the receiving node that progressively receives the transmitted indexed media and continually notes any indexed media that is not already locally stored at the receiving node. The receiver also continually generates and transmits to the sending node requests as needed for the noted indexed media. In response, the transmitter at the sending node transmits the noted indexed media to the receiving node. Both the sending node and the receiving node have storage elements configured to store the indexed media respectively. As a result, both the sending node and the receiving node each have synchronized copies of the indexed media.04-23-2009
20090080421DATA FLOW MIRRORING - A network switch having flow-mirroring capabilities. A first port is provided for communicating data items, each associated with a particular data flow, over a network. A number of data ports are switchably connected to the first port for enabling the data items to be communicated between the first port and at least one of the data ports. A second port is provided for selectively outputting a copy of one or more of the data items based on the associated data flows.03-26-2009
20090080424PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH QOS CONTROL FUNCTION - A packet communication system of the present invention has first mode, second mode and third mode to apply to input packets. The first mode is a mode that decides priority of the packet by at least one of the address information and the application information, the second mode is a mode that decides priority of the packet by the DS value, the third mode is a mode that decides rewrite the DS value by at least one of the address information and the application information. A control unit of the packet communication system switches a mode to apply an input packet of the first mode, the second mode and the third mode based on the packet header information of the input packet.03-26-2009
20110228768MEDIA EXTRACTOR - A system generates one or more media streams from time-stamped packets received over a network. The packets may include audio, video, or a combination of both, sampled at a rate determined by a master media clock at a transmitter of the time-stamped packets or at some other node on the network. Timestamps in the packets may be presentation times based on values of a remote real-time clock at the transmitter that is synchronized with a local real-time clock at a receiver. The system may generate the media streams from the media stream samples and present the sampled data according to the presentation times.09-22-2011
20110142040SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD - Disclosed herein is a signal processing apparatus including a plurality of frame head detection sections configured to determine whether a frame head complying with any one of a plurality of different communication methods is detected by comparing the waveform of a signal sent from an external apparatus with a plurality of predetermined different symbol patterns; a communication method selection section configured to select the communication method for communicating with the external apparatus based on results of the determination by the frame head detection sections and on the priority of each of the plurality of communication methods; and a priority changing section configured such that if a second communication method different from an initially selected first communication method is selected anew, then the priority changing section changes the priority of each of the plurality of communication methods based on the newly selected second communication method.06-16-2011
20090097482OUT-OF-BOX SERVICES CASCADING - The invention discloses an efficient approach to the cascading of out-of-box services. System comprising a packet router with out-of-box interfaces and more than one out-of-box servers performing out-of-box services, characterized in that the packet flow comprises an identifier that defines the order of out-of-box services.04-16-2009
20090190582SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR STREAMING MEDIA IN MASTER OR SLAVE MODE WITH EASE OF USER CHANNEL CONFIGURATION - A streaming media receiving box in a packet network includes a first transceiver to transmit and receive communications over a packet network; a second transceiver to transmit and receive communications over a local area network; and a processor cooperating with the first and second transceivers. The processor can receive a selection to provide a media stream. Further, the processor can operate in a master mode, including responsive to the selection, receiving the media stream from the packet network over the first transceiver; and transmitting the received media stream to another streaming media box over the second transceiver. An alternative slave mode embodiment can be provided. Some embodiments can include both master and slave modes, and can switch between slave and master modes depending on availability of the media stream from another streaming media box operating in master mode. Optionally, ease of user channel configuration is provided.07-30-2009
20090097480PARALLELIZING THE TCP BEHAVIOR OF A NETWORK CONNECTION - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system that parallelizes the TCP-related actions of a network connection between two computer systems during a data transfer between the two computer systems. During operation, the first computer system partitions the data into two or more data segments, and assigns the data segments to multiple processing elements. These multiple processing elements subsequently prepare and send their assigned data segments to the second computer system in parallel using TCP.04-16-2009
20090185562METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR AN EFFICIENT MULTICAST FILE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for an efficient multicast file distribution system. A method for transmitting a file over a distribution network includes encoding the file with a selected encoding scheme to form encoded packets, generating file delivery protocol (FDP) packets from the encoded packets, generating a file delivery control protocol (FDCP) packet that comprises control information associated with the FDP packets, and transmitting the FDCP packet and the FDP packets over the distribution network. A method for receiving a file over a distribution network includes receiving a FDCP packet and FDP packets, decoding the FDP packets based on the FDCP packet to generate encoded packets, and generating at least a portion of the file from the encoded packets.07-23-2009
20090003329Repeater, Communication System, Control Circuit, Connector, and Computer Program - A repeater such as an Internet router device used in a communication network such as the Internet. The delay time from a device of a sender to a device of a receiver is secured. A communication system, a control circuit, a connecting means, and a computer program are also disclosed. The sending time intervals between sending to a transmission network are calculated from a target value of the transfer rate of a packet to be relayed (S01-01-2009
20090141715METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PACKET DATA IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for a transmitter having a radio protocol with an upper layer and a lower layer therein used for management of full header packet transmission when transmitting data packets to a receiver are provided. If the upper layer receives from the lower layer, information of a successful transmission of a full header packet, the upper layer decides to stop sending any additional full header packet that contains the same full header as the previously successfully transmitted full header packet.06-04-2009
20090290583SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING FRACTIONAL TDM FRAMES - A multiplexing card comprises a primary TDM port over which TDM frames are communicated to and from a networking device, a plurality of secondary TDM ports over each of which fractional TDM frames are communicated to and from a plurality of digital subscriber line (DSL) units; and a logic device coupled between the primary TDM port and the plurality of secondary TDM ports, wherein the logic device is operable to map timeslots from each of the fractional TDM frames received over the plurality of secondary TDM ports to timeslots in a TDM frame communicated over the primary TDM port, and to map each of a plurality of blocks of timeslots in a TDM frame received over the primary TDM port to one of the plurality of secondary TDM ports; wherein the combined number of timeslots containing user data in the fractional TDM frames received over the plurality of secondary TDM ports is less than or equal to the maximum number of available timeslots in the corresponding TDM frame communicated over the primary TDM port.11-26-2009
20090103532PACKET NETWORK SYSTEM WITH SESSION CHANGING FUNCTION AND IMPLEMENTATION METHOD AND DEVICE THEREOF - The present invention provides a method for session changing. The method for session changing is designed for session changing during interworking between a first UE and a second UE in a packet network, and includes: reserving, during setup of an initial session between the first UE and the second UE, an interworking control function for logically controlling the interworking on a path of the initial session; and performing, when the interworking control function receives a subsequent session change request, the corresponding session changing operation according to contents of the subsequent session change request. The invention further provides a device for session changing and a packet network system with session changing function.04-23-2009
20090219931METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZATION OF PACKET - A message synchronization demarcation method includes: a backup board receives a message of an opposite terminal from an interface board; the message is copied to a main board; the main board processes the message, copies it to the backup board through the buffer unit and transmits the data. Also a message synchronization demarcation system is provided. The data backup between the main board and the backup board is performed through the buffer area without occupying the transport layer resource, so the data flux of communication channels is reduced, the payload is lowered, and the backup steps of messages between the main board and the backup board is simplified. Using the present disclosure, the received message can be demarcated, and the accuracy of message transmission is further improved.09-03-2009
20090219929ADAPTIVE REFRESH RATE FOR HEADER COMPRESSION OVER LONG PROPAGATION CHANNELS AND RELATED METHODS - An adaptive telecommunications packet transmission system. Implementations may include a compression engine configured to compress a header of at least one uncompressed packet and to send at least one compressed packet corresponding to the at least one uncompressed packet across a communication channel coupled to the compression engine. A refresh rate calculator may be included that is configured to receive at least one error and at least one success from a decompression engine and calculate an adaptive refresh rate based on the at least one error or the at least one success. The refresh rate calculator may be configured to communicate an adaptive refresh rate to the compression engine. The compression engine may be configured to transmit at least one uncompressed packet across the communication channel according to the adaptive refresh rate received from the refresh rate calculator.09-03-2009
20090252161Method And Systems For Routing A Data Packet Based On Geospatial Information - Methods and systems are described for routing a data packet based on geospatial information. In one aspect, a data packet is received, at a receiving network node. The data packet was transmitted by a source host for transmitting to a destination host. Further, a level of trust for a portion of a network path from the source host to the destination host is determined. The portion of the network path has a geospatial region. The level of trust is based on trust information associated with the geospatial region. Also, routing information is determined based on the level of trust. Further, a network interface of the receiving network node for transmitting the data packet via a destination network path is identified based on the routing information. Still further, the data packet is routed via the identified network interface.10-08-2009
20090097481METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONFIGURABLE DATA RATE VIA INTER-PACKET GAP ADJUSTMENT TO SUPPORT ENERGY EFFICIENT NETWORKS - Aspects of a method and system for programmable data rate thresholds for configurable data rate via inter-packet gap adjustment to support energy efficient networks. In this regard, an inter-packet gap may be adjusted to control a data rate on an Ethernet link. An IPG may be adjusted such that a data rate on a network link may be communicated at a non-standardized rate suited to an audio and/or video stream. An IPG may be adjusted such that data is communicated over the link at a standardized rate. In this regard, adjusting the IPG may compensate for a non-standardized data rate resulting from altering other parameters of the link. The IPG may be adjusted based on a control policy which may govern data rates on a network link. Each of a plurality of inter-packet gaps may be differently adjusted to achieve a desired average data rate on the link.04-16-2009
20090245247COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Routing schemes are provided for a communication network. In one scheme, destination terminals and associated neighboring terminals are listed in a routing control cache at each communication terminal in the network, and packets are routed toward the destination terminal through the associated neighboring terminals. In another scheme, a single path from a source terminal to a destination terminal is automatically expanded into multiple paths. In yet another scheme, packets are routed as long as this does not increase the number of hops to the destination terminal. These schemes enable multiple paths to be established by a simple procedure not requiring complex distance calculations. In still another scheme, routing is restricted to the shortest path and paths up to a given number of hops longer than the shortest path, permitting paths to diverge in multiple directions from the source and destination terminals.10-01-2009
20080259917System and Method for Improved Ethernet Load Balancing - A method for Ethernet packet load balancing includes receiving a transmit package for transmission on an Ethernet network. An offload adapter identifies a least busy port from a plurality of ports indicated in a port list, based on a byte count associated with each of the plurality of ports. The offload adapter determines whether the identified least busy port is in a working status. In the event the identified least busy port is in a working status, the offload adapter assigns the transmit packet to the identified least busy port and increments the byte count associated with the identified least busy port. In the event the identified least busy port is not in a working status, the offload adapter updates the port list and, based on a determination that there are additional working ports, assigns the transmit packet to one of the additional working ports.10-23-2008
20090252162TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Disclosed herein is a transmission apparatus including a receiving unit configured to receive ACK packets transmitted from a reception apparatus in response to transmission data items, an ACK storing unit configured to store a latest ACK packet which is last received among the ACK packets, and a TCP/IP processing unit configured to perform processing of receiving an ACK packet in accordance with the latest ACK packet supplied from the ACK storing means at a predetermined timing.10-08-2009
20090257431GLOBAL BROADCAST COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A global broadcast communication network system having a plurality of subnets. The system may incorporate a building and automation control network (BACnet) protocol. Each subnet may have a one active BACnet broadcast management device (BBMD) for broadcasting messages to other subnets. Also, there may be BIP (BACnet over IP) devices, such as controllers, tools and stations, in the subnets. One of the BIP devices in each subnet may be configured or enabled as a passive BBMD. If there is a failure of the active BBMD in a subnet, then the passive BBMD of the same subnet may detect the failure and assume the role of the active BBMD to minimize or eliminate possible disruption of communication across the subnets. Each BBMD may have and maintain a broadcast distribution table (BDT) which contains information about BBMDs in other subnets. Each BBMD may provide updated BDT information to the other BBMDs.10-15-2009
20100150149DIRECTORY NUMBER MOBILITY UTILIZING DYNAMIC NETWORK DISTRIBUTED DIAL-PEER UPDATES - Methods, logic, apparatus, and systems are provided to support cross cluster directory number (DN) extension mobility (EM) using dynamic network distributed dial-peer updates in a communication networks, which includes a plurality of clusters or systems and each of the plurality of clusters including a call control agent (CCA). Identification data corresponding to an identity of an associated user is received into a first cluster of a multiple cluster telecommunication network. A directory number and associated first telecommunication device corresponding to the user are registered with a first call control agent of the first cluster in accordance with received identification data. Registration data corresponding to the registered directory number is communicated to at least a second cluster of the telecommunications network. An incoming connection request associated with the registered directory number is routed directly to the first CCA without redirection to any other CCAs within the multiple cluster telecommunication network.06-17-2010
20120195309COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RECEIVING DEVICE, RELAY DEVICE, RECEPTION METHOD, AND RELAY METHOD - A receiving device includes a packet receiver that is coupled to a plurality of paths, and a packet transmitter that generates reception-acknowledgement information indicating that the packet receiver receives a packet when the packet receiver receives the packet over one of the paths, and that transmits the reception-acknowledgement information to a path that is among the plurality of paths and different from the path over which the packet receiver has received the packet.08-02-2012
20120195308COMMUNICATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND ADDRESS LEARNING METHOD - A communication processing apparatus includes a first storage unit, a second storage unit, and a processor. The first storage unit stores, for each of a plurality of port identifiers, a port identifier and a network identifier in association with each other. The second storage unit stores address information and a set of port identifiers in association with each other. The processor extracts a first network identifier associated with a first port identifier for identifying a reception port from the first storage unit, extracts second port identifiers associated with the extracted first network identifier from the first storage unit, and stores source address information of the received data and a first set of port identifiers in association with each other in the second storage unit. The first set of port identifiers includes the first port identifier and the extracted second port identifiers.08-02-2012
20100157999NETWORK CAPABLE OF M3UA-BASED NETWORKING, APPARATUS AND MESSAGE TRANSFER METHOD - A network capable of M3UA-based networking, an apparatus, and a message transfer method are disclosed herein. The network includes: an IPSTP, configured to: perform signaling interworking with an IPSEP and/or other IPSTPs in the network, and maintain routes dynamically; and an IPSEP, configured to perform signaling interworking with the IPSTP. The network, the apparatus and the method under the present invention accomplish the M3UA-based networking throughout the network, especially, sophisticated M3UA-based networking06-24-2010
20100265944METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA PACKET AND TRANSLATOR - A method for transmitting data packets and a corresponding converter are disclosed. The method includes: receiving a packet, which is sent by a source host using a Path Maximum Transmission Unit (PMTU) value supported by the source host as a Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) value; sending an error information with a PMTU value of a translator to the source host if the PMTU value of the translator is smaller than the packet sent by the source host; receiving a packet, which is resent by the source host using a redetermined PMTU value as the MTU value, and sending the packet resent by the source host to a destination host; wherein the redetermined PMTU value is determined according to the PMTU value of the translator. The embodiments of the present invention ensure the maximum throughput of the network in the network transmission process, prevent packet loss, and improve the data transmission performance.10-21-2010
20100265943ROUTE COMPUTATION METHOD AND SYSTEM, AND PATH COMPUTATION ELEMENT - A route computation method includes: receiving, by a first bottom-level PCE, a path computation command, performing a route computation on a routing domain managed thereby, obtaining and sending a path segment set with a first node to an upper-level PCE thereof; sending, by the upper-level PCE receiving the path segment set sent by a lower-level PCE, the path computation command to another lower-level PCE according to routing domains that a path to be established between the first node and a second node sequentially passes through, receiving path segment sets sent by all lower-level PCEs, and combining and sending all the received path segment sets to an upper-level PCE thereof, until a top-level PCE receives path segment sets sent by all lower-level PCEs thereof; and combining, by the top-level PCE, all the received path segment sets to generate a set of paths between the first node and the second node.10-21-2010
20100014514Mainframe computing system having virtual IPMI protocol - In general, techniques for communicating within a mainframe computing system via a virtual Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) protocol are described herein. More specifically, the mainframe computing system comprises a first cell that forms an Ethernet message to directly encapsulate an IPMI message without further encapsulating the IPMI message within any other protocol message. The mainframe computing system further comprises other cells. The cell further transmits the Ethernet message to at least one of the other cells. The first cell couples to the other cells via an Ethernet interconnect however, and not an IPMB. The cells overcome this limitation by communicating via the virtual IPMI protocol, which allows each cell to leverage pre-configured support of IPMI over the Ethernet interconnect and thereby forgo the requirement of an IPMB to communicate via IPMI.01-21-2010
20090122796SYSTEM AND ARTICLE OF MANUFACTURE FOR DATA TRANSMISSION - Provided are a system and article of manufacture for data communications. A transmitter transmits a plurality of packets, wherein each packet is transmitted after a time interval. A receiver receives at least one part of the plurality of packets. The receiver determines whether all parts of a packet are received before expiration of the time interval, wherein the received packet is valid if all parts are received before the expiration of the time interval.05-14-2009
20090122795Method and apparatus for providing a shared message - According to some embodiments of the present invention provides a new and unique technique to extend a point-to-point communication with a point-to-multipoint feature. Each end node has, beside a unique address, a configurable address that can be updated via some configuration means from a control entity. The unique address is a dedicated address. Different end node can have the same configurable address. The sender of a message or packet must be aware of the used addresses in the system. The technique does not require any changes to the normal data communication protocol. The messages or packets are unchanged. The implementation is done on the sender side and in the end node. Each message or frame or packet contains only one address. Each message and packet is received by each end node. A message is used by an end node if the unique or configurable address is matching. Beside that there is a possibility that the filtering is done by a hub that is selecting the right end node according the port definition (each output port has a dedicated unique address and configurable address). Moreover, the shared image frame has been sent once by the sender, which results in lower power consumption and less load on the sender.05-14-2009
20090274149Redundant Media Packet Streams - This invention concerns the transmitting and receiving of digital media packets, such as audio and video channels and lighting instructions. In particular, the invention concerns the transmitting and receiving of redundant media packet streams. Samples are extracted (11-05-2009
20100150150Optimizing Throughput of Data in a Communications Network - A method for transmitting data in a communications network is provided. The method comprises identifying a first data packet associated with a first transmission priority, wherein the first data packet encapsulates a plurality of messages designated for transmission to a destination; adding one or more additional messages to a second data packet associated with a second transmission priority to more optimally utilize capacity of the second data packet to encapsulate a plurality of messages, while the first data packet is being finalized for transmission, wherein the second transmission priority is less than the first transmission priority; and transmitting the first data packet before transmitting the second data packet.06-17-2010
20100150152METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TCP X.25 CONNECTIVITY - Techniques for providing a method and system for TCP to X.25 connectivity are disclosed. In one particular exemplary embodiment, the techniques may be realized as a method, comprising configuring, via at least one processor, an X.25 switch for direct communication with a TCP/IP based network device, configuring, via at least one processor, X.25 packet encapsulation software on the TCP/IP based network device, provisioning, via at least one processor, one or more X.25 PVCs on the X.25 switch, provisioning, via at least one processor, one or more PVCs on the TCP/IP based network device, and routing network traffic directly between the TCP/IP based network device and the X.25 switch.06-17-2010
20120195310FIBRE CHANNEL OVER ETHERNET - The present invention provides methods and devices for implementing a Low Latency Ethernet (“LLE”) solution, also referred to herein as a Data Center Ethernet (“DCE”) solution, which simplifies the connectivity of data centers and provides a high bandwidth, low latency network for carrying Ethernet and storage traffic. Some aspects of the invention involve transforming FC frames into a format suitable for transport on an Ethernet. Some preferred implementations of the invention implement multiple virtual lanes (“VLs”) in a single physical connection of a data center or similar network. Some VLs are “drop” VLs, with Ethernet-like behavior, and others are “no-drop” lanes with FC-like behavior. Some preferred implementations of the invention provide guaranteed bandwidth based on credits and VL. Active buffer management allows for both high reliability and low latency while using small frame buffers. Preferably, the rules for active buffer management are different for drop and no drop VLs.08-02-2012
20100157997Method and System for Optimizing Routing of Data Packets - A method and system for determining a route for a packet traveling over at least one system from a source to a destination is disclosed. A first geographic area corresponds to the source and a second geographic area corresponds to the destination. The destination further has an address which does not indicate the second geographic area. In this aspect, the method and system include associating an address for the destination with the second geographic area to allow selection of the route for the data packet based on the second geographic area and selecting the route based on a second geographic area. In a second aspect, the method and system include providing a direct link having a controllable amount of traffic and selecting the direct link as at least a portion of the route when a data packet to the destination is to be routed. The method and system also facilitate selection of a route for a data packet. In this aspect, the method and system include obtaining information relating to an autonomous system. The autonomous system has a geographic area. The information includes the geographic area. In this aspect, the method and system also include associating the autonomous system with the geographic area to allow selection of the route based on the geographic area.06-24-2010
20090052445System and Method for Synchronizing Packet Forwarding Information - In accordance with the teachings of the present invention, a system and method for synchronizing packet forwarding information is provided. In a particular embodiment, the system includes a control processor configured to implement a control plane to generate first forwarding information and transfer the first forwarding information to an active forwarding table of a network processor. The system also includes a network processor configured to implement a forwarding plane to receive packets and use the first forwarding information in the active forwarding table to forward the received packets to one or more network devices. After the control plane is restarted, the control processor is further configured to use the restarted control plane to generate second forwarding information and incrementally update the first forwarding information in the active forwarding table with the second forwarding information while the network processor's forwarding plane continues to forward traffic.02-26-2009
20100020794METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR USING TUNERS EFFICIENTLY FOR DELIVERING ONE OR MORE PROGRAMS - In response to user requests for content, content may be dynamically mapped to communications channels, e.g., QAM channels, used to communicate multiple programs during the same transmission time slot, e.g., through the use of multiplexed MPEG streams. A customer premise device, e.g., STB, uses a tuner tuned to the QAM channel to receive the communicated stream, recovers multiple programs communicated using the single communications channel, and records and/or displays the recovered programs. In this manner, more programs can be received and recorded than there are tuners in the customer premise device, e.g., STB. In some embodiments a content service provider control node processes user requests for content, maps requested programs to transport streams, communicates mapping decision information to a content distribution node, and communicates QAM tuning information to the user devices which can then receive and record multiple programs communicated via a single communications channel. In some embodiments a customer premise device utilizes program information to direct demultiplexed program channels to local or remote recorders (for storing) or decoders (for playback).01-28-2010
20100183006Signal Relay Device - The invention is to provide a relay signal system or a device which enables the use of signal related services such as IP phone services even if a supply of power from a commercial AC power source is stopped, for instance, due to a power outage. The signal relay device comprises: a power reception terminal that is coupled to an AC power source, a plurality of connectors containing a plurality of terminal pins for receiving and transmitting signals such as packet signals in which the terminal pins are coupled to each other by wire, and a power charging unit, which is coupled to the power reception terminal by wire and stores a backup power charged by an AC power provided from the power reception terminal by wire and supplies the backup power to wires coupled to a part or all of the plurality of connectors.07-22-2010
20100183007METHOD FOR MATCHING INITIAL REQUEST MESSAGE IN THE IP MULTIMEDIA SUBSYSTEM SERVICE TRIGGERING PROCESS - A method for matching initial request messages in the IP multimedia subsystem service triggering process comprises: before the S-CSCF forwards an initial request message to the AS, generating a trigger request identifier uniquely and inserting the identifier into the initial request message; then forwarding the initial request message to the AS; and then the AS copies the trigger request identifier in the received message into the initial request message to be sent back; finally, the S-CSCF determines whether a received initial request message is the response to the initial request message sent to the AS by the S-CSCF previously based on the trigger request identifier, determines the corresponding relationship, and then performs the subsequent service control process. With the present invention, the requirement that the S-CSCF must correctly match the initial request message with the one sent back can be satisfied, thus guarantee the normal performance of service triggering.07-22-2010
20090046712PREDICTIVE ROUTING TECHNIQUE IN THE AD HOC WIRELESS NETWORK - In a particular embodiment of the present invention, a forwarding node in an ad hoc network collects sets of node information pertaining to its neighbor nodes. An example of a type of node information is history information that indicates previous time periods during which a neighbor node has been available for communication. Other types of node information may include proximity information that indicates how far a neighbor node is from the forwarding node. In selecting a routing path, the forwarding node takes into account information collected in the sets of node information. A routing path can be selected to include a neighbor node having the highest probability to be available for communication. Additionally or alternatively, a routing path may be selected to minimize the power transmission level required for the forwarding node to forward data packets.02-19-2009
20100189103Header Size Reduction of Data Packets - The invention relates to a method for reducing the header size of data packets by removing inner headers from the data packets, wherein at least an outer header remains for routing purposes. When removing the inner headers from a data packet, a newly configured address of the receiving and/or the transmitting entity is inserted in the remaining outer header of the data packet. Context information is provided in the receiving entities for reconstructing the removed inner headers, wherein the context information is referred to by the newly configured address that is in the source and/or destination address of the outer header. The reduced data packet is transmitted with only one header, thereby significantly reducing the size of each data packet. The original packet is completely reconstructed at the receiving entity thereby allowing to proceed with the usual processing of each data packet.07-29-2010
20100189105Efficiency Improvement For Shared Communications Networks - A technique for providing data unit concatenation in a shared communications network is disclosed. The technique establishes a distinction between a first address space and a second address space within one or more shared communications networks, such as a wireless local area network, in a telecommunications system. At a transmitter node, data units arriving from one or more source nodes are packaged together if they are intended a network accessible through a receiver and then are transmitted to the receiver node. During the transfer of data units across the telecommunications system, the addressing mechanism will use either source and destination nodes or transmitter and receiver nodes, depending on the address space relevant at the moment of transmission. The technique increases utilization efficiency, because overhead attributed to headers, acknowledgements and interframe gaps is reduced.07-29-2010
20100157998System and method for implementing application functionality within a network infrastructure - A system and method for implementing functionality within a network on behalf of first and second computers communicating with each other through the network. A front-end computer is provided within the network having an interface for communicating data traffic with the first computer. A back-end computer is also implemented within the network having an interface for communicating data traffic with the second computer. A communication channel couples the front-end computer and the back-end computer. Data traffic is encoded over the communication channel in a first process in the front-end computer. Data traffic is also encoded over the communication channel in a second process in the back-end computer, wherein the first process and the second process implement compatible semantics.06-24-2010
20090316695Method For Accessing Integrated Services By An Access Network - The present invention relates to a method for accessing integrated services by an access network, including: establishing at least one Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) Label Switch Path (LSP) in a broadband access network; MPLS encapsulating at a broadband access node a service to be transmitted, and transmitting the encapsulated service in the broadband access network via the LSP. As MPLS is a technology for providing multi-layered connection, in the embodiments of the present invention, MPLS is utilized as the means for networking of broadband access network and private line passing through the core network, so that the problem faced by the broadband access network serving as the bearer network of integrated services can be solved, the integrated services of video, voice, data and private line (including IP private line, and traditional private lines of ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode), TDM (Time Division Multiplexing) and FR (Frame Relay)) can be carried over the broadband access network at a lower cost.12-24-2009
20090316696METHOD FOR DELIVERING 1X NETWORK PAGING IN HIGH RATE PACKET DATA NETWORK - The present invention discloses a method for delivering paging from 1X network in HRPD (High Rate Packet Data) network, and the Secondary Color Code scheme is applied in the present invention, which enables the AN in which a MS/AT is registered to send an A13-paging request message to other adjacent ANs which are together therewith used for paging a mobile phone. For a MS/AT at multiple AN boundary, with the present invention, it enhances the possibility of receiving the paging through HRPD air interface control channel due to the service originated from 1X network, and can ensure the double network operation ability.12-24-2009
20090116479UPnP-BASED NETWORK SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A Universal Plug-and-Play (UPnP)-based network system and a control method thereof are provided. The UPnP-based network system includes a controlled device which transmits an advertisement message, and a control point which receives the transmitted advertisement message. The control point determines whether an extension header included in the advertisement message is changed, and if the extension header is changed, the control point transmits a message for requesting a description file to the controlled device. Also, the UPnP-based network system includes a controlled device which provides a description change advertisement service, and a control point which performs subscription of the description change advertisement service. The control point receives an event message for the description change advertisement service transmitted by the controlled device, and transmits a message for requesting a description file to the controlled device.05-07-2009
20090116480NETWORK SYSTEM - MTID of a terminal apparatus is preliminarily registered into a database of an ISP. In step S05-07-2009
20100189101Network communication handling - Systems, methods, and other embodiments associated with set transparent network communication are described. In one embodiment, in response to receiving a listen signal from a listen requestor, where the listen signal contains a handle identifying a set of interfaces from which the listen requestor is configured to receive incoming network communications: a set of listening endpoints are opened, where a member of the set of listening endpoints is associated with a member of the set of interfaces. The handle is modified to produce a modified handle that identifies the set of listening endpoints. The modified handle facilitates set transparent communication between the listen requester and a member of the set of listening endpoints. The modified handle is provided to the listen requester.07-29-2010
20100226366DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROCESSING DATA IN DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a receiving system and a method of processing data to receiving and processing mobile service data. The receiving system may include a signal receiving unit, a demodulating unit, a data processor, and a middleware engine. The signal receiving unit receives a broadcasting signal, which includes IP packets, payload of the IP packets including a DSM-CC module data part and a DSM-CC header, the DSM-CC module data part including a plurality of DSM-CC objects, and the DSM-CC header including identification information for identifying the DSM-CC module. The demodulating unit demodulates the received broadcasting signal including IP packets. The data processor extracts a plurality of DSM-CC objects of a corresponding payload with reference to DSM-CC header information of the IP packets demodulated by the demodulating unit and configuring a DSM-CC module, which includes identification information and the extracted DSM-CC objects. The middleware engine provides a data broadcasting service by driving application corresponding to the DSM-CC module.09-09-2010
20100177772METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DERIVING TUNNEL PATH INFORMATION IN MPLS NETWORKS - Presented is a method and system for deriving the path of a traffic engineering tunnel in a network using Multi Protocol Label Switching, MPLS, traffic engineering and a Management Information Base, MIB, describing managed objects of the network. The method comprises: obtaining node connectivity information from the MIB; obtaining network connectivity information from a network node manager; and deriving tunnel path information based on the node connectivity information and the network connectivity information.07-15-2010
20130215885Transmission of Segmented Frames in Power Line Communication - Segmented frames of data may be transmitted from a transmitting device using conflict free slots (CFS) within a carrier sense multiple access with collision avoidance (CSMA/CA) protocol on a noisy media. At a receiver, a segmented frame of data is received. The data is represented by a plurality of tones. If requested by the transmitter, a tone map response command is prepared that specifies a set of optimized tone map parameters by analyzing the received frame of data. Any previously determined tone map response commands to the transmitting device are deleted. A sequence of frame segments may be received in conflict free slots, but only one tone map response is transmitted to the transmitting device after receiving the entire sequence of frame segments.08-22-2013
20130215886MEMORY ORGANIZATION IN A NETWORK DEVICE - A router for switching data packets from a source to a destination in a network in which the router includes a distributed memory. The distributed memory includes two or more memory banks. Each memory bank is used for storing uniform portions of a data packet received from a source and linking information for each data packet to allow for the extraction of the uniform portions of a data packet from distributed locations in memory in proper order after a routing determination has been made by the router.08-22-2013
20130215887Method and System for Energy-Efficiency-Based Packet Classification - Aspects of a method and system for energy-efficiency-based packet classification are provided. In this regard, a network link for communicating a packet may be selected based, at least in part, on an amount of energy required to communicate the packet over the network link, and based, at least in part, on an energy efficiency class to which the packet is assigned. The energy efficiency class may be determined based on one or more fields of the packet, wherein the fields may comprise one or more of an Ethertype field, a type of service header of an IP datagram, and a field pre-pended or appended to a payload of the packet. In this regard, during or subsequent to generation of the packet, the packet may be marked such that a network path traversed by the generated packet may be determined based on the energy required to communicate the packet over the network path.08-22-2013
20110103379TCP ACK PACKET TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHOD, AND A DEVICE SUPPORTING THE SAME - Disclosed is a broadband wireless network, and more particularly, to a method for transmitting and receiving a TCP ACK packet, and a device supporting the same, wherein the method for transmitting and receiving a TCP ACK packet receiving TCP ACK packets and data packets from an upper layer; creating a MAC PDU by unifying the TCP ACK packet and data packet buffered in the same queue among the received TCP ACK packets and data packets; and transmitting the MAC PDU to a physical layer.05-05-2011
20100220720DIGITAL BROADCASTING SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD AND DEVICE, RECORDING MEDIUM THEREOF, AND RECEIVING DEVICE THEREOF - In a digital broadcasting signal transmission system, a transmission frame includes a frame body and a frame header, and the frame body is divided into a plurality of sub-bands in the frequency domain and is divided into a plurality of symbols in the time domain. The frame header is provided in the former part of the transmission frame and is transmitted with a signal in the time domain. The frame body includes a plurality of services, and the services respectively receive at least one sub-band and at least one symbol. The frame header includes information on the plurality of services, and information on the plurality of services includes information on the sub-band and the symbol to which the services are allocated, information on channel encoding levels of the services, and information on digital modulation levels of the services.09-02-2010
20100238922METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR MULTI FIELD CLASSIFICATION IN A DATA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The present invention pertains to a method for performing specific data forwarding actions depending on the nature of data traffic comprising data packets, which method comprises the steps of: —receiving incoming data traffic of a specific nature, belonging to at least a specific class among a number of pre-defined classes, step 09-23-2010
20110058546Transmission Apparatus, Transmission Method and Non-Transitory Computer-Readable Recording Medium Thereof - A transmission apparatus for receiving frames from one transmission path, storing the frames in plural buffers, and transmitting the frames to another transmission path in which an estimated discard time determination part configured to determine an estimated discard time of the frames stored in the plural buffers, a transmission order determination part configured to determine a transmission order of the frames, an estimated transmission time calculation part configured to calculate an estimated transmission time of each of the frames based on the transmission order, and a discard control part configured to discard a target frame from the frames stored in the plural buffers based on the estimated transmission time and the estimated discard time in a case where the estimated discard time of the target frame is the same as or earlier than the estimated transmission time of the target frame, are provided.03-10-2011
20110058545POLICY ROUTING IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method of constructing a globally unique locator for a network entity attached to a network. A path between a core network and the network entity via intermediate network entities is determined by applying policy routing. The globally unique locator for the network entity is constructed by concatenating elements identifying the locations of the network entity, the intermediate network entities and a node in the core network. The identifying elements are obtained from Attachment Registers associated with each of the network entity, the intermediate network entities and the node in the core network.03-10-2011
20100238921COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, ITS OPERATING METHOD, AND OPERATING PROGRAM - An object of the present invention is to provide a communication apparatus capable of connecting required modules for use in protocol processing depending on a packet to be processed without previous setting of the execution order of the modules so as to perform packet processing. A communication apparatus retains meta-information for each module implementing a protocol and a calculating means (transmission path restriction calculating section) for calculating module connection order based on the meta-information and a packet to be processed. The meta-information includes: the type of services that each module can provide on a protocol stack; a rule according to which it is determined whether each module can execute processing of a packet to be processed; and module information on a result of the determination of whether or not each module can execute the processing of a packet to be processed. The calculating means determines, according to the rule, whether each module can perform processing of a packet to be processed, attaches the information concerning the type of services to the packet to be processed, and outputs the connection order of modules by which the entire portion of the packet can be processed while acquiring the meta information from the packet.09-23-2010
20100238923TUNNELING METHOD OF MOBILE TERMINAL FOR SUPPORTING IP MOBILITY - A tunneling method for a mobile terminal is provided. In the tunneling method, a first device driver connected to a visit network senses a packet tunneled to an interface connected to the visit network, and the first device driver decapsulates a packet without transmitting the packet to a first IP end that is an upper layer of the first device driver and transmits the decapsulated packet to a second driver. Then, the second driver transmits a packet to a second IP end that is an upper layer of the second driver.09-23-2010
20100254377Network Routing System Providing Increased Network Bandwidth - A network employing multiple redundancy-aware routers that can eliminate the transmission of redundant data is greatly improved by steering redundant data preferentially into common data paths possibly contrary to other routing paradigms. By collecting redundant data in certain pathways, the effectiveness of the redundancy-aware routers is substantially increased.10-07-2010
20100220721Method and Apparatus for Packet traversal of A Network Address Translation Device - A characterization method for a network address translation (NAT) device by an internal computer behind the NAT device includes creating a plurality of sockets; binding the plurality of sockets, respectively, to a plurality of ports; transmitting a plurality of STUN requests in user datagram protocol (UDP) packets to a plurality of STUN servers, wherein each STUN request is associated with one of the sockets; determining that the NAT device does support UDP packets if responses are not received from the STUN servers; and determining a set of NAT characteristics of the NAT device if a response is received from each of the STUN servers.09-02-2010
20100278177TECHNIQUE FOR ETHERNET ACCESS TO PACKET-BASED SERVICES - An Ethernet Metropolitan Area Network (11-04-2010
20100254380DSL Modem with Low-Power Mode - According to an embodiment, a DSL transceiver includes a power mode controller and a transmitter. The power mode controller is configured to set the DSL transceiver in a low power mode and move the DSL transceiver out of the low power mode responsive to the DSL transceiver receiving data. The transmitter is configured to transmit data only on a first group of sub-carriers when the power mode controller is moving the DSL transceiver out of the low power mode, the first group of sub-carriers being a subset of the sub-carriers available to the DSL transceiver for transmission.10-07-2010
20100254378NETWORK ROUTING SYSTEM PROVIDING INCREASED NETWORK BANDWIDTH - A network employing multiple redundancy-aware routers that can eliminate the transmission of redundant data is greatly improved by steering redundant data preferentially into common data paths possibly contrary to other routing paradigms. By collecting redundant data in certain pathways, the effectiveness of the redundancy-aware routers is substantially increased.10-07-2010
20100254379TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND TRANSMISSION APPARATUS - Network connection of a terminal such as a mobile apparatus can be implemented at a transmission speed higher than that by a radio LAN. A connection method between a terminal and a connection apparatus is configured by replacing a radio LAN with electromechanical coupling, and transmission between the terminal and the connection apparatus is carried out using a baseband as it is without up conversion into a radio frequency band. This eliminates a bottleneck by the throughput of the radio LAN and eliminates the problems of the cost and the power consumption which arise from up conversion of a transmission signal. Further, bridging of data can be carried out by simple code conversion, and since the apparatus configuration is simplified, the cost can be reduced.10-07-2010
20100254382Communication System - A communication system is provided with a plurality of FlexRay network nodes (FRK) by which respective data packets are provided in an IP data packet format or an Ethernet data packet format, and a FlexRay bus system (FRB), by whose physical layer, data are transmitted between the FlexRay network nodes (FRK). The IP data packet format or the Ethernet data packet format each has a plurality of bit positions. The FlexRay network nodes (FRK) each include a media access layer (MAC) which is set up such that the data packets provided in an IP data packet format or Ethernet data packet format are converted into a preset media-independent data format (MII), and an adaptation layer (ANP) which is set up such that the data provided in the media-independent data format (MII) are converted onto corresponding signals of the physical layer of the FlexRay bus system (FRB).10-07-2010
20100208729Method and System for Receiving Market Data Across Multiple Markets and Accelerating the Execution of Orders - Systems and methods for utilizing a hardware acceleration solution that are capable of providing ultra-low latency with ultra-high throughput while maintaining consistent performance under a diverse range of market conditions. One or more data packets arrive at a network interface are read and passed through a protocol processing pipeline. At each protocol layer, the headers of the received data packets are inspected to assess whether the source IP address is a known source of financial message data. When the inspected data packet is not from a source of financial data, the inspected data packet may be discarded or processed as if received by a standard network interface. When the inspected packet is from a source of financial data, the data packet is forwarded to a filter. The packet is filtered in accordance with parameters established by a system user to select specific information of relevance to the system user. A low-latency data transfer application programming interface is used to transfer the relevant data through a high speed peripheral bus to a software subsystem of a host system.08-19-2010
20090046713METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING NON-DECODABLE PACKETS - Acknowledgments (ACKs/NACKs) are suppressed when transmitting non-decodable packets in a communication system that utilizes HARQ. Non-decodable packets are transmitted to save system bandwidth and make the overall spectral efficiency higher. The transmitter and receiver know that in HARQ when the transmitter transmits a non-decodable packet to the receiver, this will cause the receiver to automatically transmit back a NACK. The transmitter and receiver exploit this fact by discarding and/or not transmitting the NACK (respectively).02-19-2009
20100124224Communications System for Delivering Multimedia Internet Protocol Packets Across Network Boundaries - A communications system and method enables delivery of packets over network boundaries while preserving the QoS bits configuration. The communications system includes at least one sending site configured to send the packet. The packet may have a first set of bits in a first bit-set location that indicates an intended packet forwarding priority of the packet. A data network is included that has a traffic class identification. The data network associates the packet forwarding priority with the traffic class identification and writes a second set of bits into the first bit-set location of the packet based on the traffic class identification. The second set of bits indicates a delivery priority that corresponds to the packet forwarding priority. The packet is forwarded based on at least one of the packet forwarding priority and the delivery priority, wherein the delivery priority is based on the data traffic class identification.05-20-2010
20100124219Method for Routing Packets in Ad-Hoc Networks with Partial Channel State Information - A method routs a packet from a source node, via relay nodes, to a destination node. The nodes are connected by wireless links x. A channel power gain γ is measured for each link x. Resource trade-off curves y=ƒ(x) are constructed for each link x from the channel power gains γ, wherein y represents a set of resources. A hyperbolic upper bound h/x+c is fitted to each resource curve, such that h/x+c≧ƒ(x), wherein h is a scale factor, and c is an offset. A route with an optimal resource allocation is selected according to the hyperbolic upper bounds. Then, the packet is transmitted from the source node to the destination node using the route.05-20-2010
20080317025SWITCH MATRIX - A switch system comprises a switch matrix providing a configurable, protocol agnostic, packet switching core, the switch matrix providing a non-blocking switch connecting a configurable number of ports together.12-25-2008
20120140769APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING VARIABLE LENGTH OF TRANSPORT PACKET IN AN AUDIO AND VIDEO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for supporting a variable-length transport packet in a audio and video communication system. Data to be transmitted through a transport packet is determined. A header of the transport packet is generated. The header includes a start sync signal. When a length of the transport packet exceeds a reference size, at least one intermediate sync signal is inserted into the transport packet according to a pre-defined interval. The transport packet is transmitted.06-07-2012
20130188635NETWORK DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING TRAFFIC USING MULTI-NETWORK INTERFACE CARD - A method for processing traffic using a multi-network interface card and a network device employing the method are provided. The network device includes a first network card configured to classify and filter traffic, a second network card configured to inspect and process the traffic classified by the first network card, a processor configured to manage the first and second network cards and apply network policies to the first and second network cards, respectively, and a memory configured to store the network policies.07-25-2013
20120033665SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTI-CHASSIS LINK AGGREGATION - Aggregation Switches connected to an edge node by a multi-chassis link aggregation group, wherein the Aggregation Switches are connected by a virtual fabric link that provides a connection for exchange of information between the Aggregation Switches regarding MAC addressing to synchronize MAC address tables.02-09-2012
20090073977ROUTING TRAFFIC THROUGH A VIRTUAL ROUTER-BASED NETWORK SWITCH - Methods and systems are provided for routing traffic through a virtual router-based network switch. According to one embodiment, a flow data structure is established that identifies current packet flows associated with multiple virtual routers in the virtual router-based network device. When an incoming packet is received by the virtual router-based network device, it is then determined whether the incoming packet is associated with a current packet flow by accessing the flow data structure based on a header associated with the incoming packet. If it is determined that the incoming packet is associated with the current packet flow, then the incoming packet is hardware forwarded via a network interface of the virtual router-based network device without intervention by a processor of the virtual router-based network device, otherwise the incoming packet is forwarded to software on the processor for flow learning.03-19-2009
20090073976Secure Mechanism For Transmitting Counter Value In The Context Of Transmission Of A Synchronizing Signal In A Packet Network - The invention concerns a device able for receiving packets in a packet communication network comprising at least two stations, characterized in that it includes: 03-19-2009
20090323685BIT ORDERING FOR PACKETISED SERIAL DATA TRANSMISSION ON AN INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - An on-chip integrated circuit interconnect 12-31-2009
20090073973Router having black box function and network system including the same - A router having a black box function capable of storing a data block of a specific node or node group in a network, and a network system including the router are provided. The router includes: a black box memory storing node data; at least one packet preprocessor selecting and processing a data packet required to be stored in a black box from node data transferred via a wired/wireless transmission medium; a data storage storing the node data transferred through the packet preprocessor in the black box memory; a data reader reading corresponding node data in response to a node data transfer request from an external device; and a data transmitter processing the node data read by the data reader in the form of a packet and transferring the packet to the external device.03-19-2009
20090073975COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication method includes steps of: transmitting a plurality of packets to a network according to a window specifying a data amount of the packets to be transmitted to the network; receiving ACK related to the packets transmitted to the network, and detecting whether or not packet discard occurs; measuring a RTT by using the received ACK; calculating a discarding interval indicating a time interval of the packet discard; calculating an increase amount for a current window by using the calculated discarding interval; and updating the current window by using the calculated increase amount if the packet discard is not detected.03-19-2009
20090073974Method and Apparatus for Predicting Characteristics of Incoming Data Packets to Enable Speculative Processing To Reduce Processor Latency - A system for processing data packets in a data packet network has at least one input port for receiving data packets, at least one output port for sending out data packets, a processor for processing packet data, and a packet predictor for predicting a future packet based on a received packet, such that at least some processing for the predicted packet may be accomplished before the predicted packet actually arrives at the system. The system is used in preferred embodiments in Internet routers.03-19-2009
20090073972ADDRESS MANAGEMENT METHOD AND MESSAGE TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHOD IN NETWORK CONTROL SYSTEM - The present invention relates to an address management and message transmitting and receiving method in a network control system. The present invention, for example, enables a user in the inside or outside of house to control the operation or monitor the operation status of various appliances such as refrigerator, laundry machine, etc through a network such as RS-485 network, low power RF network, power line network, etc. installed at home, thus making it possible to provide the convenience of remote control and monitoring to the user. In addition, the present invention may flexibley assign and manage addresses for all the devices connected to one another through the network, and transmit and receive messages between a master and a slave, thus making it possible to control the appliances in the network control system more efficiently.03-19-2009
20090073970SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PARSING FRAMES - A system for parsing frames including a first cell extraction circuit (CEC) configured to identify a first cell from a first frame, a first parser engine operatively connected to the first CEC, where the first parser engine is configured to generate a result based on the first cell, and a first forwarding circuit operatively connected to the first parser engine and configured to forward the result, where the first CEC, the first parser engine, and the first forwarding circuit are associated with a first frame parser unit.03-19-2009
20090073969COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSOR, INTERVENING SERVER, IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION TRANSMITTING SERVER, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A first information processing equipment transmits, to a mediating server, the first transmission information which is the information containing the relay server identification information for identifying the relay server employed in the data relay between information processing equipments, and executes the data relay with the second information processing equipment through the relay server identified by the relay server identification information. The mediating server receives the first transmission information and transmits, to a second information processing equipment, the second transmission information which is the information containing the relay server identification information contained in the first transmission information. The second information processing equipment receives the second transmission information and executes the data relay with the first information processing equipment through the relay server identified by the relay server identification information contained in the second transmission information.03-19-2009
20090323683DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - A digital broadcasting system and a method of processing data are disclosed, which are robust to error when mobile service data are transmitted. To this end, additional encoding is performed for the mobile service data, whereby it is possible to strongly cope with fast channel change while giving robustness to the mobile service data.12-31-2009
20090323687ROUTING CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICTION SYSTEM - A routing control method includes learning a route of receiving a first packet, which first packet has identification information attached thereto, only for the first packet having first arrived among a plurality of first packets that have identification information common to that of the first packet, which route is applied for transmitting a second packet having the same identification information as that of the first packet; and transmitting the first packet, wherein transmitting the first packet is done in a controlled manner depending on a condition of the first packet, wherein the controlled manner of transmitting the first packet includes controlling timing of the transmitting the first packet.12-31-2009
20110032935System and Method for Adapting a Source Rate - A system and method for adapting a source rate are provided. A method for operations at a communications device, where the communications device is a sender of information packets over a packet stream, includes determining a source rate of the packet stream, and marking information packets of the packet stream, where the information packets are marked with a first marking pattern if the source rate is equal to a minimum source rate, or the information packets are marked with a second marking pattern if the source rate is greater than the minimum source rate. The first marking pattern has a period of M information packets, where M is a positive integer value greater than or equal to two, and the second marking pattern has a period of M information packets. The method also includes transmitting the marked information packets over the packet stream to a receiver.02-10-2011
20110032934MULTI-STAGE SWITCH FABRIC - A multi-stage switch fabric (SF) is provided. The multi-stage SF includes a line card chassis (LCC) and a fabric card chassis (FCC). The FCC includes a stage-1 switch element (S1), a stage-2 switch element (S2), and a stage-3 switch element (S3), where the S3 corresponds to the S1, and the S2 is coupled to the S1 and S3 respectively. The LCC includes an interface component and a line card (LC) coupled to the interface component, where the interface component is coupled to the S1 and S3 in the FCC respectively. Through the technical solution under the present invention, when a switch element generates flow control information and requires another switch element or an LC to respond to the flow control information, a timely response can be received.02-10-2011
20090129380Determining packet forwarding information for packets sent from a protocol offload engine in a packet switching device - Disclosed are, inter alia, methods, apparatus, computer-readable media, mechanisms used in one embodiment configured for, and means for, determining packet forwarding information for packets sent from a protocol offload engine in a packet switching device. The protocol offload engine performs the protocol processing for a protocol application (e.g., BGP) running on a separate control plane processing system, and generates packets to be sent to external devices. The protocol offload engine sends these packets to one of the line cards without using the routing information lookup facility of the control plane processing system, thereby, freeing the control plane processing system to use those processing cycles to perform other tasks.05-21-2009
20090147778METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TARGETED ADVERTISING IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR MEDIATING VOICE AND TEXT COMMUNICATIONS - A method and system for targeted advertising in a communication system for connecting voice calls is provided. In accordance one embodiment of the present disclosure, there is provided a method for targeted advertising in a communication system for connecting a voice call, the method comprising: receiving a request to connect a voice call between a first communication device and a second communication device identified by a contact identifier; establishing a voice connection between the first communication device and a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) gateway; transmitting a first audio advertisement over the voice connection between the first communication device and the VoIP gateway to be played on the first communication device; establishing a voice connection between the second communication device and the VoIP gateway; and connecting the voice call between the first communication device and the second communication device.06-11-2009
20090109970Network system, network management server, and access filter reconfiguration method - Provided is a network system, comprising: a plurality of network devices; a network constructed from the plurality of network devices; and a management server managing the network. The plurality of network devices include a first network device in which a filter assigned as a target of reconfiguration is set and a second network device coupled at a lower level of the first network device. The management server obtains topology of the network from the plurality of network devices; reconfigures, by referring to the obtained network topology, the filters of the first and second network device such that a range in which a packet can be forwarded through a reconfiguring filter set in the first network device is made equal to a range in which a packet can be forwarded through the filter set in the second network device; and sets the reconfigured filters into the network devices.04-30-2009
20080304481System and Method of Offloading Protocol Functions - A method of communicating a packet sent from a sending processing element to a recipient processing element over a fast Ethernet network is provided, wherein an offload engine is used to process portions of the Ethernet protocol functions. The offload engine is a field-programmable gate array in communication with a switched fabric, and can send “fake” acknowledgements of a received packet to the sending processing element. If acknowledgement of receipt of the packet is not received by the offload engine prior to expiry of a timer, the offload engine will request the sending processing element resend the packet.12-11-2008
20130128885DATA PATH ACCELERATION USING HW VIRTUALIZATION - A processing core includes a packet classifier, implemented in a single processing core, configured to classify incoming data packets into first data packets of a known data packet flow and into second data packets of an unknown data packet flow, a first path thread, implemented in the single processing core, configured to process ones of the first data packets at least by forwarding the first data packets to a destination that corresponds to a previously determined destination associated with the known data packet flow, and a second path thread, implemented in the single processing core, configured to process a received second data packet at least to determine a new data packet flow for the second data packet.05-23-2013
20080291913Detecting a timeout of elements in an element processing system - Provides methods, systems and apparatus for timer management of an element processing system wherein timer intervals related to elements to be processed can be handled in a time-efficient manner. An example method is a method for detecting a timeout of elements in an element processing system wherein a timer value, indicating a timeout interval with respect to a given time base, is assigned to each of the elements when processed. From a number of elements processed, the timer value indicating a minimum timeout interval to expire is determined out of the number of timer values assigned to the number of elements being processed.11-27-2008
20090034525METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING LAYER 2 PACKET AND ACCESS DEVICE THEREOF - A method for Layer 2 packet transmission is disclosed, where a corresponding relationship between packet attribute information and public MAC addresses is configured in an access device such that the access device could find a corresponding public MAC address in the corresponding relationship when receiving a packet from a user terminal, replaces the source MAC address with the public MAC address found, and then sends the packet to a convergence layer device. A method for transmission of a Layer 2 packet without character information is also disclosed. The access device needs to obtain the packet attribute information and carry the information in the packet to be sent to the convergence layer device. An access device is also disclosed. As a result, the capacity of the VLAN and the MAC address table items needed for the convergence layer device to convert MAC addresses is greatly decreased.02-05-2009
20090109968GRID ROUTER - A grid router includes a plurality of external interface units to receive packets of services from one point and to provide packets of services to another point and a second plurality of mailbox units to store and forward the packets associated with mailboxes, one per service. Each mailbox unit is connected to each external interface unit. The units are implemented on PCs (personal computers) having memory controllers and move the packets through the router close to or at the IPO (input/output) rate of the memory controllers.04-30-2009
20100278176METHOD OF TRANSMISSION, USER EQUIPMENT AND NETWORK EQUIPMENT - A method of transmitting a message between user equipment and network equipment, user equipment and network equipment are disclosed. The method of transmitting a message between user equipment and network equipment in which the message comprises a message header and a message payload, the message header having a plurality of fields, comprises the steps of: setting an indicator field in the message header to indicate that a report providing scheduling information is included in the message payload; setting a secondary indicator field in the message header to indicate that, for at least some values of the secondary indicator field, an alternative report having alternative scheduling information is included in the message payload; and transmitting the message header and message payload. This enables alternative reports to be transmitted from the user equipment without reducing the number of allocatable logical channels or MAC CE types.11-04-2010
20100303069SERVER, TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND GRE TUNNEL ENCAPSULATION TRANSFERRING METHOD THEREOF - A server, which has a GRE tunnel function, includes a selecting means to select any one of a layer 12-02-2010
20100303070COMMUNICATION RELAY DEVICE FOR TRAIN AND COMMUNICATION RELAY METHOD FOR TRAIN - When data is transmitted from a first communication terminal to a second communication terminal, a communication relay device converts car identification information of a communication source of communication-source identification information included in a communication packet into a car number of a vehicle, and transmits the data to an inter-vehicle communication path. When data is transmitted from the second communication terminal to the first communication terminal, the communication relay device converts car identification information of a communication destination of communication-destination identification information included in a communication packet into a “0”-th car indicating own car, and transmits the data to an in-vehicle communication path.12-02-2010
20100303068Reconfigurable Data Distribution System - Systems, methods and computer programs products for a reconfigurable data distribution system are described herein. An embodiment includes a stream generator that receives analog data from a plurality of sensors. Data received from sensors, for example, may include video data received from an externally mounted camera on an armored vehicle. The stream generator converts analog data received from the sensors into a digital format that can be transmitted to a router. The router forwards the data in the digital format to a display processor. The display processor formats the data received from the router for display on a display device. The display processor may also receive data from other peripherals, including but not limited to, a touch screen device or a keypad. Furthermore, the display processor may communicate with the sensors and includes all operational information needed to operate the sensors that provide data to the stream generator, regardless of the sensors' operational platform.12-02-2010
20100309909COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A communication apparatus for performing connection type communication includes a first memory configured to store pieces of communication endpoint information relating to communication endpoints of connection, and a moving device configured to move, among the pieces of communication endpoint information stored in the first memory, communication endpoint information of connection set in a disconnection wait state, from the first memory to a second memory.12-09-2010
20100322236METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MESSAGE ROUTING BETWEEN CLUSTERS USING PROXY CHANNELS - An approach is provided for message routing among clusters via a proxy channel. A subscription request is received from a node within a local cluster. The subscription request is for a service. It is determined that the service is provided by a remote cluster. A transmission of the subscription request to a service platform of the remote cluster is initiated. The service is provided to the node via a proxy channel.12-23-2010
20100322241ROLE AWARE NETWORK SECURITY ENFORCEMENT - Generating a binding between a source address and one or more roles of a user accessing the network and distributing the binding to a filter node. The source address is currently assigned to the device. The binding may be generated by one or more nodes on an ingress path used during authentication of the user. The binding may be distributed to the filter node on demand or without any request from the filter node. Responsive to a determination that the user is associated with a new source address, a new binding is generated to associate a new source address with the one or more roles for the user. The new binding is distributed to the filter node. Another aspect is a method of enforcing a role based security policy at a filter node, using bindings of source addresses to roles.12-23-2010
20090129378SURREPTITIOUS WEB SERVER BIAS TOWARDS DESIRED BROWSERS - Embodiments of the present invention address deficiencies of the art in respect to processing requests from a client to a server and provide a novel and non-obvious method, system and computer program product for transmitting data in a surreptitious pattern. In this regard, in one embodiment of the invention, a method for processing requests from a client system to a server system through a communications network can be provided. The method can include establishing a covert packetization pattern for fragmenting data into packets before transmission, splitting a request into one or more packets according to the covert packetization pattern, transmitting each packet to a server system, responsive to reconstructing fragmented packets, recognizing the covert packetization pattern, and responsive to recognizing the covert packetization pattern, giving priority to a client system.05-21-2009
20100322239 METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING PACKETS - The present invention discloses a packet processing method, which applies to a high-performance and scalable flow processing system architecture. The service board performs security processing for packets received from external devices by using the firewall function before sending them to the main CPU; similarly, the service board also performs security processing for packets sent from the main CPU by using the firewall function before the main CPU sends them to external devices. The methods of the present invention utilize high performance and good scalability of the new architecture. In a network with heavy and high-speed traffic, the service board performs security processing for packets by using the firewall function and then transmits the valid packets to the main CPU. Thus, the main CPU is protected by the firewall function against attack packets.12-23-2010
20100322243SCHEDULER FOR TRANSMIT SYSTEM INTERFACES - A system balances bandwidth used by a data stream. The system receives data in the data stream and partitions the data into bursts. The system then identifies whether a size of a current one of the bursts is less than a size of a maximum burst associated with the data stream and schedules an additional burst in the data stream when the current burst size is less than the maximum burst size. The system transmits the current burst and the additional burst to balance bandwidth used by the data stream.12-23-2010
20100322242BUNDLING ATM AND POS DATA IN A SINGLE OPTICAL FIBER - A forwarding node decapsulates and encapsulates data. The decapsulation may be performed using pattern matching techniques and the encapsulation may be performed using pattern insertion techniques. The decapsulation and encapsulation are preferably performed by hardware devices such as application specific integrated circuits (ASICs) to enhance the speed of such operations. The decapsulation and encapsulation may be independent of each other and performed on a per virtual circuit basis.12-23-2010
20100322238METHOD, APPARATUS AND SOFTWARE FOR PACKET MODIFICATION - Embodiments provide an apparatus, method and software configured to modify a transmission control protocol packet so as to become a user datagram protocol datagram, or to modify a user datagram protocol datagram so as to become a transmission control protocol packet. An embodiment uses a mapping between TCP packet format, such as TCP wire packet format, and an UDP-encapsulated TCP packet format, such as UDP-encapsulated TCP wire packet format, allowing direct re-use of any TCP protocol implementation. TCP frames can be modified into valid UDP datagrams before being transmitted, and inverse modifications can be done when receiving datagrams from the network.12-23-2010
20110002331PACKET RETRANSMISSION AND MEMORY SHARING - Through the identification of different packet-types, packets can be handled based on an assigned packet handling identifier. This identifier can, for example, enable forwarding of latency-sensitive packets without delay and allow error-sensitive packets to be stored for possible retransmission. In another embodiment, and optionally in conjunction with retransmission protocols including a packet handling identifier, a memory used for retransmission of packets can be shared with other transceiver functionality such as, coding, decoding, interleaving, deinterleaving, error correction, and the like.01-06-2011
20110243130TRANSMITTER TERMINAL AND RECEIVER TERMINAL - A problem of the invention is to provide a transmitter terminal and a receiver terminal that can realize transmission of a real-time stream as the final transmission delay time is shortened by avoiding occurrence of reorder. In a transmitter terminal (10-06-2011
20090067419TRANSMISSION CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - A transmission control apparatus capable of controlling the transmission of actual data from the beginning of the data transmission. Attribute information indicative of the attribute of data to be transmitted is notified by a transmission request source, which requests the transmission of the data, to a transmission request destination prior to the transmission of the data. A transmission control method (policy) for transmitting the data is established by use of a transmission quality that is required for the transmission of the data, which corresponds to the notified attribute information, in accordance with this attribute information. Then, the transmission of the data corresponding to the attribute information is controlled in accordance with the established transmission control method.03-12-2009
20110044330Link State Identifier Collision Handling - Methods and apparatus for a network element to handle LSID collisions to prevent different LSAs associated with different routes from sharing the same LSID. According to one embodiment, responsive to determining that a tentative LSID that is generated for a first route that is being added collides with an LSID that is assigned to an LSA for a second route, and that one of the first and second routes is a host route, the host route is suppressed. If the first route is the host route, suppressing includes not originating an LSA for the first route. If the second route is the host route, suppressing includes purging the LSA for the second route and not originating an LSA for the second route. Although the host route is suppressed, network reachability of the range subsuming the host route is provided through the route that is not the host route.02-24-2011
20110110369RELAY DEVICE - A disclosed relay device includes a port group determining unit for associating group identification information indicating combinations of ports set up in a receive port with the frame, a relay unit learning a correspondence between the receive port and a node which is a transmission source and determining a transmit port from which the frame is transmitted based on the learnt correspondence, a port group membership memory unit storing a membership information piece indicative of the plurality of combinations of ports, and a filtering unit limiting the transmit port, wherein the port group determining unit associates the group identification information to the received frame when group identification information has been given, and the filtering unit does not limit the transmit port when the learnt correspondence includes the receive port corresponding to the transmit port and the node which is the transmission source corresponding to a destination of the received frame.05-12-2011
20110019670SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCAL PACKET TRANSPORT SERVICES WITHIN DISTRIBUTED ROUTERS - A system and method for routing packets within a router having a plurality of loosely-coupled route processors, including a first route processor, and a line card operably coupled to the plurality of distributed-route-processors. Each route processor includes an internal forwarding information base (IFIB). Each IFIB includes information that is used to route packets addressed to elements within the router.01-27-2011
20110019668Method And System For Packet Preemption Via Packet Rescheduling - Link partners coupled via an Ethernet link comprise memory buffers and/or PHY devices and the memory buffers may be operable to buffer packets that are pending delivery via the PHY devices. Latency requirements may be determined by inspecting OSI layer 2 or higher OSI layer information. Markings within packets may be inspected for latency requirements. An order of communicating buffered packets may be determined based on latency requirements. Corresponding packet headers may be ordered based on the latency requirements. Packet delivery may be scheduled based on the latency requirements. A specified time and/or a specified quantity of buffered data, which may be statically or dynamically programmable and/or configurable, may trigger determination of latency requirements. Packets may be delivered after an indication that prior packets have been delivered. Latency requirements may depend on a device that may generate and/or render the packets.01-27-2011
20110026521APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR FORWARDING DATA PACKETS CAPTURED FROM A NETWORK - In one embodiment, packet forwarding apparatus includes a data packet receiving interface, a data packet forwarding interface, and a configuration interface. The apparatus also includes circuitry that defines a plurality of data packet forwarding paths between the data packet receiving interface and the data packet forwarding interface. The circuitry defines at least one of the plurality of data packet forwarding paths in response to input received via the configuration interface, and the circuitry adaptively reconfigures at least one of the plurality of data packet forwarding paths i) in response to input received via the configuration interface, and ii) while data packets are being received by the packet forwarding apparatus.02-03-2011
20110026520SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING MULTIPLE PATHS BETWEEN NETWORK NODES - Aspects of the invention pertain to transmitting packet data across a computer network. The packets may be sent via one or more distinct routes from a source to a destination. Each route may employ multiple routers disposed along the network. Non-colliding routes are determined by transmitting pairs of probe packets along the routes. A first probe packet has a maximal length, and a second probe packet has a minimal length. Depending on the order of arrival of the probe packets, the system determines whether two transport layer ports at the destination device collide. If there is a collision, then the system searches for a set of non-colliding ports. Once the non-colliding ports are determined, application data may be sent as packets along the different routes to those ports.02-03-2011
20090034520METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR RELIABLY TRANSMITTING PACKETS OF AN UNRELIABLE PROTOCOL - A method for reliably communicating unreliable protocol packets by encapsulating one or more unreliable protocol packets in a packet constructed according to a predefined format. The method further employs an acknowledgement mechanism whereby a receiver of packets acknowledges reception by responding with a packet containing information pertaining to received packets. A sender retransmits packets for which no acknowledgement was received within a predefined period of time.02-05-2009
20090034519PACKET FILTERTING BY APPLYING FILTER RULES TO A PACKET BYTESTREAM - A packet filtering method, system and article of manufacture are provided which include: employing an instruction set associated with a pseudo-machine in filtering packets received at a network interface card coupled to a host, wherein a set of instructions of the instruction set implements at least one byte-defined filter rule; and the employing includes for a packet of the received packets, processing bytes of the packet as a bytestream and applying at least one filter rule to the bytestream to filter the packet. The applying can be performed in any one of a plurality of locations without customization of the instruction set, including the network interface card and the host processor coupled thereto.02-05-2009
20090034518MULTIPORT SWITCH FOR CASCADED ETHERNET AV DEVICE NETWORKING - A multiport switch for cascaded Ethernet audio/visual (AV) device networking. AV devices are configured with multiple external Ethernet ports and an internal port. These multiple Ethernet ports enable the AV devices to operate as a terminating AV device or as an intermediary switch. With this functionality, a cascading chain of AV devices can be used to support traffic between the connected set of AV devices. Independent links between the sets of devices would not be required as with conventional point-to-point topologies.02-05-2009
20100172348NETWORK RELAY APPARATUS AND PACKET DISTRIBUTION METHOD - The present invention provides a network relay apparatus capable of assuring the prevention of occurrence of order reversion of packets within flows and shifting a packet distribution destination according to load information. The network relay apparatus includes: a packet distribution processor for distributing input packets to thereby achieve load dispersion of packet processing; a statistical information collector for regularly collecting load conditions of respective packet processors; and a distribution information holder for retaining information for specifying the packet distribution destinations upon distribution of the packets. Information about the load conditions of the respective packet processors are compiled and distributed to the packet processor smallest in load. Timing provided to change the packet distribution destination is assumed to be given when a processing waiting queue does not include a packet corresponding to its flow.07-08-2010
20110019669Method And System For Dynamic Routing And/Or Switching In A Network - Communication devices may determine routes for packets based on packet marking, routing parameters and/or costs associated with routes. A route may be selected and the packets may be communicated via the selected route. The parameters may comprise service class, real time compression, packet preemption, quality measurements, tier bypass and/or power usage information. The costs may comprise capacity, efficiency and/or performance information for power usage, bandwidth, memory and/or processing. The marking may comprise traffic type, user device capabilities, service class, quality measurements, latency requirements and/or power usage information. Endpoint devices, software applications and/or service providers may insert the marking into packets. Routes may be determined and/or selected based on shortest path bridging, audio video bridging, the marking, the routing parameters and/or the costs. Parameters and/or costs may be received and/or discovered from communication devices. Packets and/or the marking may be parsed and/or inspected. Costs may be based on routing parameters.01-27-2011
20110044331NETWORK CONTROL SYSTEM - A network control system enabling stable plant control thanks to controller compensation made in view of a packet loss. In the network control system, the amount of operation of a controller for computing the difference between the controlled variable from a sensor for measuring a physical quantity of a controlled plant and a target value is transmitted by means of a packet through a network to an actuator provided in the controlled plant, and the actuator inputs the amount of operation into the controlled plant. The network control system comprises MV complementing means for giving the actuator a complement value of the amount of operation if a packet transmission error occurs, MV buffer means for back-answering trend data on the inputted amount of operation or the complement value given to the actuator through the network to the controller, and MV compensating means for correcting the calculation of the amount of operation of the controller according to the back-answered trend data or complement value.02-24-2011
20110044334COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a communication system in which computer 02-24-2011
20110044333Close Proximity Communication Device and Methods - Methods and apparatus for providing close proximity detection in medical systems are disclosed.02-24-2011
20110044332COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus configured to transmit data by configuring a plurality of virtual communication pathways in a physical communication pathway established with another communication apparatus, the communication apparatus includes a configuration unit that configures information related to an order of priority of the virtual communication pathways, a first storage unit that stores the configured information, a second storage unit that stores data, which includes signals, based on the configured information, and a transmission processing unit that carries out transmission processing on the stored data based on the configured information.02-24-2011
20110116500CONVERGENCE SUBLAYER FOR USE IN A WIRELESS BROADCASTING SYSTEM - A method of encapsulating data and a single frequency network configured to perform the method are disclosed. A content stream of data packets is received, and the data packets in the content stream are formatted in accordance with a first protocol. Information identifying a container size established for the content stream is received. The data packets formatted in accordance with the first protocol are fragmented and packed to form data units formatted in accordance with a second protocol, and the data units are sized based on the container size. The data units formatted in accordance with the second protocol are encapsulated to form second protocol data packets. The second protocol data packets are provided to a transmitter that is synchronized to one or more transmitters in a single frequency network so that each transmitter in the single frequency network broadcasts a same signal that includes the second protocol data packets.05-19-2011
20110044335INFORMATION PROCESSOR, RECEIVER, TRANSMITTER, CONTROL DEVICE AND CONTROL PROGRAM - In an information processing apparatus, the pre-reproduction connection information retaining element retains the information relating to the transmitting apparatus and the receiving apparatus of a connection existing before a reproduction of an interruption signal, when the connection is switched to the connection for transmitting the interruption signal in order to reproduce the interruption signal. Then, the recovering element recovers the connection existed before the reproduction of the interruption signal, based on the pre-reproduction connection information retained, after the reproduction of the interruption signal ends. The information processing apparatus is a transmitting apparatus and/or a receiving apparatus forming the car AV system. By this, in case that only one logical input plug can be prepared due to the restriction of hardware resource, the information processing apparatus can recover the connection, after the interruption signal reproduction ends, with keeping the user unconscious.02-24-2011
20110116501DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SERIAL DATA TRANSMISSION BETWEEN A POSITION-MEASURING DEVICE AND A CONTROL UNIT - In a device and a method for serial data transmission between a position-measuring device and a control unit, made up of an interface unit on the control side and an interface unit on the measuring-device side, which are connected to each other for the transmission of serial data packets with the aid of a bidirectional data channel, the interface unit on the control side includes a control-side transmitter unit for transmitting serial data packets via the data channel to a measuring-device-side receiver unit disposed in the interface unit on the measuring-device side. The interface unit on the measuring-device side includes a measuring-device-side transmitter unit for transmitting serial data packets via the data channel to a control-side receiver unit disposed in the interface unit on the control side. Data packets transmitted by the control-side transmitter unit include a clock sequence at the beginning, from whose time characteristic it is possible to derive the frequency of a control-side transmitter clock signal underlying the transmission. The receiver unit on the measuring-device side includes a measuring-device-side clock-recognition unit which evaluates the clock sequence and, in order to read in control-side output data included in the data packet, generates a measuring-device-side receiver clock signal, whose frequency corresponds to a great extent to that of the transmitter clock signal on the control side.05-19-2011
20110051723ETHERNET DIFFERENTIATED SERVICES ARCHITECTURE - An edge node of a communication network and method to classify incoming Ethernet traffic based on predetermined criteria. An ingress switch is configured to receive an incoming Ethernet frame. A frame classifier is configured to identify flows and to correlate a flow to a corresponding bandwidth profile and corresponding forwarding treatments defined for the flow.03-03-2011
20100150151SWITCH USAGE FOR ROUTING ETHERNET-BASED AIRCRAFT DATA BUSES IN AVIONICS SYSTEMS - Switches for Ethernet-based aircraft data buses in avionics systems provide manual means (through human interaction) to route the information transmitted on avionics system high speed data buses. For instance, the information path can be selected according to crew or maintenance people intentions. Considering a point-to-point databus connection between two pieces of equipment, adding an appropriate switch in the connection between those two pieces of equipment can allow one or more pieces of equipment to be connected to the other terminals of the switch. Therefore, depending on switch position, it is possible to establish a connection between those two or more selected pieces of equipment, where other equipment connected to open terminals may remain without access to the data bus.06-17-2010
20110116502TRANSMISSION DEVICE, RECEPTION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, RECEPTION METHOD, AND TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION SYSTEM - A transmission device can continue secure communication having a consistency between a frame counter of a transmission device and a frame counter of a reception device without bothering a user, even if the frame counter is reset due to battery exchange, power cut off, or the like. The transmission device includes: a transmission frame counter (05-19-2011
20110019667PACKET CLASSIFICATION - Apparatuses, methods, and other embodiments associated with packet identification are described. One example apparatus includes a packet selection logic to identify packets associated with a data stream. The example apparatus may also include a set of packet classification logics. A packet classification logic may generate a signal as a function of whether an attribute associated with the packet matches an attribute associated with packets generated by a tested application.01-27-2011
20090245243METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING A PACKET FROM A SOURCE NODE TO A DESTINATION NODE IN THE SAME BROADCAST DOMAIN - A method of sending a packet from a source node to a destination node in the same broadcast domain. The packet is associated with a traffic flow directed from the source node to the destination node. The source node is connected with the destination node via a first and a second communication path. A criterion based on an attribute of the traffic flow is measured for each of the communication paths. One path is selected between the first and second communication paths based on the measured criterion and the selected communication path is assigned to the associated traffic flow. The packet is then sent via the selected communication path.10-01-2009
20120243533INTELLIGENT PACKET SLICING - Packets can be intelligently sliced by removing irrelevant portions of a packet, while retaining relevant portions. For a series of network packets, a packet is obtained from the network. The packet includes at least a header, one or more packet fields, and a first data payload. The protocol of the packet is determined. Once the protocol is known, the packet header is parsed to determine the position of the first data payload. Based on the determine positions of the first data payload, a modified packet is created by removing or masking the first data payload.09-27-2012
20120243535CACHE COLLABORATION METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - A cache collaboration method includes obtaining, by an upper-layer cache node, bandwidth utilization rates of a backbone port and an edge port of the upper-layer cache node respectively, related information which is about each content obtained by a user in a preset time through the backbone port of the upper-layer cache node, and an access count of the user to each content; comparing, by the upper-layer cache node, the bandwidth utilization rate of the backbone port and the bandwidth utilization rate of the edge port; and when a difference between the bandwidth utilization rate of the backbone port and the bandwidth utilization rate of the edge port is greater than a preset value, sending, by the upper-layer cache node, a collaboration request message to a lower-layer cache node to make the lower-layer cache node adjust a collaboration proportion.09-27-2012
20110142039PACKET TRANSFER APPARATUS AND METHOD AND LOCATION MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ENSURING CONTINUITY OF PACKET DELIVERY - Provided is a packet transfer method for ensuring continuity of packet delivery. The method includes: identifying whether a packet transfer apparatus is connected to a mobile host when requested by a location management apparatus to transfer a packet to the mobile host; reporting to the location management apparatus that the packet transfer apparatus is disconnected from the mobile host when it is identified that the packet transfer apparatus is disconnected from the mobile host; and storing the packet which has been requested for transfer to the mobile host. The packet transfer method can achieve lossless packet transmission by preventing a loss of important packets without the addition of a new common layer, despite intermittent disconnections in a mobile Internet environment.06-16-2011
20090323682Method for Identifying the Transmission Control Protocol Stack of a Connection - A method for identifying the TCP stack type of a transmitting node is disclosed in which a SYN packet is identified by the setting of the SYN bit in the packet. Following the identification of a set SYN bit in the SYN packet, the content of the data field includes a code to identify the TCP stack type associated with the node that transmitted the SYN packet.12-31-2009
20110085546METHOD AND DEVICES FOR MULTICAST DISTRIBUTION OPTIMIZATION - Multicast information flows are distributed from a source to user terminals over a network including aggregation routers arranged in hierarchical levels. Once a request for a given information flow is received from a user terminal, a distribution path can be defined through a plurality of aggregation routers. At one or more of the aggregation routers traversed by the information flow an information subflow can be derived to be propagated also towards lower-level aggregation routers that are not traversed by the information flow being distributed. Further requests for the same information flow received through an aggregation router towards which the information subflow was propagated are forwarded towards an aggregation router where the subflow was derived.04-14-2011
20110085545Processing Packets of a Virtual Interface Associated with Tunnels - Packet switch operating methods and packet switches assign a packet to a virtual interface. The virtual interface is associated with a plurality of tunnels. One of the plurality is designated a primary tunnel configured to accept packets. Other tunnels of the plurality are designated as backup tunnels and are configured to reject packets. The methods and packet switches also determine which of the plurality of tunnels is the primary tunnel and determine a packet switch port associated with the primary tunnel. The methods and packet switches egress the packet via the primary tunnel on the packet switch port associated with the primary tunnel.04-14-2011
20110085544Method and Apparatus for Providing a Web Page to a Call Member - One problem with web-based information is that it is typically presented without being personalised or tailored to fit a particular user's needs and requirements. Another problem relates to calls such as telephone calls, video calls or other multimedia calls made between two or more call members. Here it is often required to provide detailed information during the call. By storing a plurality of web pages and associating each of those web pages with information about one or more potential calls, it is possible to select one of those web pages for provision to a particular call member. For example, a user may store a web page for provision to family members, another for customers, and another for new enquiries. Information about a call is obtained and used to select an appropriate one of the stored web pages. This selected web page is then provided to the call member which is for example a wireless terminal with a web browser arranged to display the web page. The web pages may be stored on a web server or alternatively on the terminal used by the call member to take part in the call.04-14-2011
20090016341LABEL ASSIGNING METHOD, LABEL REPLACING METHOD AND LABEL SWITCHING ROUTER - A label assigning method for use when a label being used in a unicast Label Switched Path (LSP) between an upstream Label Switching Router (LSR) and a downstream LSR is to be used in a multicast LSP between the upstream LSR and the downstream LSR. The assignment method includes the steps of releasing the label in the unicast LSP, and assigning the label to the multicast LSP. A label replacing method for use when a first label being used in a unicast LSP between an upstream LSR and a downstream LSR is to be used in another LSP between the upstream LSR and the downstream LSR. The replacement method includes the steps of re-assigning a second label for the unicast LSP and releasing the first label in the unicast LSP. These two processes are directed to efficiently establishing a multicast LSP when a conflict of labels occurs between the multicast LSP and an existing unicast LSP.01-15-2009
20090016340System with Distributed Analogue Resources - The present disclosure relates to a system comprising at least a first and a second essentially analogue portion and an essentially digital portion, the analogue portions forming a part of a unidirectional circular network. First communication means is provided between the digital portion and the first analogue portion. Second communication means is provided between the first and second analogue portions. The first and second communication means are configurable for establishing communication between the digital portion and the second analogue portion. The first and second communication means are arranged to determine if a packet communicated over the first or second communication means is of interest for any of the analogue portions.01-15-2009
20090016339APPARATUS, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR RELAYING MESSAGES - A call-forwarding destination judging unit included in an SIP proxy estimates whether call forwarding will be required, based on the type of an SIP message. When it has been estimated that call forwarding will be required, the call-forwarding destination judging unit also estimates the destination of the call forwarding. With this arrangement, when the delivery of the SIP message requires call forwarding, it is possible to establish, in advance, a TLS connection with the SIP terminal being the destination of the call forwarding. Thus, it is possible to eliminate the need to establish the TLS connection at the time when the call is actually forwarded.01-15-2009
20090016338ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION - An electronic device is provided comprising an interconnect means (N, sw01-15-2009
20090016337Tunnel configuration - A network, network devices, and methods are described for packet processing. A method includes using logic on a first network device to select a checking functionality based on a number of criteria. The method uses logic on the first network device to select the checking functionality from a list of checking functionalities. The checking functionality is selected for processing packets identified by the first network device. The method also includes using logic on the first network device to configure a tunnel initiation to tunnel packets to a second network device that is associated with the selected checking functionality. The second network device has a destination address different from an original destination address of identified packets.01-15-2009
20090245244Method for transmitting packets in a network - Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) transmits packets to the remote peer with a size equal or smaller than Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU). The MTU can be discovered by SCTP utilizing the path-MTU discovery algorithm of RFC1191 (or similar techniques). However the MTU of a certain path within a SCTP association can change over time. If the path MTU grows then there is no problem. If the path MTU decreases, then packets with size equal to the old path MTU will not be able to be delivered to the remote peer as the link or router with the smaller MTU will drop the packet. Thus all such packets will remain unacknowledged and will lead to head of line blocking for in-sequence delivery of packets of the streams to which to non-delivered packets belong. This leads to the failure of the association. The proposed method resegments SCTP-packets due to a path MTU decrease in a SCTP association.10-01-2009
20090016336Packet processing - Network devices and methods are provided for packet processing. One method includes using logic embedded in an application specific integrated circuit on a network device to dynamically adjust an access control list. According to the method, the access control list is adjusted in response to information received from a checking functionality related to packets received by the network device from a particular port. The method also includes handling packets later received from the particular port according to the adjusted access control list.01-15-2009
20090016334SECURED TRANSMISSION WITH LOW OVERHEAD - The present invention relates to a method, tunnel protocol layer, and network device for securing a data packet on a network link. A security layer is provided in the tunneling protocol layer of the wireless network, and a secured data packet is generated by adding to the data packet a header in accordance with said security layer of the tunneling protocol. The secured data packet is then transmitted over the link by using a link layer connection.01-15-2009
20090016335Methods, Apparatuses and Systems Facilitating Determination of Network Path Metrics - Methods, apparatuses and systems relating to the control and application of policies for routing data over a computer network, such as the Internet. Some implementations of the invention facilitate the configuration, deployment and/or maintenance of network routing policies. Some implementations of the invention are particularly useful for controlling the routing of data among autonomous systems or organizations. Certain implementations allow for dynamic modification of routing policy based on such factors as current Internet performance load sharing, user-defined parameters, and time of day. In one embodiment, the present invention provides methods, apparatuses and systems implementing enhanced network path testing methodologies that enhance the efficiency of processes associated with testing of a network path, while reducing the perceived intrusiveness of test packets associated with such metrics tests.01-15-2009
20090016333CONTENT-BASED ADAPTIVE JITTER HANDLING - A packet communication device is disclosed. The packet communication device may include a detector configured to detect a characterized content in incoming packets received by the packet communication device. The packet communication device may further include a play-out control configured to perform an adjustment of the incoming packets to produce adjusted packets and output the adjusted packets, if the detector has detected the characterized content in the incoming packets.01-15-2009
20100183004SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DUAL MODE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN DEVICES IN A NETWORK - A packet based display interface configured to operate in a multimedia device in a network and methods to train the packet based display interface is disclosed. The packet based display interface includes a media transport block to communicate video packets across a first unidirectional link, a dual data transport block to communicate packet messages to and from client service blocks across a bidirectional link using multiple transport protocols, and a detection block to determine the addition or deletion of a network device using a second unidirectional link. Each transport protocol uses a different message format on the bidirectional link. The training methods include exchanging messages to determine transport protocol capabilities, training the bidirectional link and setting the transport protocols used. The first and second unidirectional links run in opposite directions, and both the unidirectional links and the bidirectional link use separate physical communication lines bundled together in a common cable.07-22-2010
20100027538RETRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD AND RECEIVING SIDE APPARATUS - A retransmission control method according to the present invention includes a physical control channel transmitting step of transmitting, at a transmitting side apparatus 02-04-2010
20100027539REMOTE MESSAGE ROUTING DEVICE AND METHODS THEREOF - A message routing method includes receiving a plurality of messages at a routing node. The routing node is configured to receive instructions indicating an offset, criteria associated with the offset, and a group of interested nodes. The routing node examines a portion of a data payload of a received message based on the offset. If the information at the offset matches the criteria, the routing node routes the message to each of the group of interested nodes. Thus, the routing node can route messages to different groups of destination nodes depending on information in the data payload of received messages, thereby providing a flexible way to route messages over a network.02-04-2010
20100027540CAPTURE APPARATUS AND CAPTURE METHOD - A capture apparatus that connected with communication path and captures communication data passing through the communication path and stores the communication data in a storage medium. The capture apparatus is provided with a retrieval condition retaining section 02-04-2010
20090323684DYNAMIC BITLOADING - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to dynamically adjusting bitloading for multiple destinations on a network.12-31-2009
20100014517ROUTE SWITCHING METHODS AND SYSTEMS - A route switching method, when a mobile node is switching between access routers, the method comprises: the second access router sending a context transfer message to the third access router, the third access router updating a Cache for Destination Terminal and a Cache for Source Terminal in a cache of the third access router according to the context transfer message; the second access router updating its cache according to the context transfer message, and updating a Cache for Destination Terminal in a cache of a first access router. Several route switching methods and route switching systems are also involved. Based on the Context Transfer Protocol, it enables the access router to transfer the address information of the mobile node associated with a session connection by the context transfer message directly during the switching, without the process in which the new access router inquires the routing manager, thereby reducing the delay caused by inquiring the routing manager, and thus decreasing the possibility of message lost.01-21-2010
20100054242Method, apparatus and computer program to generate a unique node identifier - A method includes receiving a request for a node identifier, the request including a first information element. In response, the method further includes generating a unique node identifier that includes a plurality of second information elements and the first information element; and responding to the request with the generated unique node identifier. Also disclosed are apparatus for performing the method, as well as a computer program embodied on a computer-readable media for executing the method.03-04-2010
20100054241INTEGRATING SECURITY SERVER POLICIES WITH OPTIMIZED ROUTING CONTROL - In one embodiment, a first set of one or more control policies at a control server of a network domain may be transmitted to a routing master controller of the network domain, which uses a second set of one or more traffic policies to determine optimal paths for directing traffic through the domain. The routing master controller may then generate a third set of one or more integrated policies based on the first and second sets of policies, e.g., based on the knowledge and policies of both the control server and the routing master controller.03-04-2010
20100054244TIME SYCHRONIZATION METHOD AND RELAY APPARATUS - A time synchronization method for synchronizing times of a first apparatus and a second apparatus includes transmitting, by the first apparatus, a packet to the second apparatus, the packet including the time of the first apparatus, providing, by a relay apparatus that relays the packet, a value to the packet, the value indicating a reception time upon the reception of the packet, providing, by the relay apparatus, a difference between the value provided to the packet in the providing of reception time and a current time to the packet upon the transmission of the packet, the difference serving as a delay value, and executing, by the second apparatus, a control for time synchronization based on the time of the first apparatus included in the packet and the delay value provided to the packet.03-04-2010
20100322237SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR N-CORE TRACING - Described herein are systems and methods for aggregating performance data or trace data for a multi-core, multi-packet-engine networked appliance. A plurality of packet engines operate on the appliance and manage network traffic between a plurality of clients and a plurality of servers. In various embodiments, the system comprises a plurality of packet engines and an aggregator communicating with the packet engines through shared memory allocations. Each packet engine can write performance data or trace data to the a shared memory allocation. The aggregator can obtain the performance data or trace data and consolidate the data to provide unified performance data or unified trace data representative of the appliance.12-23-2010
20100067525STREAMING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A streaming communication apparatus transmits a packet requesting reservation of a bandwidth required for streaming communication towards a communication relay apparatus. The communication relay apparatus reserves a required bandwidth according to the request packet. Accordingly, stable streaming communication can be carried out.03-18-2010
20100135291IN-BAND SIGNALLING FOR POINT-POINT PACKET PROTECTION SWITCHING - A method of controlling traffic forwarding in a Provider Backbone-Traffic Engineered (PBB-TE) network. A protection group (PG) is defined, and including N working Traffic Engineered Service Instances (TESIs) and M protection TESIs. An Automatic Protection Switching Protocol Data Unit (APS PDU) is defined, which includes information defining at least a state of the protection group. This APS PDU is forwarded only through the protection TESI(s).06-03-2010
20100135290USAGE OF FEEDBACK INFORMATION FOR MULTIMEDIA SESSIONS - An apparatus and method configure RTCP packets in a control feedback handling in multimedia sessions. The apparatus and method are configured to provide sending of any RTCP individual packet as a non-compound RTCP packet an order within a time interval. The apparatus and method are configured so that an excessive length of compound RTCP packets are handled by fragmenting each compound RTCP packet in smaller non-compound packets and sending it spaced over time. The apparatus and method guarantee RTCP non-compound packets to provide an equivalent functionality as the RTCP compound packets by providing the same information to the receiver, and the receiver does not lack any feedback information. The apparatus and method are also configured to use semi-compound RTCP packets, where at least two non-compound/individual RTCP packets (but less than all the non-compound/individual RTCP packets that would be sent as compound packet) are sent together as a semi-compound RTCP packet.06-03-2010
20100128725REAL TIME PACKET TRANSFORMS TO AVOID RE-TRANSMISSION - There exists a need to reduce re-transmission delays in real time feeds (such as video) by sending the packet with sufficient repair/recovery information inside the packet container so the relaying stations and/or the receiving devices can fix errors in transmission by perusing the contents of the packet and the repair information, and modify the packet and then relay it. By providing the relaying station the ability to fix the error, retransmission of the packet is avoided along each relay station along the network path from source to destination and also by receiving devices that would otherwise request a re-transmission. This application teaches a method so real time streams (e.g. video) may be more efficiently transported over a CSMA based network.05-27-2010
20110096776SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOST PACKET RECOVERY WITH CONGESTION AVOIDANCE - Devices and techniques for overcoming lost packets and avoiding congestion when conducting media conferences over packet switched networks are described herein. To avoid the problem of lost packets, redundant information is inserted into the media stream that permits the receiver to reconstruct any lost packets from the redundant information. Congestion avoidance techniques include adjusting the bitrate of the media stream to find the highest bitrate that can be supported without packet loss due to congestion. When increasing the bitrate to a higher rate, the additional bits can come from the redundant information used for lost packet recovery so that any lost packets caused by network congestion will not adversely affect the bitstream.04-28-2011
20090028145TELEPHONE EXCHANGE APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR USE IN THE APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a telephone exchange apparatus includes a memory stores a management table in which a connecting destination ID specifying a communication partner on the packet communication network and a first waiting time from a time of signal transmission to the communication partner up to a time of an arrival of a response signal are associated with each other, a monitoring unit refers to the management table and monitors presence or absence of the response signal from the communication partner within the first waiting time corresponding to connection ID of the communication partner based on the reference result, and a controller stops transmission of a signal necessary for communication establishment to the connecting destination ID in the management table and updates first waiting time corresponding to the connecting destination ID in the management table into second waiting time shorter than the first waiting time.01-29-2009
20090028144DEDICATED NETWORK INTERFACE - Computer communications that are to be recorded are visible to a network interface on a recording computer. The network interface receives the packets to be recorded. The network layer of the recording computer implements a subset of the normal IP module in the network layer. Instead of checking every IP packet, the IP module in the network layer assumes that most IP packets are correctly addressed, internally consistent and of the expected protocol type. The recording computer allocates the received packets to a recording session based upon the value of a field that is at a fixed position within the packet. Packets that are allocated to a session are recorded or associated with other packets that have been allocated to the same session.01-29-2009
20090028143Pattern Matching In A Network Flow Across Multiple Packets - Pattern matching for a network flow includes storing a representation of the pattern. The representation of the pattern includes hash values representing blocks of data in the pattern. Hash values are calculated for blocks of data in the network flow. The blocks of data are spread across multiple packets in the network flow. The calculated hash values for the blocks of data in the network flow are compared to the hash values in the representation of the pattern to detect the pattern in the network flow.01-29-2009
20090028141Method and device for controlling admission to a guaranteed quality of service in a mpls network - The invention concerns a method and a device for controlling admission to a guaranteed quality of service in a MPLS network (01-29-2009
20090028142STREAMING DATA CONTENT IN A NETWORK - A method and apparatus for streaming data content in a network. Some embodiments of an apparatus include a network unit to generate a stream of data on a network, where the generation of the stream of data includes the generation of summary information for the data. The apparatus also includes a transmitter to transmit the generated stream of data via the network.01-29-2009
20110075662METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRAFFIC FLOW AND LINK MANAGEMENT USING DOMAIN NOTIFICATIONS - A system allowing for path monitoring and notification in a system of switching elements and processing elements is provided. An exemplary technique uses a monitoring and notification module configured to generate and output monitoring messages across multiple paths defined by the plurality of switching elements and the plurality of processing elements, detect a fault in the system based on the monitoring messages, and generate and output multiple alert messages across the multiple paths to initiate recovery from the fault As such, a single element (or group of elements) does not become isolated from the rest of the elements in the system.03-31-2011
20110249673SOFTWARE-ASSISTED VLAN AGING TIMER SCHEME FOR DISTRIBUTED SWITCHING SYSTEMS - A network processing unit includes a first table, a forwarding table, and a processor. The first table includes a first entry for a network, including a network aging, which includes the network processing unit. The forwarding table includes a second entry associated with a network entity which includes an indication of whether network traffic associated with the entity has been encountered in the current or previous network aging period. The processor is configured to receive an indication from a hardware timer that a hardware aging cycle has ended, and then determine whether the network aging period has ended. If so, the processor is configured to determine for a first network entity in the forwarding table whether traffic associated with the entity has been encountered in the current or previous network aging period. If not, then the processor is configured to remove the given first network entity from the forwarding table.10-13-2011
20090213852METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MEDIATED COMMUNICATON - A system and method for mediating the routing of asynchronous messages includes routing the asynchronous message to a first recipient, determining whether the first recipient opened the asynchronous message, and re-routing the asynchronous message to a second recipient who is qualified to receive and respond to the message if the first recipient fails to open the message. In an aspect, the second recipient is selected based upon the role that the second recipient performs within the system. In another aspect, the message is re-routed to the second recipient if the first recipient fails to open the message within a deadline imposed by the message sender. In another aspect, the message is re-routed to the second recipient if the first recipient fails to open the message within a deadline automatically imposed by the system when the message is of a certain type.08-27-2009
20090213853APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A FRAME INCLUDING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A BROADCASTING SYSTEM - Apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving a frame including control information in a broadcasting system. A frame for a broadcast service is generated using an in-band signaling scheme, and includes location information of control information in a next frame and indication information indicating a change/no-change in the control information in the next frame. The new frame structure minimizes power consumption of a receiver supporting the broadcast service.08-27-2009
20090213850METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A DATA STREAM WITH ANTICIPATION OF ACKNOWLEDGMENTS, CORRESPONDENCE INPUT DEVICE AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A method is proposed for transmitting data of a stream to be stimulated, coming from a sender device to a receiver device through a network segment and according to a protocol for packet transportation with acknowledgement. An input device of the network segment performs the following steps for the stream to be stimulated: determining a starting packet associated with a sequence number higher than the sequence numbers of packets in transit via the network segment (packets transmitted but not yet acknowledged positively by the receiver device); selecting, as a function of a consumption of a target bandwidth for the transmission of said stream, of packets of the stream following the starting packet, and for each of which an anticipated positive acknowledgement message must be transmitted; upon reception of a positive message of acknowledgement of the starting packet, launching a temporary phase comprising a step of transmitting to the sender device an anticipated positive acknowledgement message for the starting packet and for each selected packet; discarding the positive acknowledgements received from the receiver device which correspond to the selected packets and for which an anticipated positive acknowledgement message has been transmitted.08-27-2009
20090213849Communication Node And A Method For Routing Traffic In A Communication Network By Calculating At Least One Metric For At Least One Link And A Sensitivity Parameter For Said Metric - The invention relates to a method of routing traffic from a sender to a receiver in a communication network said method comprising for at least two possible routes between the sender and the receiver the step of calculating at least one metric for at least one link in each route, characterized by the steps of calculating a sensitivity parameter for said at least one metric and taking said sensitivity parameter into account when selecting a route. The sensitivity parameter may be based on a derivative of said metric with respect to a variable on which said metric depends. The method may also comprise the step of calculating a reliability parameter for said at least one metric and taking said reliability parameter into account when selecting a route.08-27-2009
20090213851MULTIPORT DEVICE - A multiport device capable of supporting a plurality of IP (Internet Protocol) devices with a single IP address includes a plurality of internal terminals coupled to the plurality of the IP devices, each configured to transmit a packet with a same IP address and a multiport unit configured to translate a port number of the transmitted packet to transmit the transformed packet. Therefore, the multiport device may support a plurality of IP devices with a single IP address through a packet translation.08-27-2009
20090213848Packet Structure and Packet Transmission Method of Network Control Protocol - A packet structure and packet transmission method of a network control protocol. A user in the inside or outside of the house can effectively control various home appliances such as refrigerator or laundry machine or monitor operation state of the devices, over the network such as RS-485 network, low-power RF network, and power line network so that the user can enjoy the remote control and the convenient monitoring. In addition, the packet structure for the inter-layer interface in the network system can be managed. The packet structure at the network layer is generated by assigning one or more fields indicative of a packet start, a destination address, a source address, a packet length, a network layer control, an application layer protocol data unit, a cyclic redundancy check (CRC), and a packet end, and a field indicative of a network layer control. The generated packet structure of the network layer is transmitted to thus interface layers in a network system. Therefore, the packet structure at the network layer can be more efficiently managed and transmitted.08-27-2009
20110080907Method and Apparatus for Specifying IP Termination in a Network Element - IP applications may be hosted on processors other than the processor on which their associated routing entity is hosted by causing the routing context to be extended to the new processor and causing IP termination to occur at the new processor. Applications may define policies specifying packet attributes and actions to be taken on matching packets, so that packets matching the policy may be directed to a processor hosting the application rather than a processor hosting the routing entity. A steering policy manager may be implemented to receive policies from the applications, verify the policy format and uniqueness vis-à-vis previously implemented policies, and implement the policies by passing the policies to one or more steering policy agents. Filters may be programmed into the data plane or the control plane to cause IP termination to occur on the processor hosting the application.04-07-2011
20100124221METHODS AND APPARATUS TO INFER THE STATUS OF BORDER GATEWAY PROTOCOL SESSIONS - Methods and apparatus to infer the status of BGP sessions are disclosed. A disclosed example method comprises querying a configuration file of a router of a first AS to identify a BGP session to a second AS, querying the file to determine whether the BGP session is a single hop, when the BGP session is a single hop, setting a status flag to a first value, querying the file to determine whether there is a valid IP configuration for the BGP session, when there is a valid IP configuration, setting the status flag to a second value, querying a router syslog file for the router to identify a syslog message associated with the BGP session, determining whether the session is stale, and when the session is not stale and the status flag is set to the second value, adding the second AS to a list of actual AS neighbors.05-20-2010
20120120950CONVERGENCE OF MULTICAST TRAFFIC IN RESPONSE TO A TOPOLOGY CHANGE - A method for convergence of multicast traffic in response to a topology change. The method includes, in response to a change in a multicast topology, redirecting multicast traffic through a network device of a plurality of network devices in the multicast topology and determining a querier status of the network device. The method also includes flooding the multicast traffic through an interface to the network device to facilitate convergence of the multicast traffic. The interface is a connecting point between the network device and another network device of the plurality of network devices.05-17-2012
20120120949PACKET TRANSPORT FOR NETWORK DEVICE CLUSTERS - In one implementation, a cluster of network devices forwards packets within the cluster according to a node vector and a cluster database. The cluster database defines a path from each network device in the cluster to every other network device in the cluster. When a packet is received, the receiving network device accesses a forwarding database for egress ports according to a destination address of the packet and accesses the cluster database to identify a first cluster link in the path from the receiving network device to the egress network device. The receiving network device adds a node vector to the packet. The node vector communicates to subsequent network devices how the packet is to be forwarded through the cluster on the path from the receiving network device to the egress network device. The node vector is specific to the network device cluster and operates independent from packet forwarding protocols.05-17-2012
20120120948EXPANDABLE NETWORK SYSTEM AND REDUNDANT METHOD FOR THE SAME - Disclosed herein are an automatically-switchable network extension apparatus and a switching method thereof. An automatic connection mechanism is particularly introduced into the apparatus. Exemplarily, a random number scheme is used to generate a value to be a basis for configuring the apparatus functioned as a CO or CPE operational mode. Based on the value, the method is to perform a connection with the other network extension apparatus. According to the embodiment, a set of connection parameters and the randomly-generated value are generated after the apparatus is initialized. The apparatus may be configured as CO or CPE operational mode according to the value, and simultaneously detect the operational mode of the apparatus to be linked. The apparatus accomplishes the connection if the two apparatuses have different modes, or the value is generated again to perform the connection.05-17-2012
20110075661OVERHEAD REDUCTION AND ADDRESS PROTECTION IN COMMUNICATION STACK - The invention reduces addressing overhead for communication using a layered communication protocol. An improvement of the invention maintains security for the addressing information.03-31-2011
20100246577METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING BFD PACKETS, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING LINK FAULTS - A method for sending a BFD packet includes: obtaining information about intermediate nodes to be passed by the BFD packet, where the information about the intermediate nodes uniquely corresponds to a link to be traveled by the BFD packet or a session on the link; setting the obtained information about the intermediate nodes into the BFD packet; and sending the BFD packet to a peer through the link corresponding to the information about the intermediate nodes. A method for searching for session ID locally, a link fault detection method and a link fault detection apparatus are provided herein.09-30-2010
20100246576SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING ANONYMITY IN A SESSION INITIATED PROTOCOL NETWORK - A method for facilitating an anonymous communications session in a communications environment is provided that includes receiving, from a first endpoint, a request for a communication session involving a second endpoint. The method also includes identifying end user data associated with a first endpoint. The data associated with the first endpoint is mapped to an identity of the first endpoint. The second endpoint is shown the identity of the first endpoint and not the end user data associated with the first endpoint.09-30-2010
20110069704DYNAMIC BUFFER POOL IN PCIEXPRESS SWITCHES - In a first embodiment of the present invention, a method for handling a Transaction Layer Packets (TLPs) from devices in a switch is provided, the method comprising: subtracting a first number of credits from a credit pool associated with a first port on which a first device is connected; determining if the amount of credits in the credit pool associated with the first port is less than a first predetermined threshold; and if the amount of credits in the credit pool associated with the first port is less than the first predetermined threshold, assigning a second number of credits from a shared credit pool to the credit pool associated with the first port.03-24-2011
20120201243Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Packet Switch Domain Service Data - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for transmitting packet switch domain service data. The method comprises: establishing a correlation between multiple services and a predetermined transmission channel, wherein the predetermined transmission channel comprises multiple links and multiple channels between a Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) client and a PPP server; and according to the correlation, transmitting the service data of the multiple services between a service application side and a protocol side via the predetermined transmission channel. The present invention achieves PDP multi-link and can process the transmission of PS domain data in parallel.08-09-2012
20120201242PACKET FORWARDING - A method includes inserting a vector in a packet that identifies a first device in a stack of packet forwarding devices to receive the packet.08-09-2012
20120201241METHOD & APPARATUS FOR THE DISTRIBUTION OF NETWORK TRAFFIC - A packet network device, such as a router or switch, includes functionality that operates to receive network traffic, process the traffic as needed and to forward the traffic to its destination. Additionally, each router includes a weighted equal cost multipath routing function that operates to identify equal cost paths over which to forward the network traffic, to calculate a path weighting that is dependent upon the path bandwidth and to forward the traffic ingressing to it over each of the equal cost paths according to the calculated path weighting.08-09-2012
20110058547PROCESS AND SYSTEM FOR AN INTEGRATED CARRIER ETHERNET EXCHANGE - An Ethernet exchanger is coupled to two or more Ethernet networks to exchange information among the two or more Ethernet networks using virtual circuits. A first Ethernet network is associated with a first carrier and a first port of the Ethernet exchanger. A second Ethernet network is associated with a second carrier and a second port of the Ethernet exchanger. Network information of the first Ethernet network and network information of the second Ethernet network are provided by the respective first carrier and the second carrier and stored in a database. A virtual circuit is provisioned to interconnect the first Ethernet network and the second Ethernet network based on a partnership between the first carrier and the second carrier and based on the stored information about the first network and the second network. The virtual circuit is associated with the first port and the second port. The stored information about the first network or the second network is reusable for subsequent provisioning of other virtual circuits associated with the first carrier or the second carrier.03-10-2011
20110032933Apparatus, System, and Method for Establishing Point to Point Connections in FCOE - An apparatus, system, and method are disclosed for establishing a point-to-point connection using Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The point-to-point connection is established as part of the FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP). A first computing device sends a FIP discovery solicitation to a predefined address such as ALL-FCF-MACs. The first computing device also listens to the local ALL-FCF-MACs address and determines whether or not there are any switches in the fabric connecting the first computing device and the second computing device. If there are no switches, the first computing device sends a second FIP discovery solicitation with a point-to-point indicator. If the first computing device receives a similar FIP discovery solicitation from the second computing device, it sends a FIP discovery advertisement with the point-to-point indicator. The first computing device and second computing device then perform fabric login and establish a point to point connection.02-10-2011
20080253367Method for Establishing Multi Segment Pseudowire Across Domains Having Different Pseudowire Signaling Protocol - A method of establishing a multi-segment pseudowire across domains executing different pseudowire signaling protocols augments the Label Distribution Protocol (LDP) label message to include a MS-PW TLV. The MS-PW TLV carries pseudowire signal 22 FEC TLV protocol information associated with signaling protocols of other segments of the MS-PW. As a result a multi-segment pseudowire can be extended between domains that execute different pseudowire signaling protocols.10-16-2008
20100260176Communication module having a communication interface element and communication interface element - A communication interface element for a communication module is provided, which module contains a message memory and a first data path to and from the message memory via which data and/or messages are transmitted to and from the message memory. The communication interface element provides an additional, second data path in the communication module and includes switching arrangement configured in such a way that predefinable data and/or messages of the first data path are transmitted over the additional, second data path.10-14-2010
20100118870PHASE CONTROL OF A SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL IN A PACKET SWITCHING NETWORK - The present invention pertains to a device able to send packets in a packet communication network comprising at least two stations, the said device comprising means for: -extracting image pips on the basis of a synchronization signal; -initializing a first counter on the basis of the said image pips; -initializing a second counter every “m” zero-crossings of the first counter; -sampling the second counter every period T05-13-2010
20100260177PATH SELECTION METHOD AND NETWORK SYSTEM, PATH COMPUTATION ELEMENT - A path selection method is provided, which includes the following steps. A middle domain determines a path cost of an inter-domain link from the middle domain to a destination node domain according to a received path cost of an inter-domain link sent by a source node domain, and then sends the path cost to the destination node domain. The middle domain receives an optimal service path from the destination node domain to a destination node returned from the destination node domain, in which the optimal service path is determined according to the path cost of inter-domain link sent by the middle domain, and determines an optimal service path from the middle domain to the destination node according to the received optimal service path and sends the optimal service path to the source node domain, for making the source node domain determine an optimal service path from a source node to the destination node according to the optimal service path sent by the middle domain. Accordingly, a network system and a path computation element are provided. The technical solutions can improve the efficiency of selecting the optimal service path.10-14-2010
20100260175ROUTER AND METHOD OF ROUTING WITH REDUNDANCY - A method of routing audio or video data. A plurality of source data inputs to input modules are divided into groups and main crosspoint modules receive one group from every input module, and destination data outputs from output modules are divided into groups and each output module receives one group from every main crosspoint module. Input modules send a duplicate of one selected group to a redundant crosspoint module and output modules receive a group from a redundant crosspoint module and can use that group in place of any group from a main crosspoint module.10-14-2010
20100098075SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING A NETWORK LINK BETWEEN BROADCAST CONTENT AND CONTENT LOCATED ON A COMPUTER NETWORK - The invention relates, in various aspects, to systems and methods for linking content stored on a computer network with content broadcast over a television network. The system includes a database, a trigger mechanism, a communications interface, and a packet generator. The database stores tokens representative of links to the stored content and delivery information representative of at least a duration for delivering the token. The trigger mechanism indicates an instruction to deliver a token over the television network, generating a signal indicating a respective one of the stored tokens and a time for starting the delivery of the respective token. The communications interface has a channel in communication with a television set top box device for transferring the respective token to the television set top box device. The packet generator generates packets within a stream of television content to be broadcast over the television network.04-22-2010
20100098071METHOD AND NETWORK FOR FORWARDING PACKET OF RESILIENT PACKET RING - Method for transmitting packet in resilient packet intersect ring includes: at least two resilient packet intersect ring intersect each other on two intersect node, the intersect node receives a broadcast packet from the first resilient packet ring, and copies the said broadcast packet; the said intersect node judges whether allowing to insert the said broadcast packet into the second resilient packet ring by spanning the ring according to the identification information included in the said copied broadcast packet, if so, inserting into the second resilient packet ring by spanning the ring and broadcasting, otherwise, discarding the said broadcast packet, the control condition of allowing to broadcast by spanning the ring of all intersect nodes is null. The invention can ensure that when all intersect nodes can transmit spanning ring server, it avoids spanning ring broadcast storm. The invention is applied to the case that several resilient packet rings intersect each other. The invention is easy to be implemented. It has good compatibility with the existing networks. Its cast is very low.04-22-2010
20100098074Systems and methods for providing a network link between broadcast content and content located on a computer network - The invention relates, in various aspects, to systems and methods for linking content stored on a computer network with content broadcast over a television network. The system includes a database, a trigger mechanism, a communications interface, and a packet generator. The database stores tokens representative of links to the stored content and delivery information representative of at least a duration for delivering the token. The trigger mechanism indicates an instruction to deliver a token over the television network, generating a signal indicating a respective one of the stored tokens and a time for starting the delivery of the respective token. The communications interface has a channel in communication with a television set box device for transferring the respective token to the television set box device. The packet generator generates packets within a stream of television content to be broadcast over the television network.04-22-2010
20100098073Mechanism for Enabling Layer Two Host Addresses to be Shielded from the Switches in a Network - A mechanism is disclosed that enables layer two host addresses (e.g. a MAC addresses) to be shielded from a network. In one implementation, the mechanism updates each packet sent by the hosts into the network to indicate that the source layer two (L2) address for that packet is a shared L2 address instead of the actual L2 address of the sending host. By doing so, the mechanism exposes only the shared L2 address to the network, and shields the actual L2 addresses of the hosts from the network. The effect of this is that the switches in the network will need to store only the shared L2 address in their forwarding tables, not the actual L2 addresses of the hosts. By reducing the number of L2 addresses that need to be stored in the forwarding tables of the switches, the mechanism improves the scalability of the network.04-22-2010
20100098072System and Method to Route Data in an Anycast Environment - A method of routing data in an anycast environment includes sending an instruction from an intelligent route reflector device to an anycast router associated with an anycast network. The instruction signals the anycast router to statically pin up to an initial service node corresponding to a network service. The initial service node is associated with an anycast address. The method includes identifying prefixes of Internet protocol (IP) addresses of customer endpoints that communicate with the anycast network via the anycast router, and sending a route advertisement to a service node router associated with the initial service node. The route advertisement instructs the service node router to send an advertisement to the anycast network announcing that the service node router is a next best hop for data traffic related to the network service and bound for a customer endpoint having an IP address that includes any of the identified prefixes.04-22-2010
20100085963RECONSTRUCTION OF ERRORED MEDIA STREAMS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for reconstructing and reproducing a received media stream while minimizing storage space is presented. The media stream transmitted by a transmitting device is uploaded to an external storage device. Metadata including packetization mapping information, missing packets not received by the receiving device, and reproduction time at the receiving device are also uploaded to the storage device. The storage device stores the missing packets and reproduction time of each receiving device if the same media stream is received by multiple devices. The data in the storage device is used to reconstruct the received media stream and reproduce the end user experience.04-08-2010
20100002692Multimedia-aware quality-of-service and error correction provisioning - Methods and apparatus for associating each data packet in a media stream with logic corresponding to a particular quality-of-service (QoS) and/or error correction requirement. In an exemplary embodiment, each packet in the media stream is assigned a frame tag which designates a particular quality-of-service and/or error correction scheme for the corresponding packet. At least a portion of each packet is encoded according to the packet's designated quality-of-service as indicated by the frame tag. A receiver accesses the frame tags from within the transmitted media stream in order to determine the appropriate means for processing or decoding the encoded portion of each packet. In this manner, each packet within the media stream can have its own quality-of-service and/or error correction requirements and processing, thereby enhancing link efficiency and better enforcing QoS policy across the system.01-07-2010
20090290582SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD, TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - It is an object of the invention to inhibit a drop in the data transmission efficiency due to the transmission of an interrupt signal. The invention provides a signal transmission method that is characterized in that a reception side and a transmission side partition data into a plurality of data fragments and send and receive the plurality of data fragments over at least two transmission lines, in that the transmission side transmits first data fragments of the plurality of data fragments over a first transmission line of the transmission lines, transmits data packets that include header information, a second data fragment that has the same bit length as the first data fragments, and footer information over a second transmission line other than the first transmission line, and transmits the first data fragments and the second data fragments in synchronization, and in that an interrupt signal for controlling the transmission side is transmitted from the reception side to the transmission side in a time slot that is an interval between first data fragments that are adjacent on the first transmission line.11-26-2009
20090285206NETWORK SYSTEM AND DATA TRANSFER METHOD - The network system of the present invention is comprises lower segments constituted in each of a plurality of organizations, floors, offices, and an upper segment that connects the lower segments together. The network system comprises an improved L2 switch that is installed in each lower segment and has a function to transmit a frame, which is transmitted from other network devices of each lower segment to the improved L2 switch itself to a center device that is installed in upper segment; and the center device that is individually connected to the improved L2 switch and controls the data communication of the frame between the improved L2 switches. According to the present invention, a network system; wherein data communication can be performed easily between the lower segments, and an ideal data transfer system which can be prepared optionally by changing the center device characteristics when necessary, can be offered.11-19-2009
20090232134INDIRECT ADDRESS CONNECTION SERVICE OVER AN EXTENDED NETWORK - Indirect network address server, comprising a store (09-17-2009
20090022153METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CREATING ADDRESSES - In a first aspect, a first method is provided for creating a media access control (MAC) address for a device. The first method includes the steps of (1) obtaining one or more identifiers; (2) obtaining a first MAC address; and (3) creating at least a second MAC address based on the one or more identifiers and the first MAC address. Numerous other aspects are provided.01-22-2009
20090022151PACKET STRUCTURE AND PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD OF NETWORK CONTROL PROTOCOL - A packet structure and a packet transmission method of a network control protocol. A user in the inside or outside of the house can effectively control various home appliances such as refrigerator or laundry machine or monitor operation state of the devices, over the living network such as RS-485 network, low-power RF network, and power line network so that the user can enjoy the remote control and the convenient monitoring. In addition, the packet structure for the inter-layer interface of the network control protocol can be managed. The packet structure at the application layer is generated by assigning one of an application layer protocol data unit header, a request message, a response message, and an event message, together with an application layer protocol data unit header The generated packet at the application layer is transmitted to thus interface layers of the network control protocol. Therefore, the packet structure at the application layer can be more efficiently managed and transmitted.01-22-2009
20090022150VoIP Call Routing Information Registry including Hash Access Mechanism - A VoIP call routing information registry including a hash access mechanism. In particular implementations, a method includes receiving a telephone number; computing a hash of the telephone number; accessing a registry wherein the registry comprises a plurality of entries, and wherein each entry comprises a hash of a telephone number and data associated with that telephone number, or a prefix and data associated with that prefix; searching the registry for a matching entry; and until a matching entry is found or the telephone number has been stripped down to a minimum number of digits, stripping the last digit of the telephone number, re-computing a hash of the stripped-down telephone number, and re-searching the registry for a matching entry.01-22-2009
20090219932MULTI-STREAM DATA TRANSPORT AND METHODS OF USE - A method of data transmission in a multimedia network. The network having a source coupled to a sink by a linking unit capable of supporting at least one virtual channel. The method receiving a plurality of source data streams in accordance with a native stream rate and packetizing each stream in accordance with its native rate into a stream of payloads, each associated with its respective source stream. Payloads from each source stream are inserted into a transfer unit such that each transfer unit contains one payload from each stream. A stream of transfer units are transmitted through a virtual channel of the linking unit, thereby transmitting more than one source stream in the same virtual channel.09-03-2009
20080279182Method and Apparatus for the Use of Network Coding in a Wireless Communication Network - According to a method and apparatus taught herein, a network node includes a receiver circuit that determines soft values for received packets corresponding to the information bit groups associated with network coding operations, where the soft values are determined for each information bit group based on joint probabilities of the information bits within the information bit group. For example, first soft values are determined for the information bit groups in a first (received) constituent packet and second soft values are likewise determined for the information bit groups in a network-coded (received) packet that depends on the first constituent packet and a second constituent packet. Third soft values are generated for the information bit groups of the second constituent packet based on jointly evaluating the first and second soft values.11-13-2008
20090168769METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DUAL-TONE MULTI-FREQUENCY SIGNAL ANALYSIS WITHIN A MEDIA OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL NETWORK - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving a media signal associated with a session established based on a session request. The session request is defined at a session exchange device associated with a media over internet protocol (MoIP) network. The method also includes sending a portion of the media signal to a dual-tone multi-frequency (DTMF) analysis module during a sampling time period after a non-sampling time period.07-02-2009
20080317026Method of Doing Business Over a Network by Transmission and Retransmission of Digital Information on a Network During Time Slots - The present invention is a method of doing business over a network that: receives a request for transmitting digital information after a start time and before an end time, determines the time required to transmit the digital information based on the number of packets in the information and the network speed, schedules a transmit time for the digital information, and accepts the digital information for transmission only if the time required to transmit is less than or equal to the difference between the transmit time and the end time. Pricing of the transmission can be determined by the priority of transmission, whether the information is transmitted the first time or rescheduled, and whether the user receives an acknowledgment.12-25-2008
20080317024SWITCH ARBITRATION - A method of providing switch arbitration for the passing of packets between transmitters and receivers in a switch having a plurality of transmitters and receivers, comprises globally distributing information about buffer contents and packet requests between transmitters and receivers.12-25-2008
20080310409Method and Arrangement for Coding and Scheduling in a Retransmission Communication System - A sending node (12-18-2008
20110255534DEVICE AND METHOD FOR RELAYING PACKETS - A system having a plurality of network devices, each including: an interface module including a plurality of physical ports to transmit and receive packets; a computing module configured to execute a computing process with a computational expression using seed information, the seed information including at least one of destination information and source information associated with a received packet; a destination search module configured to, based on the result of the computation, select a physical port for transmission of the received packet from a plurality of candidate ports among the plurality of physical ports; and a modifying module configured to modify the computational expression, wherein the plurality of network devices include preceding-stage and subsequent-stage network devices, the subsequent-stage network device being directly coupled to the preceding-stage network device with physical wiring, and wherein the subsequent-stage and preceding-stage network devices are configured to use different expressions in the computing process.10-20-2011
20120243534METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PACING, ACKING, TIMING, AND HANDICAPPING (PATH) FOR SIMULTANEOUS RECEIPT OF DOCUMENTS - A method for facilitating substantially simultaneous receipt of content included in at least one document by a plurality of intended recipients is disclosed. At least one portion of impactful content is delimited in the at least one document to define at least one impactful block (IBlock). A remaining portion of content is delimited to define at least one non-impactful block (NIBlock). The least one IBlock is transmitted to be received substantially simultaneously by the plurality of intended recipients.09-27-2012
20120243532SUPPORT FOR NETWORK ROUTING SELECTION - An address for controlling transmission of routing through a network is obtained by means of input from a combination of network terminals. Initially, address describing data is received from a user via a source terminal. A control circuit determines whether the address describing data is sufficient to define an address of a destination. If not, the control circuit uses the address describing data to extract information must be met by the destination, but for which it is not known for specific destinations whether it is met. The information may define a desired property of the destination for example, or a mutual relation between the user and the destination. The control circuit then transmits a confirmation request to one or more possible destinations, to ask whether information relates to the possible destination. If a positive confirmation is received back from a possible destination, the address of this possible destination is used. Information that the information relates to the possible destination may be stored to resolve future address describing information.09-27-2012
20100296511Hierarchical Flow-Level Multi-Channel Communication - Embodiments herein provide systems and methods of transferring data in a communication system. An embodiment transfers data by assigning a portion of data among groups of channels coupled to a remote node, such assigning being based on the respective flows to which the portion is associated. The portion of data across is at least two channels in the assigned group of channels, and the split portions are transferred substantially simultaneously among the channels to which they are assigned.11-25-2010
20090067420Location Determination for a Packet-Switched Device for Providing Location-Based Services - A device is operable to determine location of a packet-switched device, and the location is used to provide location-based services for the packet-switched device. The device includes an interface receiving a message. The message includes a tag inserted by an access point between the packet-switched device and the device. A database stores a plurality of tags and a location for each tag. The device parses the received message to identify the tag, and performs a lookup on the database using the tag to determine a corresponding location for the tag. This location is an estimation of a location of the packet-switched device, and the location is operable to be used to provide a location-based service for the packet-switched device.03-12-2009
20100309907CONFIGURING COMMUNICATION SERVICES USING POLICY GROUPS - The invention is directed to configuring services in a packet switching network. Embodiments of the invention group existing service policies configured on network routers into policy groups, thereby enabling better management of service policies and policy overrides. This functionality can be useful for identifying redundant policies that may be eliminated by reconfiguring one or more of the network routers to reduce the overall network-wide number of policies, as well as provisioning new services in a manner that efficiently uses existing policies.12-09-2010
20100309910BANDWIDTH ASSIGNMENT - A demand assignment process for a packet switching communications system in which a terminal requests capacity from a scheduler for the transmission of bursts of packets, and in which the scheduler determines whether the burst is complete by identifying gaps in the traffic stream and preferentially allocates capacity to those terminals currently in the middle of transmitting a burst, allowing transmission of further packets of the burst.12-09-2010
20100309908METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATING WITH A NETWORK DEVICE - Method for communicating with a network device. A data packet is provided, which includes a header, a payload, and a trailer. The data packet includes an error detection code derived at least partially based on data in the data packet. The error detection code is modified using a reversible function to provide a marked data packet. This marked data packet is sent to the network device.12-09-2010
20080205393System and Method for Routing Packets in Portable Internet System - The present invention relates to a system and method of routing packets using an IP address in portable Internet, in which an individual IP address is given to a portable Internet terminal attempting to access the portable Internet via a certain radio access station, thereby routing packets without interruption of a packet data service using the IP address. According to the present invention, in a portable Internet system, a routing path for the packet data service is updated in real time using an IP address given to a respective portable Internet terminal while the terminal is moved, thereby continuously using the packet data service without an interruption in the service while the terminal freely moves to a different radio access station. Also, an interface between a radio access station and an access control router system is embodied as an L2 switch to perform real-time packet routing by combining routing and switching technologies, thereby reducing a load for routing packets, quickly routing packets, and reducing a loss of packet data.08-28-2008
20080205392Method and System for Mobile Network Nodes in Heterogeneous Networks - A method and a system for creating a communications link between at least two mobile network nodes. A first and a second interface administration module generates look-up tables including available network interfaces of the corresponding mobile network node. Configuration data of the corresponding mobile network node is transmitted to a central unit. Configuration data is transmitted from the central unit to at least one of the mobile network nodes, based on the configuration data. At least one signalling channel is created for transmitting further configuration data via one of the available network interfaces, and, based on the configuration data, at least one data channel is created via one of the available network interfaces.08-28-2008
20080205388Discovery of network devices logically located between a client and a service - Otherwise network-transparent devices that are logically located between a client device and a service device are discovered by sending a probe packet that has a destination address of one of the client or service but that specifies a discovery network port such as a port of the transport layer. The otherwise network-transparent device receives the packet as it is traversing the hops between the client and service. The network-transparent device analyzes the network traffic passing through it to determine whether the destination port is the discovery network port and thereby recognizes the probe packet. The network-transparent device provides a return packet to the device that sent the probe packet, whereby the return packet provides the source address as the network address of the otherwise network-transparent device. A communication session may then be established between the network-transparent device and the device that sent the probe packet such as to provide a service to the data transfer occurring between the client and service.08-28-2008
20100284401Large-Scale Packet Switch - A packet switch that scales gracefully from a capacity of a fraction of a terabit per second to thousands of terabits per second is disclosed. The packet switch comprises edge nodes interconnected by independent switch units. The switch units are arranged in a matrix having multiple rows and multiple columns and may comprise instantaneous or latent space switches. Each edge node has a channel to a switch unit in each column and a channel from each switch unit in a selected column. A simple path traversing only one of the switch units may be established from each edge node to each other edge node. Where needed, a compound path comprising at most two simple paths may be established for any edge-node pair. In a preferred configuration, the switch units connect at input to orthogonal sets of edge nodes. A distributed control system expedites connection-request processing.11-11-2010
20100329250SIMPLE FAIRNESS PROTOCOLS FOR DAISY CHAIN INTERCONNECTS - A method for transmitting packets, including forwarding a first set of upstream packets and a first set of local packets by inserting at least one of the first set of local packets between subsets of the first set of upstream packets according to a first insertion rate; calculating a second insertion rate after forwarding a predetermined number of upstream packets generated by a single upstream source, by dividing a cardinality of the first set of upstream packets by a greatest common divisor of the predetermined number and the cardinality of the first set of upstream packets; and forwarding a second set of upstream packets and a second set of local packets from the local switch to the downstream switch by inserting at least one of the second set of local packets between subsets of the second set of upstream packets according to the second insertion rate.12-30-2010
20100329251PROCESSING DATA PACKETS USING NAVIGATIONAL HARDWARE ASSIST - Herein described is a system and method for improving the performance in which data packets are processed in a set-top-box. The system determines and stores one or more values into a memory. The one or more values in memory are subsequently utilized when a firmware is executed. These values are used to efficiently index locations within one or more data packets, such that processing performance is improved. Based on the types of packets received by the set-top-box, the hardware assistance provided by the system may be gradually increased or attenuated to optimize the performance in which the data packets are processed. The method involves determining the one or more values, storing the one or more values in a memory, and using said one or more values to effectively index one or more data fields in the one or more data packets.12-30-2010
20100329249METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC DETECTION OF TRANSIT TIMES BETWEEN STAGES IN DISTRIBUTED MULTI-STAGE SWITCH FABRICS - In some embodiments, a method includes sending a signal to a first module associated with a stage of a switch fabric and receiving a signal from the first module a first amount of time after sending the signal to the first module. A signal is sent to a second module associated with the stage of the switch fabric and a signal is received from the second module a second amount of time after sending the signal to the second module. The second amount of time is less than the first amount of time. A cell of a first data packet is sent to the first module and a cell of a second data packet is sent to the second module a third amount of time after sending the cell of the first data packet. The third amount of time is associated with the difference between the first amount of time and the second amount of time.12-30-2010
20100329247HIGH BANDWIDTH DATA TRANSPORT SYSTEM - A method for data transmission includes representing data using at least one impulse based on a ultra wideband impulse, sending the at least one impulse over an electrically conductive guided media, receiving the at least one impulse over the electrically conductive guided media, recovering the data encoded in the at least one impulse after receiving the at least one impulse over the electrically conductive guided media, storing individual bytes of the data recovered from said ultra wideband impulse signals in selectable memory locations of a plurality of buffer memories, each buffer memory for storing a plurality of said bytes, adding header data to outputs of said buffer memories and forming a plurality of variable length packets, and transmitting said plurality of packets in ultra wideband impulse output signals.12-30-2010
20090245246SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVING PACKET SCHEDULING ACCURACY - A packet scheduler is configured to perform quality of service (QoS) scheduling on a per-data unit basis. A downstream processing engine is operatively connected to the packet scheduler for receiving forwarded packets. A feedback path is operatively connected between the downstream processing engine and the packet scheduler for transmitting a net data unit change value reflecting a change in packet size between an output of the packet scheduler and an output of the downstream processing engine.10-01-2009
20110134916Methods and Apparatus Related to Packet Classification Based on Range Values - In one embodiment, an apparatus comprises a range selection module, a first stage of bloom filters, a second stage of bloom filters and a hashing module. The range selection module is configured to define a set of hash key vectors based on a set of range values associated with at least a portion of an address value from a data packet received at a multi-stage switch. The first stage of bloom filters and the second stage of bloom filters are collectively configured to determine that at least a portion of a hash key vector from the set of hash key vectors has a probability of being included in a hash table. The hashing module is configured to produce a hash value based on the hash key vector such that a first policy vector is selected based on the hash value and the first policy vector is decompressed to produce a second policy vector associated with the data packet.06-09-2011
20110134915APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING PACKET CLASSIFICATION TABLES - Methods and apparatus are provided for managing classification of packets within a multi-function input/output device, and for allowing the device's classification tables to be cleared in a non-blocking manner. The input/output device conveys multiple communication connections corresponding to multiple physical and/or virtual PCIe (Peripheral Component Interconnect Express) functions bound to software images executing on hosts. The device comprises gate logic configured to indicate statuses of the functions or the DMA engines bound to the functions. When the gate logic indicates a particular destination function is valid, the packet is transferred normally after being classified. A portion of the logic corresponding to a given function is reprogrammed to indicate the function is invalid when that function is reinitialized (e.g., FLR or Function Level Reset). The function's entries in packet classification tables are cleared afterward. When the logic indicates a function is invalid, packets destined for that function are dropped.06-09-2011
20120147884ROUTER APPARATUS USING POWER SAVING ROUTING INFORMATION AND ROUTING METHOD OF ROUTER APPARATUS - A router apparatus using power saving routing information and a routing method of the router apparatus are provided. The router apparatus using the power saving routing information may include an information generating unit to receive, from a neighboring router, state information about the neighboring router, and to generate a plurality of pieces of routing information based on the received state information, and a processor to select routing information corresponding to an operating request from the plurality of pieces of routing information, in relation to the operating request, and to use the selected routing information when transmitting traffic.06-14-2012
20120147882METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING MULTIPLE REGISTRATION PROTOCOL (MRP) SCOPE USING MRP POLICIES - A Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP) advertisement control capability is provided. A method includes receiving an MRP advertisement at a device configured as an interface between a core domain and a local domain and determining handling of the MRP advertisement at the device using at least one MRP policy stored on the device. The core domain may be a Provider Backbone Bridging (PBB) network or other suitable core network. The local domain may be one of a PBB network, a Provider Bridging Network (PBN), a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN), and the like. In one case, when the MRP advertisement is associated with a local service of the local domain, the MRP policy indicates that the MRP advertisement is not to be forwarded via the core domain. In one case, when the MRP advertisement is associated with an inter-domain service supported by the local domain, the MRP policy indicates that the MRP advertisement is to be forwarded to the core domain when received from the local domain and is to be forwarded to the local domain when received from the core domain.06-14-2012
20110255533Remote F_Ports - Disclosed techniques allow for devices of a SAN to login to an F_port of a different switch than the switch to which the device is physically connected. These techniques allow moving some of the capability from an edge switch to another switch in the fabric, with the edge switch transporting incoming frames from the device to the other switch and thence across the SAN to the destination device, and similarly transporting outgoing frames from the more-capable switch to the edge switch for delivery to the device connected to the edge switch. In some embodiments, the edge switch may determine the other switch to which the device should login based on properties of the other switch.10-20-2011
20080219254WIDE AREA NETWORK USING INTERNET WITH HIGH QUALITY OF SERVICE - A wide area network using the internet as a backbone utilizing specially selected ISX/ISP providers whose routers route packets of said wide area network along private tunnels through the internet comprised of high bandwidth, low hop-count data paths. Firewalls are provided at each end of each private tunnel which recognize IP packets addressed to devices at the other end of the tunnel and encapsulate these packets in other IP packets which have a header which includes as the destination address, the IP address of the untrusted side of the firewall at the other end of the tunnel. The payload sections of these packets are the original IP packets and are encrypted and decrypted at both ends of the private tunnel using the same encryption algorithm using the same key or keys.09-11-2008
20080219251Combining packets in physical layer for two-way relaying - A method of transmitting two packets to two different nodes may include encoding a first packet according to a first channel to obtain an encoded first packet and encoding a second packet according to a second channel different than the first channel to obtain an encoded second packet. The encoded first packet and the encoded second packet may be combined to obtain a combined encoded packet. The method may include mapping the combined encoded packet to symbols for transmission. The symbols may be transmitted to the two different nodes over the first channel and the second channel.09-11-2008
20110134917MONITORING REMOTE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS - A server system for remote monitoring includes a wireless communication interface, a processor, and a storage device. The wireless communication interface receives at least one data packet over wireless communications from a remote monitoring system. The processor processes the data packet including sensor information from a sensor coupled to the remote monitoring system. The storage device stores the sensor information.06-09-2011
20110096777Determining Packet Forwarding Information For Packets Sent From A Protocol Offload Engine In A Packet Switching Device - Disclosed are, inter alia, methods, apparatus, computer-readable media, mechanisms used in one embodiment configured for, and means for, determining packet forwarding information for packets sent from a protocol offload engine in a packet switching device. The protocol offload engine performs the protocol processing for a protocol application (e.g., BGP) running on a separate control plane processing system, and generates packets to be sent to external devices. The protocol offload engine sends these packets to one of the line cards without using the routing information lookup facility of the control plane processing system, thereby, freeing the control plane processing system to use those processing cycles to perform other tasks.04-28-2011
20110096778OUTLET WITH ANALOG SIGNAL ADAPTER, A METHOD FOR USE THEREOF AND A NETWORK USING SAID OUTLET - An outlet (04-28-2011
20110096775SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING AND STREAMING CONTENTS - Provided is a system and method for effectively multiplexing and streaming contents. The system may include a plurality of video packetized elementary stream (PES) packetizers to transform, to a video PES packet, elementary stream (ES) data encoded in a video encoder, a plurality of audio PES packetizers to transform, to an audio PES packet, ES data encoded in an audio encoder, a sync information generator to generate sync information for synchronizing each of decoded streams in a process of decoding a transport stream (TS) signal, and the TS packetizer to generate a plurality of program streams using the audio PES packet, the video PES packet, and the sync information, to generate program specific information (PSI) for a configuration of the plurality of program streams, and to insert the PSI between the plurality of program streams in a predetermined period to generate the TS signal.04-28-2011
20100165987COMMUNICATION DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD TO FORM COMMUNICATION ROUTE - There is provided a communication device including a score information storage unit to store score information indicating a score as an evaluated value of a communication path; a receiver unit to receive a route connection notice including current score information; a routing unit to acquire the score information stored in the score information storage unit, and select the communication path next to the communication path based on the acquired score information of the communication path; a score updating unit to add a score of the communication path selected by the routing unit to the current score of the partial communication route indicated by the current score information, and update the current score information to the added score as a new current score; and a transmission unit to transmit the route connection notice including the current score information.07-01-2010
20100165986METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR STP-AWARE SUBSCRIBER MANAGEMENT - A method and system for STP-aware subscriber management is disclosed for managing redundant access ports. The STP-aware system includes Access Loop Pairs which provide continuity of subscriber management information in the event of an access port failure. The STP-aware subscriber management system is particularly useful for overcoming the requirements for extra ports within Link Access Group configured access networks known in the art.07-01-2010
20100195647METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PACKET PROCESSING - The present invention discloses a packet processing apparatus and method. The packet processing apparatus is applied to an L4˜L7 network device, including a plurality of interface processing units and a plurality of service processing units, the interface processing units are connected with the service processing units through a first connection unit; and each of the interface processing units is adapted to select, after receiving a packet from outside, a service processing unit from all the service processing units and transmit the packet to the selected service processing unit; and each of the service processing units is adapted to perform service processing to the packet after receiving the packet. The present invention improves packet processing capability and reliability of the L4˜L7 network device.08-05-2010
20100195646APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMIT/RECEIVE OF IMAGE DATA - Disclosed are an apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving image data. The method for transmitting image data includes classifying each pixel of image data into upper bits and lower bits, enabling the classified upper bits to be included in a payload of a Most Significant Bit (MSB) packet, and also enabling the classified lower bits to be included in a payload of a Least Significant Bit (LSB) packet, generating a header of the MSB packet and a header of the LSB packet, combining the payload and the header to respectively generate the MSB packet and the LSB packet, and transmitting the generated MSB packet and the LSB packet.08-05-2010
20100195645SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MAINTAINING A LAYER 2 MODIFICATION BUFFER - A network device for processing packets. The network devices includes a ingress module for performing lookups for layer 2 switching and performing operations for maintaining a layer 2 table. When the ingress module updates the layer 2 table, the ingress module records the operation performed on the layer 2 table in a modification buffer. Entries are added to the modification buffer when the layer 2 table is modified and in the order in which the layer 2 table was modified. The network device thus enables reconstruction of the layer 2 table by performing the operations in the modification buffer.08-05-2010
20100067526Method Of Controlling A Wind Turbine In A Wind Power Plant - A method of controlling a wind turbine in a wind power plant, the wind turbine including a wind turbine controller and at least one connected wind turbine component, the wind turbine controller receiving data packets originating from a central controller, at least one of the data packets including instructions, the wind turbine controller performing the followings steps if one of the data packets includes a combined “write/read” instruction: 03-18-2010
20100067524Method and system for selecting a data transmission rate - A method and system for selecting a data transmission rate in a broadband network. The broadband network is connected to an access network for providing access for user equipment to the broadband network. Rate information is received from the user equipment. The rate information comprises a rate for transmitting data over the access network. Thereafter, a rate for transmitting data over the broadband network is selected. The selected rate for the broadband network is preferably less than or substantially equal to the rate for transmitting data over the access network.03-18-2010
20100265940IMS APPLICATION FOR MULTI-CHANNEL SERVICES - An Internet protocol multimedia subsystem (IMS) application executes services, such as (Internet Protocol) IP contact center services, accessible over different access channels. An IMS application server includes a service creation layer operable to provide components for creating a hosted service, testing the hosted service and deploying the hosted service into a service execution layer. The service execution layer includes service logic components operable to execute the hosted service, and communication components operable to connect to an external service involved in executing the hosted service.10-21-2010
20120177037Method and system for data metering - A method and system for tracking the type and amount of data processed by a computer system. In one embodiment, a logging system tracks data processed by a conversion system so that differential billing of customers can be performed based on the type of data and the quality of service required to provide that data. The logging system is integrated as part of the conversion system that converts the data from a source format into a target format. As the data is converted by the conversion routines, the logging system logs the amount of data that is converted by the conversion routines. Thus, the logging system is able to track the data at each conversion routine, such as each level of a communications protocol.07-12-2012
20110051724FLEXIBLE ROUTING TABLES FOR A HIGH-RADIX ROUTER - A system and method for routing in a high-radix network. A packet is received and examined to determine if the packet can be routed adaptively. If the packet can be routed adaptively, the packet is routed adaptively, wherein routing adaptively includes selecting a column, computing a column mask, routing the packet to the column; and selecting an output port as a function of the column mask. If the packet can be routed deterministically, routing deterministically, wherein routing deterministically includes accessing a routing table to obtain an output port and routing the packet to the output port from the routing table.03-03-2011
20110188497SWITCHING DEVICE OF DUAL-PORT ETHERNET SYSTEM - Disclosed is a switching device of a dual-port Ethernet system capable of solving a conflict caused by the dual-port in an Ethernet system having the dual-port. According to the present disclosure, there is little transmission delay when the data frame is relayed between ports in the dual-port Ethernet system. Further, when a frame relay transmission is simultaneously generated with a frame transmission of an upper layer device, it is possible to prevent a conflict by determining a priority.08-04-2011
20090175271Transmitting A Synchronizing Signal In A Packet Network - The invention concerns a device for transmitting packets in a packet communication network comprising at least two stations, characterized in that it includes means for: 07-09-2009
20110188498PACKET TRANSMISSION DEVICE, PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT STORED ON NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A packet transmission device that transmits packets for measuring an available bandwidth and that includes a first packet creation portion that creates a first packet including bandwidth measurement data, a second packet creation portion that creates at least one second packet such that a sum of data sizes of the first packet and the at least one second packet to be created is within a predetermined range including a target value, a setting portion that sets a transmission interval for the first packet, a first transmission portion that transmits the first packet at a first timing specified by the transmission interval, and a second transmission portion that transmits the at least one second packet at a second timing that is a timing after the first timing and before a time when the transmission interval has elapsed from the first timing.08-04-2011
20100027537METHOD FOR HANDLING MULTIPLE NETWORK PACKETS - A method for handling multiple network packets is provided. The method is suitable for an embedded system connected to a network, wherein the embedded system includes a network device driver module and a simplified TCP/IP stack module. First, a plurality of network packets are received by the network device driver module. Then, each time when the network device driver module copies one of the network packets into a buffer of the simplified TCP/IP stack module, a packet length of the copied network packet is recorded in a packet information table. Thereafter, the network packets are obtained from the buffer one at a time according to the packet lengths recorded in the packet information table and analyzed by the simplified TCP/IP stack module. Thereby, multiple network packets can be handled correctly even in an environment wherein a simplified TCP/IP stack is used.02-04-2010
20100027536Processing, Forming, Modifying, and Comparing Packet Data Structures - Packet data structure formation methods include receiving a request to create a data structure for representing a packet. The request may refer to two or more fields to be included in the packet. The methods further include determining bit values and packet positions associated with the fields and, based on the determining, creating a set of bits comprising the packet. The set of bits include the bit values in the packet positions. The method further includes storing the set of bits using the data structure.02-04-2010
20100020795System And Method For Broadcast Pruning In Ethernet Based Provider Bridging Network - A system and method for delivering multicast/broadcast data frames, originating in a service virtual local area network (S-VLAN), to a plurality of locations on a customer network is disclosed. In one embodiment, a method for delivering multicast/broadcast data frames includes analyzing ingress data frames, including customer virtual local area network identifiers (C-VIDs) associated with one or more divisions within one of a plurality of locations assigned by a customer network, received via incoming ports of each Ethernet switch associated with one of the plurality of locations and learning the C-VIDs of the ingress data frames, storing the learnt C-VIDs in the Ethernet switch, and forwarding the multicast/broadcast data frames to the one or more of the plurality of locations, via one or more outgoing ports of one or more of multiple Ethernet switches associated with the plurality of locations, based on the learnt and stored C-VIDs by each Ethernet switch.01-28-2010
20110216768Communication terminal, network device, communication system and communication method - There is provided a communication terminal, a network device, a communication system and a communication method which can minimize the time required for exchange of network addresses at the time of data transmission-reception between network devices. The communication terminal includes a reception section receiving a network address of a network device connected to a wide area network, from the network device through device-to-device local communication; and a transmission section transmitting the network address of the network device received by the reception section, to another communication terminal, through a communication path different from the wide area network.09-08-2011
20120147883METHODS AND APPARATUS TO DETERMINE AN ALTERNATE ROUTE IN A NETWORK - Methods and apparatus to determine an alternate route in a network are disclosed. An example method disclosed herein to route a data packet to a destination in a network comprises determining multiplicity values for a set of neighbor nodes, a multiplicity value representing a number of times the data packet has been routed to a respective neighbor node in the set of neighbor nodes, and selecting, based on the multiplicity values, a first neighbor node from the set of neighbor nodes to which to send the data packet to route the data packet to the destination.06-14-2012
20100260174RELAY ACCESS NODE WITH SEPARATE CONTROL AND TRANSPORT SIGNALING FOR SESSION-BASED COMMUNICATIONS - A system and method of control and management of communications between endpoints using access nodes, comprising receiving data at a first access node from a first endpoint using a protocol that does not support session-based communications, initiating a communication session between the first access node and second access node associated with a second endpoint using a transport-independent signaling protocol, wherein the session is uniquely identified using source and destination identifiers and payload type of the data received from the first endpoint, during the communication session between the first access node and second access node controlling routing of data transfer between the first and second endpoints, and terminating the communication session responsive to determining that the transfer of data has stopped.10-14-2010
20100150148Method and system for IP fragmentation handling - In a network, packets are fragmented into head and non-head fragments. Non-head fragments are saved up front at an entry point, while a network switch forwards only the head fragment to Layer 4-Layer 7 (L4-L7) features for processing. The switch records changes that are performed on the head fragment's fields by the L4-L7 features while they process the head fragment. At an exit point, fields of the saved non-head fragments are overwritten with information that was recorded for the head fragment. This can include updating or modifying the source and destination parameters of the non-head fragments in an intelligent manner by reusing the results of the packet processing that was performed on the head fragment. This fragmentation handling technique avoids having to redundantly process the non-head fragments in the same manner as the head fragments.06-17-2010
20090109969Dynamic Routing of Wideband and Narrowband Audio Data in a Multimedia Terminal Adapter - A multi-media terminal adapter includes a narrowband SLIC and a wideband SLIC. A DSP circuit is configured to encode a VoIP data stream and to transmit the encoded VoIP data stream to the wideband SLIC or the narrowband SLIC. A processor determines whether the VoIP data stream includes narrowband audio data or wideband audio data, and instructs the DSP circuit to transmit the encoded VoIP data stream to the wideband SLIC or the narrowband SLIC depending on whether the received VoIP data stream includes narrowband audio data or wideband audio data.04-30-2009
20090116478Method and system for activating a packet data subscriber context for packet data - A method and system for activating a context in a first network so as to transfer a call via said first network and a second network is provided. The method may include receiving a setup message according to an application protocol using a signaling or default context within a network, determining capability information based on the message according to the application protocol and activating a context using the determined capability information. The application protocol may be setup before activating the context.05-07-2009
20120307824Method and network access device for enabling data forwarding between different physical mediums - The disclosure discloses a network access device and a method for enabling data forwarding between different physical mediums. The method comprises: a network access device establishing a first Point-to-Point Protocol virtual channel (PPP channel) based on a first physical medium and a second PPP channel based on a second physical medium; the network access device performing channel negotiations with the first PPP channel and with the second PPP channel respectively, and the network access device setting a relationship between the first PPP channel and the second PPP channel to be a binding relationship, when the channel negotiations of the two virtual channels succeed, to enable data forwarding between the first physical medium and the second physical medium. The disclosure can enable data forwarding quickly and efficiently. The networking mode is simple and the operation cost is low.12-06-2012
20090022149Using PSTN Reachability to Verify VoIP Call Routing Information - A system for verifying VoIP call routing information. In particular implementations, a method includes verifying one or more Voice-over-Internet-Protocol (VoIP) call agents for respective destination telephone numbers based on demonstrated knowledge of previous public switched telephone network (PSTN) calls to the respective destination telephone numbers; receiving a call initiation message identifying a destination telephone number; and conditionally initiating a call over a VoIP network to a target VoIP call agent, or over a circuit switched network, based on whether the target VoIP call agent has been verified for the destination telephone number identified in the call initiation message.01-22-2009
20100254381TRANSIT DEVICES AND SYSTEM INCLUDING A SLOW PROTOCOL FILTER AND METHODS OF TRANSMITTING INFORMATION WITHIN A TRANSIT DEVICE OR SYSTEM USING A SLOW PROTOCOL FILTER - A transit device and system that include a first link configured to receive a plurality of packets, and a second link communicatively coupled to the first link via a slow protocol filter. The plurality of packets include a first type of packet (e.g., data packets) and a second type of packet (e.g., slow protocol control packets). The transit device also includes a slow protocol filter that couples the first link to the second link, with the slow protocol filter being coupled to a local slow protocol client (e.g., local host CPU). Moreover, the slow protocol filter is configured to receive the plurality of packets from the first link, and to determine whether each of the plurality of packets is of the first type or the second type. The slow protocol filter also is configured to transmit each of the plurality of packets that are of the first type to the second link, and to transmit each of the plurality of packets that are the second type to the local slow protocol client. The slow protocol filter is also configured to transmit packets of second type sourced by the local slow protocol client (local host CPU) to either the first or the second link based on the destination address. Thus slow protocol filter offers data path between two remote peers and the local host for exchange of commands and responses.10-07-2010
20090003338Special termination mobile announcement, for wireless VoIP customized ring back tone service - In a communications network that provides customized ring back tone (CRBT) service to voice over Internet protocol (VoIP) telephone calls, an announcement is played to a called party having CRBT service with VoIP telephony, after the called party answers a ringing signal but before a communications pathway is established between the calling party and the called party. The announcement notifies the called party of an incoming call during the time that a pathway is being set up and which would otherwise be silent.01-01-2009
20090003332GEOLOCATION TECHNIQUE ASSOCIATED WITH WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A geolocation technique for determining a location of a mobile station includes using network information regarding a wireless communication event between the mobile station and a wireless communication network. A plurality of other wireless communication events are instigated to generate additional call records including the network information that is useful for a location determination. At least some of the plurality of call records are used with a geolocation algorithm for making a determination regarding a location of the mobile station. One example includes using a voice call, data call or short-message-service (SMS) call for at least one or all of the other wireless communication events.01-01-2009
20120039331STORAGE AREA NETWORK PATH MANAGEMENT - A path selection module selects at least two fibre channel paths between a fibre channel host and a fibre channel destination. A trace route module performs one or more fibre channel trace route procedures for each of the at least two fibre channel paths. The trace route module provides a set of fibre channel links between the fibre channel host and the fibre channel destination for each of the at least two fibre channel paths. A record registration module registers with one or more event servers to receive link incident records for the fibre channel links in the sets of fibre channel links.02-16-2012
20110110368PATH CALCULATION SYSTEM - A network management system (NMS) maintains topology information of a network allowing coexistence of PDH network and SDH network. The network management system (NMS) generates a topology data for path calculation in a path calculation device in accordance with the topology information of the network after converting topology information of the PDH network into topology information of an SDH network. The path calculation device calculates the optimum path in answer to a path calculation request from the network management system (NMS) on the basis of the topology data for path calculation generated therein, and returns the calculation result. The network management system (NMS) reverts the SDH network topology information generated through conversion from the PDH network topology information among the SDH network topology information included in the calculation result received from the path calculation device to the PDH network topology information before the conversion.05-12-2011
20120039333METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTING AND FORWARDING BETWEEN VIRTUAL ROUTERS WITHIN A SINGLE NETWORK ELEMENT - A method and apparatus for routing and forwarding between virtual routers is described. A method in a single network element comprises peering a first virtual router to a second virtual router, wherein the first and second virtual routers have separate address spaces and separate routing tables, distributing a set of one or more routes from the first virtual router to the second virtual router, wherein a first of the set of routes identifies the first virtual router as a next hop of the first route, said first route including a destination, and downloading to a set of one or more forwarding tables, the destination and the next hop.02-16-2012
20100189104Data Transmission and Reception System, Data Repeating Apparatus, Data Receiving Apparatus, Data Repeating Method, and Data Receiving Method - In an HDMI-connected AV system, bidirectional data transmission between two devices is implemented at low cost. An audio amplifying device serving as an HDMI source and a display device as an HDMI sink are connected additionally using an auxiliary transmission path such as IEEE 1394, so that the data received by the display device 07-29-2010
20110064076NETWORK COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD AND PROGRAM - The present invention filters packets and reduces traffic when communication is performed with a device on a network utilizing the IPv6 protocol. To achieve this, a printer driver operating in a personal computer correlates and stores the name of the communicating party and an address for which communication actually succeeded from among addresses that have undergone name resolution, and uses the stored address in communicating with the same communicating party from then onward.03-17-2011
20110317694AUTOMATIC FILTER OVERLAP PROCESSING AND RELATED SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Systems and methods are disclosed that allow for improved management and control of packet forwarding in network systems. Network devices and tool optimizers and a related systems and methods are disclosed for improved packet forwarding between input ports and output ports. The input ports and output ports are configured to be connected to source devices and destination devices, for example, network sources and destination tools in a network monitoring environment. The network devices and tool optimizers disclosed can use a packet processing system whereby forwarding behavior is governed by matching packets in parallel against multiple user-specified packet filtering criteria, and by performing forwarding actions associated with all such matching filter criteria. The multi-action packet forwarding can be implemented using hardware configured to directly provide multi-action packet forwarding and/or hardware configured to provide single-packet-forwarding that has been subsequently configured using filter engines to provide multi-action packet forwarding.12-29-2011
20110317692ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COMMUNICATIONS USING SHARED MESSAGES - In a communication system with receipt acknowledgements, a method for a receiving communication node to acknowledge receipt of a message from a sending communication node, including the receiving node embedding the acknowledgement in a message which the receiving node produces for a purpose which is more than just acknowledgement of receipt of the message, and the receiving node transmitting the message. A communication node including a message receiver for receiving messages, an acknowledgement generator for producing acknowledgements to at least some of the received messages, a message generator for producing messages for transmission, in which the receiving communication node embeds at least one of the acknowledgements in a message for transmission which the message generator produces for a purpose which is other than just acknowledgement. In a communication system with synchronization messages, a method for a receiving communication node to acknowledge receipt of a message from a sending communication node, including the receiving node embedding the acknowledgement in a synchronization message which the receiving node produces for sending to the sending node, and the receiving node transmitting the synchronization message to the sending node. Related apparatus and methods are also described.12-29-2011
20080205390Diagnostic tool for troubleshooting multimedia streaming applications - In one embodiment, a method includes correlating, for each intermediate device associated with a Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) application that connects endpoints through a plurality of intermediate devices across a network, one or more first RTP segments input into the intermediate device with one or more second RTP segments output from the intermediate device. The correlation results are then graphically displayed results of the correlating to obtain a full, end-to-end picture of RTP quality from a source endpoint to a destination endpoint of the RTP application. It is emphasized that this abstract is provided to comply with the rules requiring an abstract that will allow a searcher or other reader to quickly ascertain the subject matter of the technical disclosure.08-28-2008
20110096774METHOD AND DEVICE TO PERFORM DIRECT MEMORY ACCESS - A method for transmitting data from a first device to a second device is provided. The method comprises steps of adding at least one NULL packet to the data in the first device to meet the alignment requirement of the second device and packing the data and the at least one NULL packet into a new packet; and transferring the new packet from the first device to the second device. And an apparatus for using the method is provided too.04-28-2011
20100329248Multi-path transport - A method including operating in an apparatus a multi-point multi-path transport protocol providing a multi-point multi-path transport connection, and using said apparatus in said multi-point multi-path transport connection as a part of an end system formed by said apparatus and other apparatuses that are physically distinct from said apparatus.12-30-2010
20120002669PROTOCOL ACCELERATOR MODULE WITH PACKET FORWARDING FUNCTION AND A METHOD OF TRANSCEIVER OPERATION FOR RAPID FORWARDING OF DATA PACKETS - The present invention relates to a protocol accelerator module for a data transmission protocol level of a transceiver, particularly but not exclusively for rapid forwarding of data packets in wireless sensor networks using the time-division multiple access method according to the IEEE 802.15.4 standard. The invention also relates to a method of transceiver operation for rapid forwarding of data packets, likewise particularly, but not exclusively, in wireless sensor networks using the time-division multiple access method according to the IEEE 802.15.4 standard. The core of the invention is a reference table which stores references from identifiers of second transceivers to identifiers of third transceivers as well as references from specific messages to identifiers of third transceivers. A transceiver can check during reception of a data packet whether it is a data packet to be forwarded, and can take appropriate precautions for rapid sending of a data packet to be forwarded. This allows real-time conditions of many applications to be met.01-05-2012
20120307823PACKET TRANSFERRING NODE - In a conventional “distributed” integrated network node architecture, specific judgment processes cannot be executed in any routing and transferring unit. The routing and transferring unit is required to share judgment process related information with an enhanced processing unit or other routing and transferring units. Thus, when using enhanced processing units, manufacturing costs increase, while processing speed decreases when routing and transferring units cooperate. If any flow is disposed during a transfer from a packet transferring unit in a routing and transferring unit to a processing unit, the packet is disposed regardless of packet priority. In the present invention, a packet related to a specific judgment process is always transmitted to a specific routing and transferring unit from a line interface unit. If an inputted flow is over the transferring capacity, the line interface unit analyzes the packet header and determines the type, transport priority, and disposal priority of the packet.12-06-2012
20120044935Relay control unit, relay control system, relay control method, and relay control program - Communication allowance determination means determines, using information of a packet received by a packet relay unit and based on a policy which is information associating a match condition with communicability information, whether to allow or not to allow communication to a destination unit for the packet that meets the match condition, the match condition being information identifying the packet, and the communicability information indicating whether to allow or not to allow the communication to the destination unit for the packet that meets the match condition. Rule setting means sets, at least in the packet relay unit receiving the packet, a rule of executing a process for suppressing forwarding of the packet to the destination unit, on condition that the communication allowance determination means determines not to allow the communication to the destination unit for the packet that meets the match condition.02-23-2012
20080304478Communications Network - A distributed Internet Protocol communications network comprises a central control system comprising control processing means and at least one access point remote from the central control system for providing access to the packet based communications network. Under normal operating conditions the at least one access point is controlled by the control processing means. The network also comprises an emergency processing distinct from the central control system for controlling the lease one access point when there is a failure in the control processing means control of the at least one access point.12-11-2008
20120207156METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ROUTING NETWORK TRAFFIC FOR A BLADE SERVER - A system and method for routing network traffic for a blade server chassis, involving receiving a packet by a network express manager (NEM); obtaining the L2 address, the L3 address, and the L4 address from the packet; obtaining a first mapping that associates the L2 address with a network function; obtaining a second mapping that associates the network function with a configuration; generating a key based on the network function, the L3 address, and the L4 address; obtaining a third mapping that associates the key with a policy; making a determination to transmit the packet based on the policy; based on the determination, selecting a direct memory access (DMA) engine for transmitting the packet based on the configuration; and based on the determination, transmitting the packet to a blade using the DMA engine and the network function.08-16-2012
20120008623Packet forwarding device - A power-saving packet forwarding device realizing electric power that accords to the number of lines in which communication is performed and a traffic volume inputted from the lines. A header processing unit with which the packet forwarding device is equipped has a plurality of packet processing circuits for performing a packet processing. A line number decision circuit monitors the number of lines in which communication is performed and a traffic volume inputted from the line, and decides presence or absence of an operation of a packet processing circuit. Based on this decision result, a power supply and a clock of the packet processing circuit that does not need to operate are interrupted, and accordingly power saving of the packet forwarding device is realized.01-12-2012
20120008624SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPLEMENTING A PROTOCOL-AWARE NETWORK FIREWALL - A method may include receiving a first packet; determining, in a first processor, whether the first packet meets a criterion to be forwarded to a destination indicated in the first packet; receiving a second packet; determining whether the second packet is of a type for changing the criterion and sending the second packet to a second processor if the second packets is of the type for changing the criterion; receiving instructions, based on the second packet sent to the second processor, to change the criterion; and changing the criterion.01-12-2012
20120008622METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING PSEUDO WIRE - A method for establishment a pseudo wire (PW) is disclosed, including: receiving a first label mapping (LM) message, where the first LM message carries a PW ID, PW parameters, and label switching path (LSP) tunnel information that are selected by the sender of the first LM message; matching a local PW according to the PW ID; performing parameter negotiation of the local PW according to the PW parameters; matching a local tunnel according to the LSP tunnel information; binding the local tunnel and the local PW when the matching between the PW ID and the LSP tunnel information is successful; and establishing a PW when the parameter negotiation is successful. A device and system for establishing a PW are also disclosed. With the present invention, a PW service is associated with an LSP tunnel to improve the reliability of the information transmission process.01-12-2012
20120014384Method And System For Modularized Configurable Connector System For Ethernet Applications - A first modular Ethernet connector and a coupled corresponding second modular Ethernet connector may communicate data based on Ethernet standards. The Ethernet connectors may be configurable and comprise at least twelve contact positions. Different connector configurations may support widely different data rates. The Ethernet connectors may fit within a handheld device and/or may be sized to fit greater than twenty-four connectors in a 1 RU faceplate of a 19 inch rack. A variable number of conductor and/or ground contact positions may be unpopulated or populated with contacts of various materials. The Ethernet connectors may be configured with a properly fitting latching mechanism, with connector shielding and/or to ground cable shielding. The Ethernet connectors may be sized and fitted for secure coupling. The Ethernet connectors may be coupled to a twisted pair cable. Differential pair conductors are terminated adjacently. The Ethernet connectors may comprise POE, a PHY and/or an antenna.01-19-2012
20120014385METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING BINDING RELATIONSHIP OF ASSOCIATED BIDIRECTIONAL LABEL SWITCHED PATH - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for updating a binding relationship of an associated bidirectional label switched path (Bidi-LSP). The method includes: sending a request packet to a destination node, where the request packet carries a parameter for updating the binding relationship and is designed to request updating of the binding relationship; receiving a reply packet from the destination node, where the reply packet carries a binding updating processed result and is designed to respond to the request packet; and updating the binding relationship of the associated Bidi-LSP according to the binding updating processed result carried in the reply packet.01-19-2012
20120057591PREDICTIVE SYNCHRONIZATION FOR CLUSTERED DEVICES - A method and system is provided for a scalable clustered system. The method and system may handle asynchronous traffic as well as session backup. In the method and system, a home cluster member having ownership of a local session predicts designation of a an other cluster member to receive a packet associated with the local session and sends appropriate state information or forwarding instruction to the other network member.03-08-2012
20090279542Techniques for using dual memory structures for processing failure detection protocol packets - Techniques are provided for assisting in the processing of failure detection protocol (FDP) packets. Techniques are provided that assist a CPU of a network device in processing incoming FDP packets. In one embodiment, only a subset of FDP packets received by the network device is forwarded to the CPU for processing, the other FDP packets are dropped and not forwarded to the CPU. The processing is performed using dual memory structures that enable receipt of FDP packets by the network device to be decoupled from the processing of FDP packets by the CPU of the network device.11-12-2009
20100150154METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A MULTI-CHANNEL DATA STREAM ON A MULTI-TRANSPORT TUNNEL, CORRESPONDING COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEANS AND TUNNEL END-POINTS - A method is disclosed for transmitting a multi-channel data stream comprising frames comprising a plurality of channels, the transmitting being done via a multi-transport tunnel from a first tunnel end-point to a second tunnel end-point, the multi-transport tunnel implementing at least one first carrier supporting a transport protocol with acknowledgement and at least one second carrier supporting a transport protocol without acknowledgement.06-17-2010
20090010255METHOD OF TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL MESSAGE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PROVIDING MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST/MULTICAST SERVICE - A control message transmitting/receiving method in an MBMS-supporting mobile communication system. In the present invention, an RNC periodically transmits control messages related to MBMS RB setup to UEs. Thus, although a UE initially fails to receive an intended MBMS service, it can set up an MBMS RB by receiving a related retransmitted control message. Also, the RNC periodically provides information about ongoing MBMS services on a cell basis so that a UE can decide whether its requested MBMS service is in progress and request information required to set up an MBMS RB for the MBMS service to the RNC by individual signaling.01-08-2009
20090190580Method and apparatus for Link aggregation using links having different link speeds - The invention includes a method and apparatus for forwarding a packet from a first node toward a second node using a link aggregation group that includes as plurality of links connecting the first node and the second node. In one embodiment, a method includes selecting one of a plurality of ports of the link aggregation group using a weighting of the ports according to a respective plurality of port speeds of the ports of the link aggregation group and propagating the packet from the first node toward the second node via the selected one of the ports of the link aggregation group. In one embodiment, the port is selected using a port selection table weighted according to the ports speeds of the ports of the link aggregation group. In one embodiment, for each port of the link aggregation group, the number of table entries of the port selection table is substantially proportional to the port speed of that port of the link aggregation group.07-30-2009
20110085543METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING AN OPTIMUM ROUTE FOR TRANSMISSION OF A CAPTURED DATA PACKET THROUGH A STACKED TOPOLOGY OF NETWORK CAPTURED TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION DEVICES - Methods, systems, computer-readable media, and devices for determining an optimum route for the transmission of a received traffic flow of captured data packets from a network captured traffic distribution device, through a stacked topology of network captured traffic distribution devices, to a target destination are provided. A plurality of routes through a stacked topology may be determined and analyzed according to one or more criterion. An optimum route may then be selected based upon the analysis. On some occasions, the determination of an optimum route may incorporate information regarding operating conditions for the stacked topology.04-14-2011
20120027012COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A communication device acquires a first condition in a case where a request packet requesting establishment of a communication path is received from a second communication device in a state in which a communication path with a first communication device is established. The first condition is a condition that is used to perform a session with the first communication device. Then the communication device transmits to the second communication device a response packet including the first condition acquired by the acquisition portion. In a case where a notification packet is received from the second communication device in response to the response packet, the communication device establishes a communication path with the second communication device to perform the session with the second communication device using the first condition.02-02-2012
20120063452MULTI-SERVICE TRANSPORT APPARATUS WITH SWITCH FOR INTEGRATED TRANSPORT NETWORKS - A multi-service transport apparatus for integrated transport networks that may have an electrical matrix, termination function means handling signals incoming at said apparatus input, a plurality of termination function means interfacing different layers, and adaptation function means. The termination function means handling incoming signals are implemented in input/output port devices; the termination function means interfacing different layers and said adaptation function means are implemented in adapter devices. The matrix performs exclusively the switching of the incoming signals that are already terminated and adapted by said input/output port devices and by said adapter devices and it is transparent with respect to the signal format. The switch may have a time division multiplexing matrix provided with a number of matrix inputs and a number of matrix outputs; source address generators, connected to matrix outputs of the time division multiplexing matrix.03-15-2012
20120063451SHARED VIRTUAL TUNNELS SUPPORTING MAC LEARNING IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Embodiments herein include systems and methods for providing a mechanism for tunneled data transport within a dual homed access network. A tunnel manager, at a first network connectivity device in a transport network, identifies the transport network configured to interconnect at least two access networks for transporting data traffic between one or more end stations connected to the access networks. The first network connectivity device is coupled to a first access network. The tunnel manager identifies a second network connectivity device. The second network connectivity device is coupled to the first access network to provide the first access network dual homed access to the transport network via the first and second network connectivity devices. The tunnel manager creates a virtual tunnel that connects the first and second network connectivity devices to a third network connectivity device across the transport network. The virtual tunnel defines a same virtual tunnel having multiple paths such that the third network connectivity device learns a single virtual tunnel for device address learning.03-15-2012
20120063450Data Path Processing Information included in the Pseudowire Layer of Packets - Data path processing information is included in the pseudowire layer of pseudowire packets in order to provide information for use in the data path processing of data (e.g., a packet), typically, but not always, included in the payload of the pseudowire packet itself. The pseudowire packet typically includes in corresponding fields: a pseudowire label for identifying a pseudowire type; a pseudowire control word; and payload data. The pseudowire type identifies the structure of the pseudowire control word field and the payload field, including the location of data path meta data, such as in the pseudowire control word field or payload field. This data path meta data identifies one or more attributes for use in processing the payload data.03-15-2012
20120063449CONFIGURABLE NETWORK SOCKET AGGREGATION TO ENABLE SEGMENTATION OFFLOAD - A network device can implement configurable socket aggregation to enable segmentation offload in the network device. In one embodiment, it is determined, at the network device, to create a network socket for an application of the network device to initiate a network connection for the application. Socket aggregation parameters are determined for the network socket associated with the application. The network socket is defined based, at least in part, on the socket aggregation parameters. A plurality of packets received from the application associated with the network socket are aggregated. It is determined, based on said aggregating the plurality of packets, whether at least one aggregation limit associated with the socket aggregation parameters is reached. An aggregate packet is provided to a network adapter of the network device to perform segmentation offload in response to said determining that at least one aggregation limit associated with the socket aggregation parameters is reached.03-15-2012
20090135817METHOD FOR COMPUTING THE ENTROPIC VALUE OF A DYNAMICAL MEMORY SYSTEM - Methods, devices, and systems are provided for optimizing the dissemination of information in an access control system. More specifically, there are provided various mechanisms to increase the efficiency with which system updates and other types of information are spread throughout an access control system having at least one non-networked reader.05-28-2009
20090135814Method and device for tapping the payload data of multimedia connections in a packet network - In one aspect, a method for tapping conventional multimedia connections such as video telephony according to Lawful Interception standards in a packet-oriented network is provided. A control, for the duration of a call, replaces the point-specific data of the respective partner end by the point-specific data of the tapping device, thereby guiding the useful data flows via the tapping device, tapping them and optionally adapting them to the interface of the tapping agencies.05-28-2009
20090135816METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING IP ADDRESSES - The invention includes a method and apparatus for assigning an IP address to a mobile node (MN) from an IP address space represented using an address aggregation tree. A method includes receiving a request for an IP address for the MN, identifying each of a plurality of sub-tree gaps in the address aggregation tree, selecting one of the identified sub-tree gaps, and assigning an available IP address from the selected sub-tree gap to the MN. The sub-tree gaps of the address aggregation tree are identified using a recursive algorithm that traverses the address aggregation tree. The selected one of the sub-tree gaps is selected based on respective sizes of the identified sub-tree gaps. The assigned IP address is communicated to the MN for use by the MN in accessing various services.05-28-2009
20090135815HIERARCHICAL SEGMENTED LABEL SWITCHED PATHS - A network may include a first set of routers at a first level of a multi-protocol label switched tunneling hierarchy and a second set of routers at a second level of the multi-protocol label switched tunneling hierarchy, the second set of routers connected to the first set of routers in a partially meshed topology. The network may also include a hierarchical segmented label switched path. The hierarchical segmented label switched path may include a forwarding adjacency label switched path including a subset of the first set of routers, and a label switched path coupled to the forwarding adjacency label switched path, the label switched path including a subset of the second set of routers.05-28-2009
20120155460ON IP FRAGMENTATION IN GTP TUNNEL - The present invention relates to a method for improving IP fragmentation and transmission of user payload between a User Equipment, UE 06-21-2012
20120155461APPARATUS FOR MANAGING VIRTUAL NETWORK - An apparatus for managing a virtual network perform functions of a control plane and a management plane of a network element, including a plurality of forwarding elements forwarding packets, by a control management system, implemented separately from a network element.06-21-2012
20100135292APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING NAT TRAVERSAL IN VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for operating an exchange in order to support Network Address Translation (NAT) traversal in a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) system are provided. In the method, when a setup request signal is received from a calling Internet phone, first mapping of an IP address and a User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port of the calling Internet phone to first embedded Media Proxy Solution (eMPS) IP address and UDP port is performed. A setup request of the calling Internet phone including the first eMPS IP address and UDP port information is relayed to a called Internet phone. A response signal including an IP address and an UDP port of the called Internet phone is received from the called Internet phone in response to the setup request. Second mapping of the IP address and UDP port of the called Internet phone to second eMPS address and UDP port is performed. A response signal including the second eMPS IP address and UDP port information is relayed to the calling Internet phone in response to the setup request.06-03-2010
20120155458Repeated Lost Packet Retransmission in a TCP/IP Network - Periodically retransmitting of multiply lost TCP/IP packets until either an ACK is received or the timeout finally occurs. By retransmitting the packet more than the once as done with prior art SACK approaches, there is a possibility of not having to wait until the timeout period elapses if one of the other retransmissions successfully transits the network. If the packet is successfully received and acknowledged before the timeout period ends, then the more extensive timeout procedures need not be invoked and traffic is much less affected.06-21-2012
20120155459CONVERGED MESSAGING ACROSS LEGACY AND IP DOMAINS - Communicating messages between multiple devices is described. In one aspect, a message is received from a packet-switched device and intended for a legacy destination device. If the size of the content in the message exceeds a threshold value, the content is stored while a second message is created that has a link to the stored content. That second message is communicated to the destination device. If the size of the content in the message does not exceed a threshold value, the message is translated into a format associated with the destination device and the translated message is communicated to the destination device.06-21-2012
20120300772SHARING OF INTERNAL PIPELINE RESOURCES OF A NETWORK PROCESSOR WITH EXTERNAL DEVICES - Described embodiments provide a system having at least two network processors that each have a plurality of processing modules. The processing modules process a packet in a task pipeline by transmitting task messages to other processing modules on a task ring, the task messages related to desired processing of the packet. A series of tasks within a network processor may result in no processing or reduced processing for certain processing modules creating a virtual pipeline depending on the packet received by the network processor. At least two of the network processors communicate tasks. This communication allows ter the extension of the virtual pipeline of or IC network processor to at least two network processors.11-29-2012
20120269194REPEATING DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR RECORDING PROGRAM - A repeating device according to the present invention is connected with a communication device sending and receiving a packet via a network, for relaying the packet. The repeating device includes a destination determination unit for determining whether a destination of a received retransmission packet is within a communication system including the repeating device or outside the communication system and a retransmission control unit for performing retransmission control of the received retransmission packet, when a result of the determination shows a destination of the received retransmission packet is outside the communication system, and requesting retransmission control of the received retransmission packet to a transmission source of the received retransmission packet, when the result of the determination shows the destination of the received retransmission packet is within the communication system.10-25-2012
20120269195METHODS OF IMPLEMENTING DYNAMIC QUALITY OF SERVICE OR BANDWIDTH PROVISIONING - A method of operating a data network may include establishing a data path through the data network between a routing gateway and service provider equipment providing a data service. Moreover, the data service may be provided for use at the routing gateway over the data path during a data session. A request may be received from the service provider equipment where the request defines a data flow characteristic for the data path between the routing gateway and the service provider equipment providing the data service. The data flow characteristic may then be transmitted to a network element along the data path between the routing gateway and the service provider equipment. A request from service provider equipment can include an allowed bandwidth or prioritization. Related methods, data networks, data service providers, routing gateways, and computer program products are also discussed.10-25-2012
20120269193APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SWITCHING CONNECTION TO A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - An apparatus includes first and second processors, a common memory, and a switch. The first processor executes an operating system, connects to a communication network and communicates with the communication network. The second processor operates independently of the operating system, connects to the communication network, and communicates with the communication network. The second processor writes, in the common memory, communication setting information being used by the second processor when the switch switches the connection destination from the second processor to the first processor. The first processor acquires the communication setting information, and sets the acquired communication setting information to the first processor. The switch switches the connection destination of the communication network from the second processor to the first processor after the communication setting information has been set to the first processor.10-25-2012
20120300771TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmission apparatus includes a clock generator that generates a clock. When data is received, the transmission apparatus maps a plurality of pieces of received asynchronous data to a cross connection frame by using the generated clock. The transmission apparatus also cross-connects the mapped cross connection frame by using the generated clock. The transmission apparatus also transmits data of the cross-connected cross connection frame.11-29-2012
20120106546Content based VLAN classification and framework for ethernet network to support content based bridging - The preferred methodology for classifying VLANs based on the content of a packet arriving at the edge switch involves receiving a policy that defines content based classification of VLANs for packets from a network management station; assigning a VLAN to the packet received from a node based on inspection of a content of the packet and the policy received from the network management station; and sending the packet with the assigned VLAN to other nodes in the network for operations based on the assigned VLAN.05-03-2012
20120127993METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADJUSTING BANDWIDTH USING MULTIPLE TIMERS - An approach is provided for auto-bandwidth adjusting bandwidth allocations for traffic-engineered tunnels used to carry traffic along a network. Traffic over the tunnel is sampled at a first interval period and at a second interval period, where the second interval period is shorter than the first interval period. A determination is made as to whether the sampled traffic taken using the second interval period is greater than the bandwidth allocation, and the bandwidth allocation is adjusted upward based upon a determination that the sampled traffic taken using the second interval period is greater than the bandwidth allocation. Also, a determination can be made as to whether the sampled traffic taken using the first interval period is less than the bandwidth allocation, and the bandwidth allocation can be adjusted downward based upon a determination that the sampled traffic taken using the first interval period is less than the bandwidth allocation.05-24-2012
20120207155SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCALABLE, EFFICIENT, AND ROBUST SYSTEM MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATIONS VIA VENDOR DEFINED EXTENSIONS - In accordance with the present disclosure, a system and method for transmitting communications over a transmission medium between a first component and a second component is provided. The system and method may include an information handling system in which a packet is defined. The packet may include at least one header at a specific bit location and a vendor defined header extension, located in a packet payload portion of the packet. The system and method may further include at least one control command defined within the information handling system. The at least one control command may, for example, be used to negotiate the meaning of at least one field in the header. In addition, the at least one control command may be used to handle and recover from errors within communications and to control the flow of communications once transmission has commenced.08-16-2012
20110103381METHOD, AND ASSOCIATED APPARATUS, FOR TRANSITIONING COMMUNICATIONS OF HYBRID ACCESS TERMINAL BETWEEN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus of optimizing transitioning between EVDO and CDMA 1X systems in a hybrid access terminal, the method having the steps of: detecting an EVDO received signal at the hybrid access terminal; and delaying a connection timer at the hybrid access terminal for connecting to the EVDO system. The apparatus being a hybrid access terminal adapted for optimizing transitioning between EVDO and CDMA 1X systems, the hybrid access terminal having a radio subsystem adapted to communicate with a network; a radio processor having a digital signal processor and adapted to interact with the radio subsystem; memory; a user interface; a processor adapted to run user applications and interact with the memory, the radio and the user interface and adapted to run applications, the hybrid access terminal characterized by having means for: detecting an EVDO received signal at the hybrid access terminal; and delaying a connection timer at the hybrid access terminal for connecting to the EVDO system.05-05-2011
20110103380Method and Apparatus for Injecting Information Assets Into a Content Stream - A method and apparatus for transport encoded asset data and content data, multiplexing the transport encoded content data with a plurality of NULL transport packets to provide “place holder” for the asset data transport packets, and replacing the NULL transport packets with asset data transport packets prior to transmitting the multiplexed transport stream to a set top box.05-05-2011
20120314704SWITCH AND/OR ROUTER NODE ADVERTISING - A first of a plurality of intermediate routing devices is operable to advertise to and/or receive status information from remaining one(s) of the intermediate routing devices. The intermediate routing devices may store and/or analyze the advertised and/or received status information and may make routing decisions based on it. The first routing device may advertise status information for itself and/or for one or more other intermediate routing devices. Data may be routed based on type of data, service level and/or priority associated with the data. The advertised and/or received status information comprises current status information, predicted status information and/or past status information which may be based on one or more of port status, CPU utilization, memory utilization, quality of service (QoS), bandwidth utilization, bandwidth availability, traffic load, congestion, number of connections handled and capability to provide a particular level of service.12-13-2012
20120314703Packet Forwarding Node - A packet forwarding node of a transport network performs a first packet forwarding mode in which received packets are processed and forwarded on a per-packet basis. The forwarding node performs a second packet forwarding mode when the node identifies a group of consecutive packets. The group of packets are destined for the same destination node of the transport network. The second packet forwarding mode comprises determining a forwarding treatment for the group of packets and forwarding the group of packets with the determined treatment. The forwarding is performed without processing the headers of at least some of the packets in the group. The group of consecutive packets is identified by a control packet preceding the group or by inter-packet signalling which indicates that the packet before the inter-packet signalling and the packet after the inter-packet signalling are to be treated as part of the same group. Packets which are determined to be received on transit channels can be forwarded without processing headers of individual packets.12-13-2012
20100290461MAC TO PHY INTERFACE APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMISSION OF PACKETS THROUGH A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A system for serving an individual node in a shared communication network having a MAC layer and a PHY layer, the system being operative to interface between the MAC layer and the PHY layer. The system may include a first physical channel transferring at least one packet between the layers, a second physical channel transferring at least one burst parameter between the layers, and a third physical channel transferring at least one timing signal, for a burst characterized by the at least one burst parameter and comprising the at least one packet, between the layers.11-18-2010
20100290460DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROCESSING DATA - A digital broadcasting system and a method of processing data are disclosed. Herein, additional encoding is performed on mobile service data, which are then transmitted, thereby providing robustness in the processed mobile service data, so that the mobile service data can respond more strongly against fast and frequent channel changes. The method of processing data in a transmitting system includes receiving mobile service data, encapsulating the received mobile service data to a transport stream (TS) packet, and outputting the encapsulated mobile service data as a mobile service data packet, and multiplexing a main service data packet including main service data and the encapsulated mobile service data packet, thereby transmitting the multiplexed data packets to at least one transmitter located in a remote site.11-18-2010
20100290459TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PACKET DATA OF VARIABLE LENGTH, AND RECEIVING APPARATUS - A variable length packet data transmission apparatus and method are provided. The variable length packet data transmission apparatus using a variable length packet transmission technique includes a data transmitter generating synchronization information for synchronizing data communication with a data receiving apparatus, including the generated synchronization information in transmission data to be transmitted according to a variable length packet transmission technique, and transmitting the transmission data including the synchronization information to the data receiving apparatus, and a data receiver receiving the transmission data including synchronization information from a data transmission apparatus, reconstructing the synchronization information included in the received transmission data, and performing synchronization with the data transmission apparatus using the reconstructed synchronization information.11-18-2010
20100290457HOT-SWAPPING NETWORK PORT FUNCTIONALITY - Methods and apparatus for swapping functionality modes of a network data link are disclosed. An example method includes, in a network device, supporting a plurality of active network data links that includes a given network data link, where the given network data link is operated in accordance with a first mode of functionality. The example method further includes, while the other network data links of the plurality remain active: (i) placing the given network data link in a quiescent state; (ii) allocating, in a data port of the given network data link, cell buffer space in accordance with a second mode of functionality; (iii) programming a memory management unit (MMU) of the network switch device in accordance with the second mode of functionality for the given network data link; (iv) allocating, in an egress port (EP) of the network switch device, cell buffer space in accordance with the second mode of functionality for the given network data link; (v) bringing the given network data link out of the quiescent state; and (vi) operating the given network data link in accordance with the second mode of functionality.11-18-2010
20100290458METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING FAST REROUTE OF A PACKET THAT MAY BE FORWARDED ON ONE OF A PLURALITY OF EQUAL COST MULTIPATH ROUTES THROUGH A NETWORK - A method, apparatus and computer program product for providing fast reroute of a packet that may be forwarded on one of a plurality of Equal Cost Multi Path (ECMP) routes through a network is presented. A packet is received by a Forwarding Data Unit (FDU) in a data plane of a network element. The unicast packet is routed at L3, and ECMP is enabled for a next hop for the unicast packet. An ECMP route is selected for forwarding the packet to a destination port. A lookup is performed in a port state table maintained by the FDU to determine an available local port for said ECMP route that is in an UP state for the destination, and if no local port is UP, then a lookup is performed in the port state table to determine an available remote port that is in an UP state for the selected ECMP route.11-18-2010
20120127992Registering an internet protocol phone in a dual-link architecture - A system and method for registering an internet protocol (IP) phone in a dual-link architecture is disclosed. The method comprises pre-registering the IP phone to establish a client link with a first telephony server and a second telephony server. The pre-registration comprises: identifying the first and second telephony servers designated for the IP phone; sending a registration request to the first and second telephony servers from the IP phone to pre-register the IP phone with the telephony servers; and setting one of the telephony servers as a primary telephony server by sending an in-service request message, with the other server set in a hot-standby mode.05-24-2012
20090262733DYNAMIC CALL ANCHORING - A system for dynamically anchoring a call initiated by a mobile unit can include call anchor logic programmed with anchoring criteria to determine if a new outbound call being initiated from the mobile unit should be anchored at an anchor point located outside of a service provider network for the mobile unit based on application of the anchoring criteria to input data. The call anchor logic provides an anchor control signal to cause the outbound call to be one of (i) anchored at the anchor point and (ii) connected to a called party without anchoring at the anchor point. Memory that stores the input data, the memory being accessible by the call anchor logic.10-22-2009
20120163378APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING MAC PDU WITH A FRAGMENTATION AND PACKING EXTENDED HEADER AND METHOD THEREOF - A method of transmitting data in a transmitting stage is disclosed. The present invention includes configuring a MAC PDU (medium access control protocol data unit) including fragmented data and a fragmentation extended header (FEH) and a packing extended header (PEH) for transmitting the fragmented data and transmitting the configured MAC PDU to a receiving stage. Preferably, the FEH or the PEH includes an extended header type field indicating a type of an extended header and a fragmentation control field including information on the fragmented data.06-28-2012
20120163377METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETECTING A CHANNEL - A method for detecting a channel in a mixed-mode communications system is presented. The channel contains a primary synchronization pattern in a predetermined location within the channel. The primary synchronization pattern is compared against different predetermined channel synchronization patterns to detect a channel. Upon detection of the channel, a look-back channel detector confirms the existence of the channel by using the location of the primary synchronization pattern. Detection and confirmation of the channel may be employed simultaneously to each channel of a multiple-channel direct mode of operation signal. Audio holes may be eliminated in a 2:1 TDMA direct mode operation where both time slots contain signals from two different originating communication devices and the signals have different priority.06-28-2012
20100208731COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device includes a recognition unit configured to recognize a service provided by a network, a generation unit configured to generate a packet to be transmitted to an external device that provides the service recognized by the recognition unit based on a priority set to the packet according to the recognized service when the service is recognized by the recognition unit, and a connection unit configured to establish a connection with the external device using the packet generated by the generation unit.08-19-2010
20100208730Transporting fibre channel over ethernet - Methods and apparatus for the Transporting of Fibre Channel data over Ethernet are disclosed. In one embodiment of the invention, Fibre Channel data frame and primitive signals are transported over Ethernet instead of using the Fibre Channel FC-1 and FC-0 protocols. This allows less expensive Ethernet equipment and devices to transport and perform services for Fibre Channel connected devices without having a physical Fibre Channel interface. The ability to provide Fibre Channel services and functions without having a physical Fibre Channel interface allows existing Ethernet equipment to be placed into service as SAN components without modification.08-19-2010
20100208728Multi-Route Transmission of Packets Within a Network - Two or more packets are generated from the same data stream (e.g., an audio signal) and are sent on a network. When the first of the two or more packets is received, a first optimal route for the first packet is determined, the first packet is sent on the first optimal route, and information about the first packet is stored in a packet list. When another packet is received, the process determines whether it is the second packet of the two or more packets by comparing at least one field in the second packet to the stored information about the first packet in the packet list. If there is a match, a second optimal route for the second packet is determined, and the second packet is sent on the second optimal route.08-19-2010
20110182291Facilitating Transition of Network Operations from IP Version 4 to IP Version 6 - Methods, apparatuses and systems directed to facilitating transitions from IPv4 to IPv6 networks. In particular implementations, the invention facilitates or enables accessibility of network application services between IPv4 and IPv6 hosts, or traversal of network paths including both IPv6 or IPv4 domains. Particular implementations of the invention are directed to selective mapping of network layer addresses between IPv6 and IPv4 protocols and Domain Name System records under one or more policy controls. Other implementations of the invention are directed to a proxy-to-proxy based tunnel architecture allowing hosts implementing a first network layer protocol, such as IPv4, to traverse a network implementing a second network layer protocol, such as IPv6.07-28-2011
20110182290Method and Apparatus for Performing Network Address Translation - An embodiment of the invention is a method and corresponding system for improved network address translation (NAT) operation, to enable efficient translation for packets destined for communication systems within a domain utilizing network addresses that are incompatible with source and destination addresses indicated in packets delivered from the global Internet. Since the addresses are not compatible with global Internet addresses, delivery cannot be accomplished except by some method of address translation. Traditional systems have not been constructed to enable such inbound translations, providing, instead, only communication outbound from the incompatibly addressed domain towards the global Internet. The example embodiment employs history and pattern matching between observable characteristics of the inbound payload, associated over time with specific destinations. The example embodiment may also employ DPI search techniques known from widely deployed systems in use today, to identify a field on which the pattern matching may operate.07-28-2011
20120213221METHOD OF ESTABLISHING OPTIMIZED MEDIA PATH AND SIGNALING GATEWAY FOR IMPLEMENTING THIS METHOD - Provided are a method and signaling gateway for establishing an optimized media path applied in an IMS network. The method includes: during the process of forwarding a session description protocol (SDP) request and response, when receiving a SDP response of a first session, a first ALG judging that there is an optimized media path between itself and a second ALG, then when sending the SDP response of the first session, including indication information in the send SDP response; the first ALG sending a SDP request with the target being the second ALG; and after having received the SDP response of the first session including the indication information or after having received the SDP request with the target being the second ALG and the SDP response of the first session including the indication information, the second ALG sending the SDP response of the first session.08-23-2012
20120213220Automated Transitioning Between Different Communication Protocols in a Network - One embodiment includes, inter alia, methods, apparatus, computer-storage media, mechanisms, and/or means associated with automated transitioning between different communication protocols in a network. In one embodiment, automatic transition routers are automatically discovered along with the knowledge of what non-native protocols need to be transported across a network. Communication pathways are automatically established as needed to transport these non-native protocols. One embodiment is particularly useful in transitioning a network from one protocol to another, such as from Internet Protocol version 4 to version 6.08-23-2012
20120134355User Partitioning in a Communication System - Systems and methods for routing an incoming service request to one of a plurality of pod units are described. A communication system can be provided that includes a plurality of pods each having a first pod serving a first subset of user accounts associated with a hosted PBX system. The first pod can include a first pod unit in a first data center and a second pod unit in a second data center. A global user directory (GUD) can be used to store a plurality of user keys that are mapped to the plurality of pods. A router can be provided to identify a user key from an incoming service request, query the GUD to identify the first pod as being associated with the user key, and route the incoming service request to one of the first and second pod units.05-31-2012
20100183005RELAY DEVICE AND REMOTE STARTUP SYSTEM - A relay device includes a reception unit which receives a startup packet including a first ID for starting up controllable equipment. The relay device also includes a transmission unit which transmits a first electric signal indicating the first ID to all link-downed Ethernet ports.07-22-2010
20090059915SYSTEM AND METHOD OF AUTOMATING USE OF A DATA INTEGRITY ROUTINE WITHIN A NETWORK - A system and method of automating use of a data integrity routine within a network. In one form, a method of managing network communication can include initiating a first network quality inquiry within a packet-based communication protocol network using a network quality check routine of a packet-based communication protocol. The method can also include receiving a first network quality value in response to the first network quality inquiry. The method can further include activating a data integrity routine in response to comparing the first network quality value to a first network quality specification value. In another aspect, an information handling system can be operable to carry out the method.03-05-2009
20090059920METHOD FOR PROCESSING LMP PACKETS, LMP PACKET PROCESSING UNIT AND LMP PACKET PROCESSING NODE - The present invention discloses a method for processing LMP packet carrying a control message, which includes: receiving the LMP packet carrying a control message from a peer LMP node, determining whether a state of a control channel is an available state according to the LMP packet, and updating or resetting a HelloDeadInterval timer if the control channel is in the available state. When the control channel is in the available state, the processed LMP packet is sent to the peer node, a new LMP packet carrying the control message is generated and sent to the peer node, and a HelloInterval timer is updated or reset. The present invention further provides a LMP processing unit and a LMP packet processing node.03-05-2009
20090059916METHOD, SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR RELIABLE DATA PACKET RECOVERY IN A LINK LAYER OF A DATA CENTER ETHERNET NETWORK - Dropped packets are recovered in a link layer of a Data Center Ethernet (DCE) network. Data packets for transmission are stored in a replay buffer. Each data packet includes a header having a field including data indicating that the data packet is formatted for reliable recovery at the link layer. The data packets are transmitted to a receiver across a link layer in the DCE network. The receiver determines whether a data packet has been dropped. If a data packet has not been dropped, an acknowledgement signal is sent to the transmitter in another data packet across the link layer, indicating that the data packet has been received. If a data packet has been dropped, a non-acknowledgement signal is sent to the transmitter in the other data packet across the link layer, indicating that the data packet has been dropped. In response to receipt of the non-acknowledgement signal or no receipt of an acknowledgement signal after the timeout period, the dropped data packet is retrieved from the replay buffer and is resent to the receiver across the link layer.03-05-2009
20090059914METHODS FOR THE SECURED INTERCONNECTION OF VNET SITES OVER WAN - One embodiment provides a method to interconnect virtual network segments (VNETs) defined for a local-area network (LAN) infrastructure separated by a wide-area network infrastructure. The technique involves the routing device at the LAN-WAN interconnection points to impose or dispose the VNET-shim, which encodes the VNET-id information in a Layer 4 portion of the packet. In a data plane, a new IP protocol value may be used to signify the presence of the VNET-shim followed by cryptography specific information in an IP packet. In a control plane, the routing protocol is expanded to exchange the routing information along with the VNET information.03-05-2009
20090059913METHOD AND SWITCH FOR ROUTING DATA PACKETS IN INTERCONNECTION NETWORKS - The invention falls within the technology of multistage interconnection network such as fat-trees, comprising at least one switch located at a stage (s) and configured to send, through an output port from a number (k) of output ports forming an ordered list, at least a data packet containing a destination address identified by a n-tuple with a plurality (n) of components (p03-05-2009
20090059912METHODS, SYSTEMS AND COMPUTER PRODUCTS TO INCENTIVIZE HIGH SPEED INTERNET ACCESS - Temporary increased broadband bandwidth services for high speed access and download of Internet websites are provided to end user DSL subscribers by a system and method to increase speed of accessing certain Internet websites to incentivize the end user DSL subscribers to purchase higher speed broadband services and to incentivize content providers to pay for the temporary increased broadband services. The speed category of a customer premises equipment turbo modem is controlled by either a wired or wireless serving center computer processor, based on either the wired or wireless serving center computer processor determining whether to download Internet and video content at a predetermined selected speed category.03-05-2009
20120250681METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A DISTRIBUTED ROUTER ARCHITECTURE - An apparatus for providing distributed router architecture includes a processing element and a resource availability element. The processing element may be configured to receive indications of receipt of data associated with a service for routing to a destination address. The resource availability element may be in communication with the processing element and may be configured to monitor resource usage over a plurality of distributed resource planes. The processing element may be further configured to allocate a resource associated with routing the data based on the monitored resource usage.10-04-2012
20120170577SIMPLE FAIRNESS PROTOCOLS FOR DAISY CHAIN INTERCONNECTS - A method for transmitting packets, including forwarding a first set of upstream packets and a first set of local packets by inserting at least one of the first set of local packets between subsets of the first set of upstream packets according to a first insertion rate; calculating a second insertion rate after forwarding a predetermined number of upstream packets generated by a single upstream source, by dividing a cardinality of the first set of upstream packets by a greatest common divisor of the predetermined number and the cardinality of the first set of upstream packets; and forwarding a second set of upstream packets and a second set of local packets from the local switch to the downstream switch by inserting at least one of the second set of local packets between subsets of the second set of upstream packets according to the second insertion rate.07-05-2012
20120170576METHOD AND SYSTEM HAVING AN APPLICATION FOR A RUN TIME IPV6 ONLY NETWORK - A system that facilitates a network environment, which includes a computer device, the computer device have a software module, which performs the steps of: (a) establishing an IP network criteria for incoming and outgoing packets for the computer device; (b) retrieving the incoming and outgoing packets to determine if an IP address for the incoming and outgoing packets meet the IP network criteria; (c) if the IP address for the incoming and outgoing packets meets the IP network criteria, forwarding the incoming packets having the IP address to the computer device and forwarding outgoing packets to a network connection; and (d) if the IP address for the incoming and outgoing packets does not meet the IP network criteria, dropping the incoming and outgoing packets such that the incoming packets are not forwarded to the computer device and the outgoing packets are not forwarded to the network connection.07-05-2012
20120257622Decoding a Hierarchical Multi-Layer Data Package - A hierarchical decoder is operable to decode a hierarchical multi-layer data package. The hierarchical multi-layer data package includes a plurality of layers and one or more subpackages in each layer. To decode the data package, an objective function is created based on parameters for identifying data in the data package most relevant to information of interest. Subpackages in one or more layers are evaluated using the objective function and a subpackage is selected. Information for the selected subpackage, which may include a summary and metadata, is used to determine whether the subpackage satisfies an information need. If the information need is not satisfied, a drill down procedure is performed to evaluate subpackages in a next lower layer of the data package.10-11-2012
20120257621APPARATUS, METHOD OF MANAGING A SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An apparatus, method and computer readable storage medium cooperate to manage a system that includes a gateway device, a first device connected with the gateway device and a second device that is connected with the first device and has a greater number of devices intervening before the gateway device than the first device. A configuration information acquirer acquires configuration information of the gateway device, configuration information of the first device and configuration information of the second device. The map display unit controller generates and displays a connection configuration map that includes a symbol of the gateway device, a symbol of the first device and a symbol of the second device on the display unit, along with acquired connections.10-11-2012
20120076142PACKET COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND PACKET COMMUNICATION METHOD - A packet communication device for switching packets to be transferred in packet communication which is time-managed in constant cycles, the packet communication device includes a changing section configured to change a portion of a first packet to be transmitted in each of the constant cycles.03-29-2012
20120076141METHODS AND APPARATUS TO LIMIT TRANSMISSION OF DATA TO A LOCALIZED AREA - One example method of limiting transmission of data involves generating an Internet datagram that includes digital content and an Internet protocol (IP) header. It is determined whether the digital content comprises localized data that may be transmitted to other devices within a network boundary. If the digital content comprises localized data, a time to live (TTL) parameter of the IP header of the Internet datagram is set to a value that represents a number of times the digital content may be transmitted within the network boundary, with the value being less than or equal to five. After the TTL parameter is set to a value less than or equal to five, the Internet datagram is transmitted. Other embodiments are described and claimed.03-29-2012
20120076140Method and Apparatus for Improving Packet Processing Performance Using Multiple Contexts - A network processing device having multiple processing engines capable of providing multi-context parallel processing is disclosed. The device includes a receiver and a packet processor, wherein the receiver is capable of receiving packets at a predefined packet flow rate. The packet processor, in one embodiment, includes multiple processing engines, wherein each processing engine is further configured to include multiple context processing components. The context processing components are used to provide multi-context parallel processing to increase throughput.03-29-2012
20090103530Method and communication system for selecting a transmission mode for transmitting payload data - A transmission mode selection for packet-oriented transmission of useful data between a first and a second communication device is provided, where lists of transmission modes for the communication devices are transmitted to a quality-of-service device. The quality-of-service device uses available transmission resources to select one or more transmission modes from the lists such that the quality of service, which is dependent on the selected transmission modes, can be assured by the available transmission resources. The selected transmission modes are transmitted to a connection controller which prompts further selection of a transmission mode from the transmission modes for the communication devices. The useful data are then transmitted between the communication devices using the transmission mode selected by the further selection.04-23-2009
20120076139NODE, SWITCH, AND SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a node is capable of conforming to one of a plurality of Ethernet standards and includes: an Ethernet controller unit that performs auto-negotiation with a switch to exchange information concerning an interface speed, to determine an interface speed to be used based on the information concerning the interface speed, and to receive information including a setting Ethernet standard set as an Ethernet standard to be used; a storage unit that stores a node's available Ethernet standard which is an Ethernet standard to which the node can conform; and a controller that performs setting such that the node operates using a coincident standard between the Ethernet standard stored in the storage unit and setting Ethernet standard and connects a link to the switch.03-29-2012
20120177036SIMPLE FAIRNESS PROTOCOLS FOR DAISY CHAIN INTERCONNECTS - A method for transmitting packets, including forwarding a first set of upstream packets and a first set of local packets by inserting at least one of the first set of local packets between subsets of the first set of upstream packets according to a first insertion rate; calculating a second insertion rate after forwarding a predetermined number of upstream packets generated by a single upstream source, by dividing a cardinality of the first set of upstream packets by a greatest common divisor of the predetermined number and the cardinality of the first set of upstream packets; and forwarding a second set of upstream packets and a second set of local packets from the local switch to the downstream switch by inserting at least one of the second set of local packets between subsets of the second set of upstream packets according to the second insertion rate.07-12-2012
20080205387TRANSMITTING A PACKET FROM A DISTRIBUTED TRUNK SWITCH - A method of transmitting a packet from a distributed trunk (DT) switch and a computer-readable medium storing instructions therefor is described. The method comprises receiving a packet from a device connected to the DT switch, transmitting the received packet via a non-distributed trunk port of the DT switch, and forwarding the received packet via a DT port of the DT switch for each received packet based on a determination of whether to forward the received packet based on an address of the received packet. The method also comprises forwarding the received packet via a distributed trunk interconnect port for each received packet received via one of a non-DT port and a DT port.08-28-2008
20100008358System and Methods for Content Insertion within a Router - Systems and methods are provided for inserting content into messages being sent between systems or networks. A router according to one embodiment automatically inserts new content within a received data packet. Before insertion, the router may determine that the received data packet corresponds to a certain type of message such as a web page, an e-mail, or a text message. The router may also determine whether the packet includes a predetermined insertion point in the corresponding message. The predetermined insertion point may be, for example, an end of the web page, e-mail, or text message. The type of message and/or the subject matter of the inserted content may be based on user selectable preferences. In one embodiment, a plurality of packets are received before the new content is inserted into the message to improve reliability and/or allow message decoding.01-14-2010
20100265942Receive Device for a Cable Data Service - A receive device includes a plurality of demodulators and a tunnel destination. The demodulators are configured to receive multiple data streams, each of the multiple data streams having a bit rate that is lower than a bit rate of a transmit data stream. The tunnel destination is configured to recombine the multiple data streams to provide a receive data stream having a bit rate equal to the bit rate of the transmit data stream. At least one of multiple radio frequency channels is connected to a legacy user between a transmit site and the receive device.10-21-2010
20120320914 METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR PERFORMING LINK AGGREGATION - A method for performing a link aggregation on a link aggregation group, comprising a plurality of transport links, for sessions received at a first network node which is connected to a second network node via the link aggregation group. The method, which is to be executed in the first network node, enables link aggregation optimization for the sessions destined for the second network node by selectively choosing transport link for the sessions on the basis of the load of the transport links. The suggested link aggregation results in a packet load balancing and improved bandwidth utilisation. An arrangement suitable for executing the suggested method is also provided.12-20-2012
20120189005Method and System for Automatic Selection of Transmission Media - A method for the selection of transmission media in a communication infrastructure comprises at least the following steps: applying at least one routing rule so as to select the medium over which to transmit the packet, if no routing rule is applicable to said packet, selecting the medium over which to transmit said packet with the aid of a routing table, updating said routing table with the aid of a routing protocol and of a function for computing the routing cost of each medium, applying at least one quality-of-service management rule to said packet by means of filtering.07-26-2012
20120189006COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR ENHANCING SPEED OF COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN TERMINALS - In communication using TCP, since the transmission bandwidth is significantly influenced by RTT and discard rate, there was a problem that only the transmission bandwidth significantly lower than the contracted bandwidth could be obtained under the environment such as WAN causing large RTT, large hop number and many discarded segments. There is provided an apparatus connected to a receiving side terminal having a means for feeding back to notify all discarded segments to an apparatus connected to a transmitting side terminal; a means for retransmitting the discarded segments fed back to be notified to the apparatus connected to the transmitting side terminal; and a means for controlling transmission bandwidth, based on retransmission bandwidth and discard bandwidth by the apparatus connected to the transmitting side terminal.07-26-2012
20120257620PACKET DISTRIBUTION APPARATUS AND PACKET DISTRIBUTION METHOD - According to one embodiment, a packet distribution apparatus distributes packets each containing a digital content via a communication network. The packet distribution apparatus includes a generator, a packet transmitter, a detector and a swapper. The generator generates the packets for each session with a bit rate corresponding to a content to be distributed. The packet transmitter transmits the generated packets to the communication network. The detector detects a collision of transmission timings of the packets in the sessions. The swapper exchanges, upon detecting a collision of the transmission timings, a transmission order of packets associated with the collision of the transmission timings based on the bit rates.10-11-2012
20090034523Management of Network Quality of Service - In one embodiment, a router is deployed on a local area network (LAN) in addition to any routers deployed on a wide area network (WAN) coupled with the LAN having the router. A service management device is coupled between the two routers. The service management device provides management processing, for example, quality of service (QoS) processing, traffic shaping, type of service (ToS) processing, or class of service (CoS) processing. For messages between devices both coupled to the WAN router, the WAN router diverts the messages to the LAN router. The LAN router then returns the messages back to the WAN router through the service management device, which provides management processing. The WAN router then forwards the processed message to the destination device.02-05-2009
20120082158IP ADDRESS VERSION INTERWORKING IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Systems and methods are provided for supporting IPv4-IPv6 interworking of SIP messages in wireless networks and IMS networks. The interworking can be provided to smooth migration to an all-IPv6 IMS network by allowing the use and support of existing legacy IPv4 infrastructure. This functionality may be provided by a call session control function (CSCF) interposed between a user equipment (UE) and an IMS core network with interworking functionality or an interworking module. This device serves as a back-to-back user agent (B2BUA), allocates IP addresses from a pool, performs next-hop route protocol discovery, and maintains and stores information within the gateway as well as interworking and rewriting IP addresses within network messages, while proxying and maintaining sessions between the UE and the IMS core network. This allows for faster call setup, reduced capex/opex, improved debuggability, increased capacity and subscriber density by call processing distribution, and better user experience.04-05-2012
20120082157UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION MULTIPLEXING ON THE PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL FOR LTE-A - A method for reporting uplink control information (UCI) on a user equipment (UE) is described. It is determined whether a collision between a hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) and a channel quality indicator/precoding matrix index/rank indication (CQI/PMI/RI) is detected. It is also determined whether a simultaneousAckNackAndCQI parameter provided by higher layers is set to TRUE. The UCI is generated with the HARQ-ACK using physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) Format 3.04-05-2012
20120082156TIMESTAMP PREDICTOR FOR PACKETS OVER A SYNCHRONOUS PROTOCOL - A physical layer communication device (PHY) transmits and receives signal to and from a communication link using a synchronous protocol. The PHY communicates with a higher-layer device using a packet protocol. Timestamp values contained in timing-related messages in some packets are written or modified by the PHY. Delays incurred in transmitting and receiving the packets are predicted and used in setting the timestamp values.04-05-2012
20120257619Communication System Capable of Transmitting Packet Having Sub-Packets - A communication system is provided. The communication system includes a first communication device having a first processing unit, and a second communication device having a second processing unit. When packetizing a packet, the first processing unit is configured to, depending on a size of information to be transmitted from the first communication device to the second communication device in the packet selectively, prepare a first sub-packet including a first sub-packet information of a first predetermined size and a first sub-packet error averting information into a first predetermined range of a first payload space of the packet, and to deliver the packet having the first sub-packet to the second processing unit.10-11-2012
20090016344METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING BEARERS OF SERVICE DATA FLOWS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and apparatus for controlling bearers of service data flows, including acquiring a service data flow convergence of service data flows, determining whether the service data flow convergence is able to be multiplexed to an established bearer, and carrying the service data flow convergence in a corresponding bearer according to the determined result. The apparatus of the present invention includes a service data flow convergence acquiring module and a service data flow convergence multiplex handling module for implementing the method of the present invention. In accordance with the method and apparatus of the present invention, it is possible to reduce the bearer information amount necessary to be maintained by various network entities and save the storage and handling resources of system.01-15-2009
20090016343Communication system, router, method of communication, method of routing, and computer program product - A communication system includes a server and a router which are both connected to a first network. The server grants to a response packet destined for an anycast address sent from a communication apparatus connected to a second network, anycast address option information indicating that an anycast address of a sender of the response packet, puts a signature field for a setting of an electronic signature in the response packet; and transmits to the communication apparatus the response packet. The router receives the response packet, validates whether the response packet is sent from a legitimate server based on the anycast address option information if the response packet includes the anycast address option information. The router also sets an electronic signature based on information related with the response packet in the signature field if the response packet is sent from the legitimate server, and transmits the response packet.01-15-2009
20090016342DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, DATA TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, DATA RECEPTION APPARATUS, AND PACKET DATA STRUCTURE - A data transmission apparatus for sequentially transmitting data in units of packets each containing transmission data to the receiving end, comprises: a reception unit for receiving the transmission data as an input signal; a packet formation unit for receiving the transmission data received, and forming an uncompressed packet in which predetermined transmission data is stored as uncompressed data, and a compressed packet in which at least a portion of transmission data that follows the predetermined transmission data is compressed and stored as compressed data; a reference information management unit for holding and managing, as reference information, information relating to the uncompressed packet formed by the packet formation unit; and a transmission unit for transmitting the respective packets formed by the packet formation unit, as a transmission signal, to the receiving end. The packet formation unit forms compressed data to be stored in a compressed packet, on the basis of the transmission data of the uncompressed packet and the reference information stored in the reference information management unit. Therefore, the number of packets to be discarded at the receiving end due to an error which has occurred in the radio section is reduced, whereby the quality of data transmitted in the transmission path including the radio section is improved.01-15-2009
20100165985Service Selection Mechanism In Service Insertion Architecture Data Plane - As described herein, explicit service ordering information may be associated with each of a plurality of logical services in a service path. A unique sequence number, for example, may be assigned, and associated with each service in the path. The sequence number may be assigned by a service broker in the control plane of a service insertion architecture that provides a platform-independent framework to insert services into a network. The sequence number may represent the relative ordering of the service with respect to the other services in the path. The sequence number, along with a traffic classification identifier, constitutes the shared context that is tagged to the packet injected into the chain which is used in the SIA data plane to virtualize and uniquely select series of services defined in the policy.07-01-2010
20110122871METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANALYZING AND QUALIFYING PACKET NETWORKS - Packet network performance is assessed using transit delay metrics and compliance masks generated at various evaluation nodes of the network. The evaluation nodes may employ network probes that make precise measurements of transit delays and thereby of transit delay variations. Based on the assessments, a master may be added to the network or relocated within the network, rate of timing packets generated by the master may be adjusted up or down, or oscillators used at the slaves may be upgraded.05-26-2011
20110122870SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A SEQUENCE NUMBERING MECHANISM IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example and includes receiving a plurality of packets associated with a flow; parsing the plurality of packets associated with the flow; executing a first quality of service decision such that a first set of packets within the plurality of packets are not forwarded to their intended destination; receiving a second set of packets, which reflects a retransmission of at least a portion of the first set of packets; executing a second quality of service decision such that the second set of packets is forwarded to their intended destination; and billing the second set of packets in response to forwarding the second set of packets. In more detailed embodiments, the method includes accessing a table in which entries are provided for particular sequence number ranges for the first set of packets.05-26-2011
20080317018System for Switching from an Established Media Path to a New Media Path in a Packet Based Network - There is described a system for switching from an established media path to a new media path for packets transmitted between first and second end points in a packet based network. An instruction is transmitted to the first end point instructing it to set up a new receiving channel for receiving packets transmitted from the second end point over the new media path. An instruction is transmitted to the second end point instructing it to configure a sending channel to send packets over the new media path for reception on the new receiving channel of the first end point. For a time period during the switching, the first end point monitors for packets simultaneously on both its new receiving channel and an established receiving channel configured to receive packets transmitted from the second end point over the established media path. This systems helps ensure a seamless switchover from the established to the new media paths.12-25-2008
20110038372Accommodating Hybrid IPv4v6 Network Support - A user equipment (UE) is provided. The UE comprises at least one component that is configured to detect an event of one of the UE changing routing area and the UE changing radio access technology from a long-term evolution (LTE) network to a global system for mobile communications enhanced data rates for GSM evolution radio access network (GERAN) or to a universal mobile telecommunication system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN) and, responsive to detecting the event, to deactivate one of a packet data protocol (PDP) context and an evolved packet system (EPS) bearer.02-17-2011
20110038371MULTI-STAGE SWITCH SYSTEM - A multi-stage switch system includes a line card chassis (LCC) and a fabric card chassis (FCC). The LCC is configured with multiple line cards (LCs) and the FCC is configured with a stage-2 switch element (S02-17-2011
20110038369COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS BASED ON USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL - A communication method based on user datagram protocol (UDP) in a transmitter includes: segmenting a message provided thereto into packets of a predetermined size; allocating a serial number to each of the segmented packets; storing the segmented packets in a packet buffer to transmit the packets to a receiver in order of the allocated serial numbers; and waiting for a control message indicating packet receipt completion from the receiver. The communication method based on UDP in a receiver includes: receiving packets segmented by a predetermined size in order of serial numbers from a transmitter; and when the received segmented packets are message packets and there is no missing packet, assembling the segmented packets in order of the serial numbers to complete a message.02-17-2011
20080298361Method and System for Network Based Call-Pickup - A method and system for network based call-pickup is provided. In one embodiment a first user agent communicates in a communication session with a second user agent in a network telephony system. The second user agent may request that a third user agent replace the second user agent in the communication. The third user agent may be a park server, and when it replaces the second user agent, the communication session may thereby be parked at the park server. A fourth user agent may then request that the third user agent (e.g., park server) initiate a communication session between the first user agent and the fourth user agent. The third user agent may then instruct the first user agent to communicate with the fourth user agent. The parked communication session may thereby be picked up by the fourth user agent.12-04-2008
20080298355Out of band messages - A method and apparatus for processing message is described. In one embodiment, an application programming interface is configured for receiving and sending messages. A building block layer is coupled to the application programming interface. A channel layer is coupled to the building block layer. A transport protocol stack is coupled to the channel layer for implementing properties specified by the channel layer. The transport protocol stack has a concurrent stack consisting of an out of band thread pool and a regular thread pool. The regular thread pool forms one thread for every messages from a sender. The out of band thread pool to form one thread for messages marked as out of band from the sender. Messages processed with the thread from the out of band thread pool are processed before messages processed with the regular thread pool.12-04-2008
20080298360METHOD TO TRANSPORT BIDIR PIM OVER A MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHED NETWORK - A method, system and an apparatus to transport bidir PIM over a multiprotocol label switched network is provided. The method may comprise receiving a multicast packet at a network element, the multicast packet including an upstream label. The method may further comprise identifying, from the upstream label, a Multicast Distribution Tree (MDT) rooted a rendezvous point. The packet may be forwarded along the MDT towards the RP based on the upstream label. The MDT may be identified from a downstream label and the packet may be forwarded the along the MDT away from the RP based on the downstream label.12-04-2008
20080298359SELECTION METHOD FOR MESSAGE PATHS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - In multilink capable transport protocols, e.g. Stream Control Transmission Protocol SCTP, several paths or links exist between two endpoints (12-04-2008
20080298358Method and apparatus to control access to content - The present invention provides a method, apparatus and computer program product for accessing content via a packet-switched network based on a content access policy. The content is marked with a rating. The rating is extracted from the content, to verify conformance with the content access policy. On verification of the conformance between the rating and the content access policy, access to the marked content is provided.12-04-2008
20080298357Logical addresses - A method and apparatus for processing message is described. In one embodiment, a channel layer is configured to form a logical address upon a creation of a channel of a group communication protocol, to store an association of the logical address with a message received with a sender's address in a cache of a member of the group, and to dissolve the logical address when the channel is to be closed or disconnected.12-04-2008
20080298356Systems and methods for wireless transmission and reception of data including frequency and channel code selection - Systems and methods are disclosed for wireless transmission and reception of data including processing and buffering features. According to one or more exemplary aspects, there is provided a wireless audio receiver for receiving a plurality of packets of encoded audio data. Moreover, the receiver includes at least one receiving component that receives the plurality of packets to generate a plurality of decoded signals, a decoding component that decodes the first packet of encoded data transmitted to produce decoded data, and a selecting component that identifies the mechanisms for receiving additional encoded data. Other exemplary embodiments may include one or more receiving components that processing data regarding antenna, frequencies and channels selected for transmission, as well as an audio component that receives the decoded signals and produces decoded audio signals.12-04-2008
20080298354Packet Signaling Content Control on a Network - Described are computer-based methods and apparatuses, including computer program products, for packet signaling content control on a network. The content control includes two sets of filters—an ingress filter set and an egress filter set. For packets coming into an internal network, the packets (e.g., SIP packets) are filtered by an ingress filter associated with the external network and which determines whether to discard sets of information from the packet description information (e.g., a header, an optional header). The packet is also filtered by an egress filter associated with the internal network and which determines whether to discard sets of information from the packet description information. The packet is transmitted to the internal network. For packets leaving the internal network, the filtering occurs in the opposite direction (e.g., egress filter associated with the internal network and then ingress filter associated with the external network).12-04-2008
20110002332Method and Apparatus for a Software Programmable Intelligent Network - A reservation request is received for a data transport session. The reservation request contains a requested class of communication service through the asynchronous network. The state of the network along the route is then preferably determined and at least one end-to-end route through the network is obtained. The route is based on the requested class of communication service and the state of the network. The data transport session is then controlled, such that data is forced to travel along at least one route through the asynchronous network. This is preferably done by controlling multiple data controllers dispersed along the at least one route by mapping specific data protocols to specific routes, or mapping specific data protocols to specific ports in each data controller. If a state of the asynchronous network indicates that the route cannot transport data in conformity to the class of communication service, then the route is changed to a backup route through the network.01-06-2011
20080291908Method and Apparatus for Mapping an Appropriate Service Version for a Client - Distributed data processing systems that provide services at two network addresses have their interfaces described in a published interface description document available at a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”). The interface description of the second of the services replaces the interface description of the first of the services. Related methods, computer readable media, and systems to benefit from an embodiment of the invention are also described and claimed.11-27-2008
20080285556BROADCASTING SERVICE TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND METHOD AND BROADCASTING SERVICE RECEIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR EFFECTIVELY ACCESSING BROADCASTING SERVICE - A broadcasting service transmitting apparatus and method and a broadcasting service receiving apparatus and method for providing a broadcasting service formed of various types of data are provided. The broadcasting service receiving apparatus includes a receiving unit, a transport frame processing unit, a transport packet processing unit, and a broadcasting data processing unit. The receiving unit receives a transport frame having a predetermined size. The transport frame processing unit acquires from the transport frame service access information for accessing at least one broadcasting service and also acquires from the transport frame at least one transport packet for transporting at least one broadcasting data packet, by using the service access information. The transport packet processing unit processes the at least one transport packet so as to acquire at least one broadcasting data packet from the at least one transport packet. The broadcasting data processing unit processes the at least one broadcasting data packet.11-20-2008
20110038374Crossbar switch system - Each chip arranged in each crossbar switch creates and issues, if a packet is input, a log collection packet for collecting a log of the packet. Each chip collects a log related to a transfer of the input packet. Each chip embeds, in the issued log collection packet or a log collection packet transferred from a crossbar switch in a previous stage, the collected log. If a transfer destination of the packet is other than the crossbar switches, each chip stores, in a storage space, the log embedded in the log collection packet and then transfers, to the transfer destination, only an original packet in which the log is deleted. In contrast, if the transfer destination is a crossbar switch, each chip transfers the log collection packet to a crossbar switch in a next stage.02-17-2011
20120093151COEXISTENCE MECHANISM FOR NON-COMPATIBLE POWERLINE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A powerline network may comprise powerline communication (PLC) devices of a first class of PLC devices that are incompatible with PLC devices of a second class of PLC devices. This can result in interference between communications of the first and the second classes of PLC devices. A dual mode PLC device that is compatible with the first and the second classes of PLC devices can be implemented for coexistence with both classes of PLC devices. The dual mode PLC device can determine whether the powerline network comprises a combination of PLC devices of the first and the second classes of PLC devices. One of a plurality of packet headers that is compatible with both the classes of PLC devices can be selected for transmission in response to determining that the powerline network comprises a combination of PLC devices of the first and the second classes of PLC devices.04-19-2012
20120320912SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, AND METHODS FOR COLLABORATIVE AND DISTRIBUTED EMERGENCY MULTIMEDIA DATA MANAGEMENT - Systems, apparatus, and methods for collaborative and distributed emergency multimedia data management are described. In one aspect, a system includes a packet data reception interface. The system further includes a rules engine coupled with the packet data reception interface and configured to select a processing profile for packet data received, the rules engine further configured to associate packet data received with stored packet data. The system also includes a policy engine coupled with the rules engine and configured to execute the processing profile for packet data received.12-20-2012
20120320911METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA PACKET OF MULTIMEDIA SERVICE USING MEDIA CHARACTERISTICS - A method of transmitting a data packet of a multimedia service is provided. The method includes generating a media characteristic corresponding to a single media content component or aggregated media characteristics corresponding to a plurality of multimedia content components, obtaining information used for generating the data packet from the generated media characteristics or aggregated media characteristics, and generating the data packet based on the obtained information used for generating the data packet and transmitting the generated data packet.12-20-2012
20120320915SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO CONTROL FLOW AND TO DEFINE AND INTERLEAVE MULTIPLE CHANNELS - A transmitter transmits a data frame as an uninterrupted stream of codeblocks of predefined size on a first data path between a MAC and PHY. It inserts a first idle block of predefined size within the data frame if there is insufficient data. A receiver receives a second idle block on a second data path, the second idle block including a request to slow down the transmission on the first data path. The receiver causes the transmitter to insert a third idle block in response to receiving the second idle block. The transmitter may further send a stream identifier including an identifier for a data stream and a bandwidth factor. The transmitter may send one codeblock chosen from data blocks for the data stream and idle blocks, and then send the bandwidth factor number of codeblocks chosen from data blocks for other data streams and idle blocks.12-20-2012
20120320910INDICATORS FOR STREAMS ASSOCIATED WITH MESSAGES - Techniques described herein provide for sending and receiving messages. The messages are associated with streams. Indicators associated with the streams determine if the messages are sent.12-20-2012
20110216767GEOGRAPHIC REDUNDANCY AT SESSION BORDER CONTROLLERS BASED ON HOST NAME SCHEMES - A method including provisioning geographically redundant network devices with a shared host name or provisioning each of geographically redundant network devices with multiple host names in correspondence to each geographically redundant network device, wherein one of the multiple host names include a primary host name associated with one of the geographically redundant network devices and one or more secondary host names associated with the other geographically redundant network devices; receiving one or more packets; inspecting one or more headers associated with the one or more packets; determining a host name based on the one or more headers inspected; rewriting the one or more headers to include the shared host name or one of the multiple host names; and forwarding the one or more packets to another device.09-08-2011
20120320913CONFIGURABLE SWITCHING OR ROUTING DEVICE - A switch/router comprises ports for input (In12-20-2012
20110235634PACKET TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, PACKET RECEIVING APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND PACKET COMMUNICATION METHOD - A packet transmitting apparatus 09-29-2011
20100189102DATA COLLECTING METHOD AND A MASTER DEVICE AND A SLAVE DEVICE THEREFOR - A data collecting method and a master device and a slave device therefor are provided. The method includes the following steps. The slave device receives an environment voice and accordingly generates an audio data. The slave device outputs the audio data through packets of a predetermined format according to a control area network protocol. The master device receives the audio data.07-29-2010
20100232430System and method for transmitting real-time-critical and non-real-time-critical data in a distributed industrial automation system - A system and a method provide a real-time-critical communication and a non-real-time-critical communication in a switched data network consisting of users and switching units, for example a distributed automation system, by a cyclic operation. In a transmission cycle, there exists for all users and switching units of the switched data network in each case at least one section for transmitting real-time-critical data and at least one section for transmitting non-real-time-critical data, as a result of which the real-time-critical communication is separated from the non-real-time-critical communication. Since all users and switching units are always synchronized to a common time base, the respective sections for transmitting data in each case take place at the same time for all users and switching units, i.e. the real-time-critical communication takes place independently in time from the non-real-time-critical communication.09-16-2010
20100232429SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATING A LOSSY PROTOCOL VIA A LOSSLESS PROTOCOL - The present invention is generally directed towards a remote access architecture for providing peer-to-peer communications and remote access connectivity. In one embodiment, the remote access architecture of the present provides a method for establishing a direct connection between peer computing devices via a third computing device, such as a gateway. Additionally, the present invention provides the following techniques to optimize peer-to peer communications: 1) false acknowledgement of receipt of network packets allowing communications via a lossless protocol of packets constructed for transmission via a lossy protocol, 2) payload shifting of network packets allowing communications via a lossless protocol of packets constructed for transmission via a lossy protocol, 3) reduction of packet fragmentation by adjusting the maximum transmission unit (MTU) parameter, accounting for overhead due to encryption, 4) application-aware prioritization of client-side network communications, and 5) network disruption shielding for reliable and persistent network connectivity and access.09-16-2010
20100232428PACKET SWITCHING EQUIPMENT AND SWITCHING CONTROL METHOD - A packet switching equipment and a switch control system employing the same performs operation of the switch core portion independent of content of decision of an arbiter portion and overall equipment can be constructed with simple control structure. The packet switching equipment includes input buffer portions temporarily storing packets arriving to the input ports and outputting packets with adding labels indicative of destination port numbers, a switch core portion for switching the packets on the basis of labels added to the input buffer portions, and an arbiter portion adjusting input buffer portions to provide output permissions for outputting to the output ports. A sorting network autonomously sorting and concentrating the packets on the basis of the labels added to the packets is employed in the switch core portion.09-16-2010
20100232427COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS - A communications apparatus, enabling an efficient data transfer without an environmental restriction, notifies a transmission-side apparatus (09-16-2010
20100232426HYPER-CUBE FLOW FORWARDING IN PACKET NETWORKS - A method of forwarding a series of data packets in a data flow in a network, wherein the data packets having N predetermined parameters where N>1 and ranges of values of the N parameters defining an N-dimensional parameter space, and wherein the data flow is one selected from a series of aggregated data flows, the method comprising: defining at least one parameter-based rule applicable to the series of aggregated data flows in the N-dimensional space; applying the or each rule to the aggregated data flows so as to define a series of non-overlapping N-dimensional hyper-cubes in the N-dimensional space, each containing at least one data flow from the aggregated data flows; determining discrete values of the N parameters for the data flow containing the series of related packets, defining a point in the N-dimensional space; and forwarding the related packets in accordance with the rule applicable in the hyper-cube in which the point is located.09-16-2010
20120087368SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR BEST VALUE ROUTING - A system determines, in real-time, the routing of communication services from origination to destination based on a number of selected criteria used to determine an optimal path. Best value routing enables carriers and service providers to route a session/call by using an advanced intelligent network solution to generate optimal routes/service providers for servicing a request.04-12-2012
20120087369Application Non Disruptive Task Migration In A Network Edge Switch - An apparatus and a method are described for zero packet loss task migration in an network switch in a computer network. The invention relates to active or programmable networks, i.e. networks based on packet switching algorithms and switch configurations which are subject to change. A well-defined protocol enables an intelligent switch to migrate tasks from one forwarding engine to another without any packet loss. This enables the algorithms and configurations of the switch to be updated or modified arbitrarily.04-12-2012
20120281694M2M SCALABLE ADDRESSING AND ROUTING - A novel routing and message handling mechanism allows a node to receive downstream packets addressed to an application server and modify the sender's contact address to include its own address. Thus, as the process is followed at each node in a hierarchy, the message is delivered to the application server with an address that specifies how to reach the particular node in question. When messages addressed to the node, or to applications resident on the node, are received by intervening nodes, the destination contact address can be modified by each node to ensure that they remove their own address as the message is passed along. In this way, no node needs to the topology of the connecting network, and no network application needs to know the topology of a potentially private delivery network.11-08-2012
20120327932METHOD FOR SEARCHING FOR ROUTES IN A DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK - A method for searching for at least one route between an origin node and a destination node in a data transmission network, which includes two searches: 12-27-2012
20120327931GATEWAYS INTEGRATING NAME-BASED NETWORKS WITH HOST-BASED NETWORKS - A method of retrieving content from a network with a host-based network and a name-based network includes receiving, at a network node, a first message including at least one of a first host-based request and a first name-based interest, and transmitting, from the network node, a second message based on the at least one of the first host-based request and the first name-based interest.12-27-2012
20100202451MODIFIED INTERNET PROTOCOL (IP) DATA PACKET FOR ASYNCHRONOUS IP COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methods are disclosed that promote asynchronous communication through customized Internet protocol headers. This asynchronous communication is promoted by encoding additional information into the header of at least one data packet. The formatting and content of the packet header may be determined through an application programming interface (API). In addition, the header of this data packet may be of a variable length. The length of the data packet may be dependent upon the requirements of the API. In some embodiments, the header comprises sufficient information that, when interpreted by the API, promotes asynchronous communication.08-12-2010
20100202450MULTI-SERVICES APPLICATION GATEWAY - A gateway device is disclosed for deployment at user premises, which offers applications services similar to those of a server from the premises, albeit managed by a service management center via the network. For each application service, gateway programming provides application server communication with a client functionality of an endpoint device, for the respective service, communicated on top of network layer communications within the premises and through the wide area network. The application service logic in the gateway device also enforces authorization, authentication, configuration, or use of the service via the endpoint device. Management of the application service is responsive to communications with the service management center via the wide area network. A gateway device of this type, for example, may offer PC or TV type user interfaces. The gateway also may establish peer-to-peer communications with other similar devices.08-12-2010
20100202449Bufferless Routing in On-Chip Interconnection Networks - As microprocessors incorporate more and more devices on a single chip, dedicated buses have given way to on-chip interconnection networks (“OCIN”). Routers in a bufferless OCIN as described herein rank and prioritize flits. Flits traverse a productive path towards their destination or undergo temporary deflection to other non-productive paths, without buffering. Eliminating the buffers of on-chip routers reduces power consumption and heat dissipation while freeing up chip surface area for other uses. Furthermore, bufferless design enables purely local flow control of data between devices in the on-chip network, reducing router complexity and enabling reductions in router latency. Router latency reductions are possible in the bufferless on-chip routing by using lookahead links to send data between on-chip routers contemporaneously with flit traversals.08-12-2010
20100202448ROUTING-BASED PROXIMITY FOR COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A node in an overlay network requests a ranked list of other nodes in the overlay network that can provide a desired piece of content or service to the requesting node. A separate node such as a router generates the ranked list using a routing algorithm, returning the list to the requesting node so that the requesting node may acquire the desired content or service from the nearest node in the overlay network.08-12-2010
20130010788DISTRIBUTED ROUTING ARCHITECTURE - A hierarchical distributed routing architecture including at least two levels, or layers, for receiving, processing and forwarding data packets between network components is provided. The core level router components receive an incoming packet from a network component and identify a distribution level router component based on processing a subset of the destination address associated with the received packet. The distribution level router components receive a forwarded packet and forward the packet to a respective network. The mapping, or other assignment, of portions of the FIB associated with the distributed routing environment is managed by a router management component.01-10-2013
20130010787RACK SERVER SYSTEM - A rack server system controlled by a remote controller includes a number of server units and a middle plane board. Each of the server units includes a baseboard management controller (BMC), a server-end connector, and a server-end switch, coupled to the BMC and the server-end connector for regulating communication operation therebetween. The middle plane board includes an integrated connector and a plane-end switch, coupled to the server-end switches of each of the server units and the integrated connector for regulating communication operation thereamong. The remote controller is coupled to the rack server system via one of the integrated connector and the server-end connectors and manages the communication operation of the server units.01-10-2013
20100124223SELECTIVE PAGING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and system for selectively paging user equipment in a communication network is disclosed. The selective paging is implemented with a set of rules that determine whether a packet triggers a page request to user equipment. The rules can be dynamic and can discard unwanted packets to avoid waste of system resources, disruptions in service, and draining of a user equipment's battery life. The selective paging can be implemented on a serving gateway (SGW), a packet data network gateway (PGW), a mobility management entity, or a combination of the three. The selective paging can use information regarding the state of the user equipment and other rule-based criteria to determine whether packets received by a gateway trigger a page of the user equipment.05-20-2010
20110142041PATH CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A path control method for controlling paths among edge nodes on a network wherein a plurality of nodes, including relay nodes and multiple edge nodes, are connected via links, the method including determining paths in a specified plurality of edge nodes, path information indicating the paths determined by an edge node that determines paths earlier is transmitted to an edge node that determines paths subsequently, each edge node that determines paths subsequently determines additional paths by prioritizing the use of paths indicated by the path information, and conducting path control on the network by using the path information obtained as a result of paths being determined by the last edge node from among the specified plurality of edge nodes.06-16-2011
20110149959HIGH SPEED PACKET CAPTURE - Packets can be read from a network interface into an application using a single kernel copy. In one embodiment, the invention includes a receiver packet memory to store captured packets, and a network interface driver operating in a kernel of a device to read packets captured by network interface hardware into the kernel by storing captured packets in the receiver packet memory. Then, an application interface can expose the receiver packet memory to an application executing on the device by representing the receiver packet memory as a virtual file.06-23-2011
20110149958MULTI-HOP COMMUNICATION METHOD BASED ON DISTRIBUTED MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL - Disclosed herein is a multi-hop communication method based on distributed medium access control. In the multi-hop communication method based on distributed medium access control according to the present invention, a beacon frame which includes a first multi-hop information element is generated and transmitted to a neighboring device so as to search for a route to an external device which does not belong to a beacon group. A third multi-hop information element, which is generated based on a second multi-hop information element generated by the external device, is received from the neighboring device. A multi-hop route to the external device is set up in accordance with the third multi-hop information element, and data is transmitted to the external device. Therefore, a multi-hop route between devices in the extended beacon group can be efficiently set up.06-23-2011
20110149957METHOD OF TRACEBACK AND ISOLATION OF HIGH-RISK FLIGHT DATA PACKET AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - Disclosed is a method of traceback and isolation of a high-risk flight data packet and an apparatus for the same. The method of traceback and isolation of a high-risk flight data packet includes monitoring, by a flight data packet monitoring unit, whether a high-risk flight data packet is generated in flight data packets transmitted to a flight data processing apparatus; tracebacking a transfer path for the high-risk flight data packet on a network by a path tracebacking unit when the high-risk flight data packet is generated; and isolating, by an isolation processing unit, a flight data terminal transmitting the high-risk flight data packet to the transfer path from an aeronautical telecommunication network. The present invention can increase the security, reliability, and availability of the air traffic control system and can be performed without stopping the allocation of services to authenticated users of the air traffic control system.06-23-2011
20110158231COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A communication system includes a first communication terminal, a second communication terminal that has not established communication with the first communication terminal, and a third communication terminal that has established communication with the first communication terminal. The second communication terminal transmits to the first communication terminal a request packet that requests establishment of communication, and receives from the first communication terminal a permission packet that permits establishment of communication. The second communication terminal then establishes communication with the first communication terminal and performs communication with the first communication terminal. A second receiving device receives the request packet from the third communication terminal, after the first receiving device has received the permission packet from the first communication terminal; The second communication terminal transmits the permission packet to the third communication terminal, and establishes communication with the third communication terminal and performs communication with the third communication terminal.06-30-2011
20110158230METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING MULTI-HOMING TO AN AGGREGATE ENDPOINT DEVICE - A method and an apparatus for providing multi-homing to an aggregate endpoint device over a network are disclosed. In one embodiment, the method receives a session request directed towards a user endpoint device by a routing device. The method receives at least one Public User Identity (PUID) for the user endpoint device if the session request is for a subscriber of a service with multi-homing via an aggregate endpoint device. The method selects a route for sending the session request in accordance with the at least one PUID and a route priority information of the PUID associated with the user end point device, wherein the route with a highest priority is selected, and forwards the session request via the selected route.06-30-2011
20110158232COMPUTER-IMPLEMENTED SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PLANNING A ROUTE - Systems and methods are disclosed for determining shortest route(s) or path(s) to one or more destination nodes from one or more origin nodes. In accordance with one implementation, a computer-implemented method is provided that includes identifying a plurality of origin nodes associated with a route based on a threshold distance from at least one destination node, the origin nodes being options for a departure from the route to the at least one destination node. Further, the method may include calculating, using a processor, a cost associated with travelling from each of the origin nodes to at least one common intermediate node between the route and the at least one destination node, and determining a path to the at least one destination node based on the origin node having the lowest calculated cost.06-30-2011
20130022044NETWORK SYSTEM - A network system includes lower switches and upper switches connected to the lower switches. Each of the upper switches transmits a first notification frame containing a connected lower switch number information indicative of the number of the lower switches connected to each of the upper switches, to the lower switches connected to each of the upper switches. Each of the lower switches configures a link aggregation group for ports which received the first notification frames each of which contains a maximum value of the connected lower switch number information among the connected lower switch number informations contained in the received first notification frames.01-24-2013
20130022043TRANSMITTING DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF - In a transmitting device, a receiving device, and an operation method thereof according to the present invention, in relation to a simultaneous link transmission of divided data through a plurality of heterogeneous networks for one session, particular partial data to be transmitted or received through a network vulnerable to a security problem among divided partial data is forcedly divided and is then transmitted through two or more networks or a partial data packet included in particular partial data is forcedly re-divided and is then transmitted through two or more networks, so as to effectively conceal the service and thereby prevent other people or another party from recognizing the service through copying or intercepting of data packets.01-24-2013
20130022042DELAY BUDGET BASED FORWARDING IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - In one embodiment, certain nodes in a computer network maintain a plurality of routing topologies, each associated with a different corresponding delay (e.g., dynamically adjusted). Upon receiving a packet with an indicated delay budget at a particular node, the node updates the delay budget based on an incurred delay up to and including the particular node since the indicated delay budget was last updated, and selects a particular routing topology on which to forward the packet based on the updated delay budget and the corresponding routing topology delays. The packet may then be forwarded with the updated delay budget on the selected routing topology, accordingly.01-24-2013
20130022041SIGNALING A LABEL SWITCHED PATH (LSP) TUNNELING MODEL - Signaling a Label Switched Path (LSP) tunneling model is described. In one embodiment, a network element that is acting as an egress network element in a Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) network signals multiple LSPs for multiple disparate applications provided in the MPLS network that each require a different type of tunneling model. The network element transmits a first label mapping message for one of the LSPs that includes an indication of a first tunneling model type applicable for that LSP. That LSP is to be used to transport traffic in the MPLS network for a first one of the disparate applications that requires the indicated first tunneling model type. The network element further transits a second label mapping message for a second one of the LSPs that includes an indication of a second tunneling model type applicable for that LSP. That LSP is to be used to transport traffic in the MPLS network for a second one of the disparate applications that requires the indicated second tunneling model type. The first tunneling model type and the second tunneling model type are different. In one embodiment, the first tunneling model type is a uniform tunneling model and the second tunneling model type is a pipe tunneling model (regular pipe or short-pipe).01-24-2013
20130136121METHOD OF TRANSPORTING DATA WITH EMBEDDED CLOCK - A method of transporting data with embedded clock including following steps is provided. In an initial stage, a first bit length and a second bit length are determined. Original data is received. The original data is packed with every N bits as a packet, where N is at least 4. It is analyzed whether a long-run length of long-run data with consecutive same bit data in the packet is greater than N/2. The packet is coded to embed clock/toggle information with the first bit length into the packet. The clock/toggle information determines whether the long-run data is toggled. An appearance frequency of the clock/toggle information is clock information. If the long-run length is not greater than N/2, the long-run data is not toggled. If the long-run length is greater than N/2, bit with the second bit length after an L05-30-2013
20080253368Policy control of multiplexed real time protocol and real time control protocol - A system can include an application function which is configured to indicate per each multiplexed flow to a rules function that a flow includes multiplexed real time protocol data packets and control packets flow and to indicate the status of each component of the multiplexed flow. The rules function can be configured to inform an enforcement function which is configured to detect the multiplexed flows by the IP addresses and port numbers and to detect the multiplexed subcomponents. The enforcement function can be configured to apply separate gating to data packets and control packets according to the status of each subcomponent.10-16-2008
20080253366L2/L3 MULTI-MODE SWITCH INCLUDING POLICY PROCESSING - Methods and apparatus for processing data packets in a computer network are described. One general method includes receiving a data packet; examining the data packet to classify the data packet including classifying the data packet as a L2 or L3 packet and including determining at least one zone associated with the packet; processing the packet in accordance with one or more policies associated with the zone; determining forwarding information associated with the data packet; and if one or more policies permit, forwarding the data packet toward an intended destination using the forwarding information.10-16-2008
20080240091TECHNIQUES TO SUPPORT SEAMLESS MOBILITY OF ELECTRONIC DEVICES ENGAGED IN A SESSION INITIATION PROTOCOL (SIP) SESSION - Embodiments of the invention relate to techniques to allow a wireless device engaged in a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) communication session to move between heterogeneous wireless networks without terminating the SIP session.10-02-2008
20080240094Method of transmitting an image file - A method for transmitting an image file uses an image application program which can cooperate with a web-phone application program. The web-phone application program is responsible for transmitting the image file. After the web-phone application program on a receiver side receives the image file, the image file is displayed on the operating interface of the image application program on the receiver side.10-02-2008
20080232358Data Distribution in a Distributed Telecommunications Network - A technique is disclosed that enables a set of information to be represented by data packets, where those data packets can then be distributed as needed throughout the telecommunications system that uses the data. The data packet of the illustrative embodiment is an autonomous encapsulation of data, a subsection of a data model at a certain time in relation to other data in the system at another time. The data packet is identified at a particular time and value with a globally unique identifier. Relationships of the data packet to other data packets are made known by using references to the other packets. As a result, referenced data packets are retrieved throughout the system based on their relationships to each other. Whenever a data packet is transmitted or received, each node involved in the transmission applies rules that determine where the data has to be transmitted to and what to do with the data when received.09-25-2008
20080232365Method, Apparatus and System For Error Detection and Selective Retransmission - The invention relates to a method for use in a packet-switched communication system, the method comprising: sending a first packet from a source node to a destination node, the first packet containing a first set of data bits; sending a second packet from the source node to the destination node, the second packet containing a second set of data bits; wherein, in the event that the first set of data bits cannot be successfully decoded in the destination node, the second packet further comprises a first set of error correction bits for the first set of data bits.09-25-2008
20080232364DEVICE FOR COALESCING MESSAGES AND METHOD THEREOF - A method of communicating messages between endpoints in a data processing system includes coalescing two or more messages into a single packet and communicating the packet. Each of the messages can be associated with a different communication protocol. In addition, each of the messages can be targeted for communication to a different communication port. At the destination endpoint, the packet is de-coalesced, whereby each message is extracted from the packet and provided to the associated port. By coalescing multiple messages into a single packet, even where the messages are associated with different communication protocols or different communication ports, packets can be formed closer to an optimum size, thereby providing for more efficient communication between endpoints.09-25-2008
20080232363Interval Centroid Based Watermark - An interval centroid-based watermark encoder encodes a watermark into a packet flow. Intervals are defined for the packet flow. Some of the intervals are selected as group A intervals while other intervals are selected as group B intervals. Group A and group B intervals are paired and assigned to watermark bits. A first or second value may be encoded by increasing the relative packet time between packets in either the group A (for the first bit value) or group B (for the second bit value) interval(s) of the interval pair(s) assigned to the watermark bits that are to represent the first or second bit value and the beginning of the same group interval(s). The relative packet times may be measured by a decoder and used to calculate a centroid difference for each interval pair. The centroid differences may be used to reconstruct the watermark.09-25-2008
20080232361IP BROADCAST SYSTEM, AND MULTIPLEXER, RECEIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD USED IN IP BROADCAST SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, an IP broadcast system includes a transmitting side and a receiving side connected to the transmitting side through a broadcast network on an IP network. The transmitting side includes a multiplexer which generates a standardized multiplex frame including at least a header field and an information field by multiplexing a plurality of RTP packets. The receiving side includes a buffer which temporarily holds the multiplex frame from the broadcast network and a program reproducer which retrieves and analyzes the multiplex frame from the buffer, extracts a reproduction clock shared by a plurality of programs, demultiplexes a plurality of TSs for each program from the multiplex frame, and based on the reproduction clock, reproduces the programs from each TS.09-25-2008
20080232360Session Admission Control Method and Apparatus - For efficient and fast admission control with respect to a new session and for exchange of data stream packets between an edge router (09-25-2008
20080232359FAST PACKET FILTERING ALGORITHM - Packets received at a network element are filtered according to a plurality of filtering rules, where each filtering rule includes filtering data associated with one or more fields of a received packet. Rule groups are defined to include a plurality of filtering rules having common associated fields. For each rule group, global filter masks are generated, where bit positions in the global filter mask indicate whether each filtering rule in the rule group has a predetermined value at a corresponding bit position. As packets are received, comparing the global filter masks to one or more fields in the packets to determine whether there is a possibility that one of the rules in a corresponding rule group will match data in the fields.09-25-2008
20080225847ARTICLE FOR IMPROVED NETWORK PERFORMANCE BY AVOIDING IP-ID WRAP-AROUNDS CAUSING DATA CORRUPTION ON FAST NETWORKS - The reassembly timer in a TCP/IP receiver is dynamically set to avoid data corruption on fast networks caused by IP identification wrap-around. A sender generates IP packets with a special option specifying a reassembly time for fragments based on the subnet of the destination or on the calculated round-trip time of the connection. A receiver sets the reassembly timer to the reassembly time specified in the option. A sender can generate IP packets with an alternative option setting a time stamp for the generated packet. A receiver calculates a traversal time based on the difference between the arrival time of the fragment and this time stamp, and sets the reassembly timer based on this traversal time. A receiver can independently set the reassembly timer to a first reassembly time set by the user for fast networks or to a second reassembly timer set by the user for slow networks based on whether the receiver and sender are on the same subnet.09-18-2008
20080225846Methods and Apparatus for Transmitting Data in a Packet Network - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for transmitting data, such as biometric data or Internet telephone data, in a packet network Packets are split and interchanged prior to transmission across a packet network, such that packets that reach their destination may be processed, even in the presence of lost or delayed packets. Packets of biometric data, such as fingerprints, retinal scans or voice characteristics, or sampled voice packets are split, and optionally interchanged prior to transmission If some packets are lost or delayed, while some of the packets reach their destination and provide sufficient data for user identification, then the user may be authenticated without requesting the retransmission of the lost or delayed data If some packets are lost or delayed, while some packets reach their destination, then the received speech samples may be reproduced without requesting the retransmission of the lost or delayed data09-18-2008
20080225845Methods and Apparatus for Receiving Data in a Packet Network - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for transmitting data, such as biometric data or Internet telephone data, in a packet network. Packets are split and interchanged prior to transmission across a packet network, such that packets that teach their destination may be processed, even in the presence of lost or delayed packets. Packets of biometric data, such as fingerprints, retinal scans or voice characteristics, or sampled voice packets are split, and optionally interchanged prior to transmission. If some packets are lost or delayed, while some of the packets reach their destination and provide sufficient data for user identification, then the user may be authenticated without requesting the retransmission of the lost or delayed data. If some packets are lost or delayed, while some packets teach their destination, then the received speech samples may be reproduced without requesting the retransmission of the lost or delayed data.09-18-2008
20080225844Method of transmitting data in a communication system - A method of transmitting a first signal from a first terminal to a second terminal via a communication network including: receiving at the first terminal a second signal from the second terminal; outputting the second signal from an output device associated with the first terminal and determining information relating to a characteristic of the second signal. A processing resource of the second terminal used to transmit the second signal is estimated, wherein the estimation is based on the information relating to the characteristic of the second signal. A characteristic of the first signal is adjusted in dependence on the estimated processing resource of the second terminal used to transmit the second signal and the first signal is transmitted to the second terminal.09-18-2008
20080225843Release of resources in a communication system - A control mechanism for a packet data system is disclosed. The control mechanism includes a control entity configured to detect a defined period of inactivity on a packet data context for carrying packet data. A procedure for releasing resources associated with the packet data context are triggered in response to detection of the defined period of inactivity.09-18-2008
20080225842METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ACCELERATING TRANSMISSION OF DATA BETWEEN NETWORK DEVICES - A method and system for transferring data between a sender and a receiver in a packet-based network is disclosed. The method comprises establishing a data channel, establishing a feedback channel, sending data to the receiver over the data channel, sending an acknowledgment to a sender on the feedback channel at a predetermined interval, using the acknowledgment to track data sent successfully and unsuccessfully to the receiver, resending data unsuccessfully sent to the receiver, and self-tuning to optimize throughput based upon the acknowledgement and react to changing network conditions.09-18-2008
20080225841METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOW POWER IDLE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN ETHERNET NETWORKS - Aspects of a method and system for low power IDLE signal transmission in Ethernet networks are provided. In this regard, during time periods between transmissions of actual data by a local Ethernet link partner, the local Ethernet Link partner may generate one or more signals, in place of a standard Ethernet IDLE signal, that enable synchronization between Ethernet link partners. In this manner, the generated signals may enable reducing power consumption as compared to standard Ethernet IDLE signals. Accordingly, link activity may be monitored to enable detecting periods when there may be no actual data for transmission and the generated signals may be transmitted. The generated signals may be transmitted at a reduced symbol rate as compared to standard Ethernet IDLE signals. The generated signals may be transmitted via fewer network links as compared to standard Ethernet IDLE signals.09-18-2008
20080225840VOIP system - A Voice over Internet Protocol (VOIP) system cooperates with a phone and an access point storing default connecting information. The VOIP system includes a transmitting module, a receiving module, a decoding module and a comparing module. The transmitting module is disposed in the phone and transmits numeral information. The receiving module is disposed in the access point and receives the numeral information. The decoding module is disposed in the access point and is electrically connected with the receiving module for converting the numeral information into character information. The comparing module is disposed in the access point and is electrically connected with the decoding module for comparing the character information and the default connecting information so as to determine whether the access point proceeds to connect with the phone or not.09-18-2008
20080225839Information Processing Device, Port Detecting Device, Information Processing Method, Port Detecting Method, and Program - There is provided an information processing device comprising bubble packet transmitter for transmitting a bubble packet via communications processing device, detecting packet transmitter for transmitting a detecting packet via communications processing device, the detecting packet used for detecting a position of a bubble packet transmission port, the detecting packet being transmitted in a manner that a detecting packet transmission port in communications processing device where the detecting packet passes through becomes the same as or different from a bubble packet transmission port, depending on a type of communications processing device, and bubble packet transmission port detector for detecting a position of the bubble packet transmission port according to the detecting packet transmission port.09-18-2008
20110261814PACKET PREEMPTION FOR LOW LATENCY - While transmitting a first Ethernet frame from the first buffer onto an Ethernet link, a first Ethernet device may stop transmitting the first frame prior to completing transmission of the frame. The first Ethernet device may then transmit a second frame from a second buffer onto the Ethernet link. The first Ethernet device may resume transmission of the first frame from the first buffer onto the Ethernet link. A second Ethernet device may receive, via the Ethernet link, a first portion of a first Ethernet frame and store the first portion of the first Ethernet frame in a first buffer. The second Ethernet device may then receive, via the Ethernet link, a second Ethernet frame and store the second Ethernet frame in a second buffer. The second Ethernet device may then receive, via the Ethernet link, a second portion of the first Ethernet frame and append it to the contents of the first buffer.10-27-2011
20130142198TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND INTERFACE DEVICE - A transmission device for receiving a user signal and transmitting to another device a transmission signal, the transmission device comprising: a plurality of interface units each capable of accommodating a communication line; and a cross-connect unit for branching the user signal and coupling the communication line accommodated by each of the plurality of interface units to a client device, wherein the transmission device is configured to provide redundancy to the communication line by using the plurality of interface units, wherein the each of the plurality of interface units having a switching control module for performing switching control of an interface unit that accommodates a communication line for transmitting a main signal to the client device.06-06-2013
20090196287Method and apparatus for forwarding data in Ethernet - The present invention provides a method for forwarding data in the Ethernet, an Ethernet physical layer cross apparatus, an Ethernet Media Access Control (MAC) layer cross apparatus, an Ethernet IP layer cross apparatus and cross cascade systems. In the method of the present invention includes the following features: configuring cross relationships between network device interfaces; determining whether an interface has a cross relationship with other interfaces according to the cross relationships configured after receiving data from the interface; sending the data to an interface which has a cross relationship with the interface from which the data is received if the interface from which the data is received has a cross relationship with other interfaces; and proceeding with existing forwarding processing in each layer if the interface from which the data is received does not have a cross relationship with other interfaces. The solution of the present invention dramatically reduces workload of network devices in the Ethernet and improves forwarding performance of the network devices.08-06-2009
20110274106INFORMATION PROCESSOR AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION OF THE SAME - A file into is divided into a plurality of section data sets, each section data set having a predetermined data amount less than one-packet data amount, allocates the section data sets to the networks according to a predetermined rule, connects in series the section data sets allocated to each network as a section file, dividing the section file into a plurality of packets, and setting, in a predetermined region of each packet, packet identification information associated with the transmission object file, sets information specifying the network in a predetermined region of each packet; and sends each packet to a local communication line.11-10-2011
20080219258Load balancing in data networks - Load balancing apparatus for a data communications network comprises hash logic for computing a hash function on incoming data packets. A threshold detector is connected to the hash logic for triggering, in response to utilization of the downstream objects exceeding a predefined threshold, redefinition in the hash logic of parameters of the hash function from a first set of parameters to a second set of parameters for redistributing the data packets amongst the downstream objects. In use, the hash logic, directs the packets for routing to downstream objects in the network via a first routing path based on a hash computation using the first set of parameters, and, if the threshold is exceeded, selectively directs the packets to one of the first routing path and a second routing path in dependence on separate hash computations using the first and the second sets of parameters for subsequent routing of the packets via the selected one of the first and second routing paths based on the results of one of the separate hash computations.09-11-2008
20080219257Device for Controlling the Implementation of Functions in a Service Device Belonging to an Internet Communication Network Core - An device (A) is dedicated to controlling the implementation of functions linked with providing at least one communication service to at least one communication terminal (T09-11-2008
20080219256CONTENT DELIVERY SYSTEM, TERMINAL, AND CONTENT DELIVERY METHOD - A content delivery system can deliver information content matching with a user's attribute or preference. The system includes information delivery means, service history recording means, media retrieval means, and message transmission means. The information delivery means provides an information delivery service to a terminal. The service history recording means records a service history of the terminal. The media retrieval means refers to the service history of the terminal recorded by the service history recording means, retrieves content matching with a service selection tendency of the terminal from among contents capable of being delivered to the terminal from the information delivery means, and generates content access information for accessing the content. Message transmission means transmits to the terminal a command to be executed by the terminal and the content access information, using a SIP MESSAGE method. The content delivery system causes the terminal to execute the command and access the information delivery means using the content access information.09-11-2008
20080219255METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND TANGIBLE MACHINE-READABLE MEDIUM FOR ESTABLISHING A ROUTING PATH DURING A NETWORK ENTRY PROCESS OF A SUBSCRIBER STATION BASED ON A MULTI-HOP RELAY STANDARD - A method, a wireless communication system, a communication apparatus, and a tangible machine-readable medium for establishing a routing path during a network entry process of an SS based on a multi-hop relay standard are provided. The wireless communication system comprises a BS, an SS, and an RS. The SS transmits an RNG-REQ of the SS by a ranging CID to the BS through the RS. The BS allocates an SS CID and a routing path for the SS, and transmits an RNG-RSP having the SS CID and the routing path by a path CID to the RS. The RS updates the SS CID and the routing path into a routing table of the RS after receiving the RNG-RSP, and transmits the RNG-RSP having the SS CID by the ranging CID to the SS.09-11-2008
20080219253APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MULTIMEDIA STREAM - An apparatus and method are provided for variably transmitting a multimedia stream according to requirements of a client device and the state of a channel. The multimedia stream transmission apparatus includes: a plurality of virtual machines corresponding to the multiple client applications, each of the virtual machines determining a specific parameter set and obtaining a change value for the parameter set from network statistics and a requirement of a corresponding client application; a parameter adjustment unit which adjusts values of parameters used in a network interface by the change value; and the network interface which transmits the multimedia stream based on the adjusted parameters.09-11-2008
20080219252Shared communication protocol for controller area network - A method of communicating messages in a CAN network is provided. The method obtains data to be transmitted that relates to an event, prepares a unique event message identifier for first data that relates to the event and prepares a common data message identifier for the event. The common data message identifier identifies second data related to the event. The method further prepares a first transmit message comprising the unique event message identifier and the first data relating to the event, and prepares a second transmit message comprising the common data message identifier and the second data relating to the event, and transmits the first and second messages to a CAN bus, wherein the first and second transmit messages may be received by one or more receiving devices.09-11-2008
20080219250Use of communication service identifiers - Disclosed is a method in an application server. A request for initiating a communication session is received, and responsive to the request including a first service identifier pertaining to a service not supported by the application server, the first service identifier is removed from the request. A response to the request is received, and responsive to having removed the first service identifier from the request and the response including a second service identifier pertaining to the same service as the first service identifier, the second service identifier is removed from the response.09-11-2008
20120250680NETWORK APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, CONTROL PROGRAM AND PACKET NETWORK SYSTEM - A switching process includes an SRAM/CAM storing registration data including a forwarding database used for packet-forwarding and a DRAM storing packet data. The registration data including the forwarding database of the SRAM/CAM for packet-forwarding is stored into the DRAM as a copy of the registration data, and the registration data of the DRAM is used to refresh the registration data of the SRAM/CAM for a predetermined time interval. A data error in the SRAM/CAM caused by a soft-error is rewritten to normal data by periodical refreshing so that data is guaranteed with relatively low cost and the reliability of the network apparatus is improved.10-04-2012
20130094504Service Routing Method and System on Service Overlay Network - Embodiments of the present invention provide a service routing method that includes: a current service routing entity receiving a service request, and the current service routing entity selecting a second service routing entity; if the second service routing entity is not the current service routing entity itself, the current service routing entity forwards the service request to the second service routing entity, sets the second service routing entity is as the current service routing entity, and performs the receiving and the selecting until the second service routing entity selected by the current service routing entity is the current service routing entity itself; and if the second service routing entity is the current service routing entity itself, setting the current service routing entity as a first most adjacent service routing entity that obtains service registration information of the service and sends the service request to a service provider.04-18-2013
20130114593Reliable Transportation a Stream of Packets Using Packet Replication - In one embodiment, a device receives a first packet stream and a second packet stream over different paths through a network, wherein each of said sent first and the second packet streams includes a same replicated stream of packets. The apparatus processes packets of the first packet stream when the first packet stream is in an active packet stream, and while buffering and subsequently dropping packets of the second packet stream when the second packet stream is in a non-active state. In response to identifying a difference in a number of packets in the same replicated stream of packets received in the second packet stream compared to in the first packet stream equaling or exceeding a predetermined threshold, the second packet stream becomes in the active state and missing packets are forwarded from the buffered second stream packets.05-09-2013
20130094503PAGE-MODE MESSAGING - Methods and apparatuses for sending or receiving a page mode message include, for example, sending a page mode message using a session mode message mechanism with an indication indicating that a session mode is for the page mode message. A session is established for carrying the page mode message by message session relay protocol.04-18-2013
20130094502APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING FORWARD ERROR CORRECTION PACKET IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving a Forward Error Correction (FEC) packet in a mobile communication system are provided. In the FEC packet transmission method, an FEC packet transmission apparatus transmits an FEC delivery block to an FEC packet reception apparatus. The FEC delivery block includes N payloads. Each of the N payloads includes a payload header. Each payload header included in each of C payloads among the N payloads includes packet oriented header information and an FEC delivery block oriented header information fragment. The packet oriented header information is applied to a related payload, and the FEC delivery block oriented header information fragment is generated by fragmenting FEC delivery block oriented header information applied to the N payloads.04-18-2013
20130094501PROCESSING DATA PACKETS IN PERFORMANCE ENHANCING PROXY (PEP) ENVIRONMENT - Methods and systems for processing network packets within a Performance Enhancing Proxy (PEP) environment are described. An example method comprises receiving network data to be transported between a first PEP and a second PEP. The network data is segmented in one or more original network packets. The method may further comprise collecting packet identifying data associated with the one or more original network packets before the network data is packetized into one or more performance enhanced packets by the first PEP. The method may further comprise transmitting the identifying data to the second PEP. Upon receiving of the identifying data, the second PEP may recreate the segmentation of the original network data.04-18-2013
20130094500PROCESS INSTALLATION NETWORK INTRUSION DETECTION AND PREVENTION - A process communication device includes a process communication interface for communicating on a process communication loop in accordance with a process communication protocol. A controller is coupled to the process communication interface. A rules store is coupled to the controller, and has at least one process communication packet rule that is based on the process communication protocol. The controller applies the at least one process communication packet rule to at least one process communication packet received from the process communication interface, and generates event information when a process communication packet fails at least one process communication packet rule.04-18-2013
20130100951COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL APPARATUS, NODE CONTROLLING METHOD AND NODE CONTROLLING PROGRAM - A controller connected to a node configured for processing a packet received in accordance with a processing rule that stipulates a matching rule and processing for a packet matching to the matching rule includes a removal request history management unit, a processing rule search unit and a processing rule setting unit. The removal request history management unit retains record(s) of requests made to the node(s) in connection with removing the processing rule. The processing rule search unit references, in setting a new processing rule for the node, the removal request history management unit to search for a processing rule having a matching rule that competes with the new processing rule. The processing rule setting unit re-requests, in case a processing rule having a matching rule competing with the new processing rule exists in the removal request history management unit, the node(s) to remove the processing rule having the matching rule competing with the new processing rule.04-25-2013
20110268112ETHERNET MODULE HAVING A REDUCED HOST PCB FOOTPRINT AND DIMENSIONED TO CORRESPOND TO A REAR FACE OF AN RJ CONNECTOR JACK - The present invention provides an Ethernet module for a finished Ethernet device, said finished Ethernet device comprising: a host circuit board, and a connector jack mounted upon said host circuit board; wherein said Ethernet module comprises a circuit board vertically mountable upon the host circuit board, and wherein said Ethernet module is dimensioned to correspond to a rear face of said connector jack. By the innovative construction of space-saving Ethernet module, the present invention reduces the footprint of the Ethernet module on the host circuit board and increases the efficiency of utilization of the finished Ethernet device's internal volume.11-03-2011
20100278175DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A data communication method in a network including a plurality of communication apparatuses connected in the form of a ring, the network being logically broken at a given position, the method comprising: calculating transmission time between a sending apparatus and a granting apparatus granting control of a bus to the sending apparatus in each of a first communication environment in which data is transferred in a first direction on the network and a second communication environment in which data is transferred in a second direction different from the first direction; and changing the transfer direction on the network for each sending apparatus to a transfer direction that provides shorter transmission time on the basis of the calculated transmission times and performing data transfer.11-04-2010
20080205391Methods and apparatus for self partitioning a data network to prevent address conflicts - Methods, devices and computer program products for self partitioning a data network are provided. A network device that is using an address of another network device is identified, the network is automatically partitioned to eliminate the potential conflict, and address conflict resolution is initiated. Partitioning the network may include closing a port over which the routing packet was received from the network device that advertised the conflict, or may include closing the logical connection to that network device. A routing database may be cleared of information previously received from the network device that advertised the conflict so that no routes exist through that device any more. Conflict resolution may include assigning a different address to the network device identified as having a conflicting address, and then allowing the identified network device to communicate with other network devices using the newly assigned address.08-28-2008
20080205386System and Method of User-Directed Dynamic Domain Selection - A mobile device configured for communication in both packet and circuit switched domains. The mobile device includes a domain selector. The domain selector is configured, responsive to selection by a user of one of the packet switched and circuit switched domains, to promote mobile device communication via the selected one of the packet switched and circuit switched domains.08-28-2008
20080205385DATA FRAME FORMATS TO IMPROVE GROUPCAST EFFICIENCY IN MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORKS - Unified groupcast data frame formats are provided for improving the efficiency of groupcast communications in multihop wireless mesh networks, and significantly reducing bandwidth consumption. The unified groupcast data frame formats modify existing BSS data frame formats by inserting a mesh end-to-end sequence number into a field that is normally reserved for a sequence control field. In some implementations, a time-to-live (TTL) value can also be inserted into a QoS control field.08-28-2008
20130177016COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL APPARATUS, PACKET HANDLING OPERATION SETTING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A control apparatus sets, in a node located at the start point of an aggregatable segment of two or more packet forwarding paths including the aggregatable segment, a packet handling operation for each flow, the packet handling operation being for writing a flow identifier for identifying the flow and a path identifier used for packet forwarding through the aggregatable segment in a region of each of packets to be matched against the matching rule and then causing the packet to be output. The packets respectively belong to the individual flows, and each of the packets is to be forwarded through a corresponding one of the two or more packet forwarding paths. Further, the control apparatus sets, in a node located intermediate on the aggregatable segment, a common packet handling operation for causing the packet that matches the path identifier to be forwarded according to the packet forwarding path. Then, the control apparatus sets, in a node located at the end point of the aggregatable segment, a packet handling operation for performing restoration and forwarding based on the flow identifier.07-11-2013
20130177015APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONOUS HARDWARE TIME STAMPING - Methods and apparatus that may be used to provide timestamps to physical layer devices are provided. One method includes obtaining a time value from a clock associated with a physical layer device that is communicatively coupled to a primary data packet switch. The method further includes adding a processing time to the time value to generate a timestamp and transmitting the timestamp to a multiplexer circuit. The method further includes writing the timestamp in parallel from the multiplexer circuit to a plurality of external physical layer devices that are communicatively coupled to a secondary data packet switch and are located external to a housing of the secondary data packet switch.07-11-2013
20080198845Arrangement, Nodes and a Method Relating to Services Access Over a Communication System - The present invention relates to an arrangement in a communications system participating in user station (UE; l) service request and/or access procedures and comprising a number of packet data support nodes (08-21-2008
20080198844Cross-media communication coordination - Methods and a media system for cross-media communication coordination may include but are not limited to receiving one or more data packets via one or more modes of communication; providing a data storage format for the one or more data packets; providing an identification tag to enable manipulation of one or more selected data packets; and converting the one or more selected data packets from an original communication type to an alternative communication type. Other methods and systems for cross-media communication coordination may include but are not limited to receiving one or more data packets; determining an original media type associated with the one or more data packets; and converting one or more selected data packets using the original media type to a specified content storage format appropriate for including in a further communication to a predetermined computing device.08-21-2008
20110228767VIRTUAL LINK AGGREGATION OF NETWORK TRAFFIC IN AN AGGREGATION SWITCH - Access switches in a switching system may use virtual aggregated links. When a link between an aggregation switch and an access switch fails, the link failure may be reflected in the virtual aggregated link and data traffic to another access switch may be switched away from the failed switch. A forwarding table in the access switch stores a number of entries that each define a correspondence between destination addresses and an output identifier for the switch. At least a first output identifier includes an aggregated link that represents a first set of possible output links. At least a second output identifier includes a virtual aggregated link, associated with a second network switch that represents a second set of possible output links. Destination addresses in the forwarding table for the virtual aggregated link correspond to network devices connected to the second network switch.09-22-2011
20130148656Logical L3 Daemon - For a network controller for managing hosts in a network, a method for configuring a host to resolve network addresses is described. The method configures an address resolution module in a host to resolve a network address. The method configures a managed forwarding element in the host to (1) avoid sending a request to resolve the network address to another host by using the address resolution module to resolve the network address and (2) forward packets using the resolved network address.06-13-2013
20130148653MECHANISM FOR ESTABLISHING REPUTATION IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - Traffic is obtained from a plurality of internet protocol version six addresses within a plurality of internet protocol version six blocks; and a first indication of inappropriate traffic is obtained from a first one of the addresses. Responsive thereto, a reputation score for a first given one of the blocks, containing the first one of the internet protocol version six addresses, is incremented by a first predetermined amount; and a reputation score for an adjacent block is incremented by a second predetermined amount which is less than the first predetermined amount. Traffic from the plurality of internet protocol version six addresses within the plurality of internet protocol version six blocks is passed or blocked in accordance with a policy based on the incremented reputation scores for the first block and adjacent block. Techniques for internet protocol version four (individual and network address translation aspects) are also provided.06-13-2013
20130148654PORT PROFILE ANALYTICS - One embodiment of the present invention provides a computer system. The computer system includes a display mechanism, a storage, and a migration management mechanism. The storage stores a data structure indicating one or more port profiles. The migration management mechanism identifies one or more port profiles associated with a target switch for a migrating virtual machine, wherein the target switch is coupled to a target host machine of the virtual machine and recommends whether the target switch is suitable for the virtual machine by examining an identifier to the virtual machine in the port profiles associated with the target switch using the display mechanism.06-13-2013
20130148655COMMUNICATION MECHANISM IN A NETWORK OF NODES WITH MULTIPLE INTERFACES - A path selection unit selects a network communication path from a plurality of available network communication paths for transmitting data from a hybrid network device to a destination network device. A packet transmit unit determines path connection characteristics associated with the selected network communication path. The packet transmit unit generates a hybrid network packet for transmitting the data to the destination network device based, at least in part, on the path connection characteristics associated with the selected network communication path. The packet transmit unit transmits the hybrid network packet to the destination network device via the selected network communication path.06-13-2013
20090323686METHODS AND APPARATUSES TO REDUCE CONTEXT SWITCHING DURING DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION IN A MULTI-PROCESSOR DEVICE - A method and apparatus are provided for efficiently transferring data between a first and second processors having shared memory. A plurality of data packets are aggregated into a packet bundle at the first processor. The packet bundle is then transferred from the first processor to the second processor using the shared memory, wherein the transfer of the packet bundle is performed in a single context switch at the first processor. The packet bundle is then unbundled into individual data packets at the second processor, wherein a processing load of the second processor is reduced due to the aggregation of the data packets into the packet bundle by the first processor.12-31-2009
20090080420Device and Method to Detect Applications Running On a Local Network for Automatically Performing the Network Address Translation - The present invention concerns an interconnection device comprising a first interface to a first network, a second interface to a second network, routing means for routing a packet between the first interface and the second interface, means for detecting a device connected to the first network, the device comprising at least one application, and address translation means for translating a source address of a packet coming from the first network destined to the second network and translating a destination address of a packet coming from the second network destined to the first network, according the application running on said local device. The interconnection device comprises application detecting means for detecting an application running on the detected device and configuring the address translation means in response to the detected application.03-26-2009
20120275455METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING BROADCAST SERVICE IN DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM, AND SYSTEM THEREOF - Provided is a method for receiving a broadcast service in a digital broadcasting system. The method includes receiving a Service Guide Delivery Descriptor (SGDD) over a network, the SGDD providing signaling information related to reception of the broadcast service, extracting the signaling information from the received SGDD, and analyzing the extracted signaling information, receiving a service guide for reception of the broadcast service based on the analyzed signaling information, and receiving the broadcast service based on the received service guide.11-01-2012
20120275454ASYNCHRONOUS MASTER-SLAVE SERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND CONTROL MODULE USING THE SAME THEREOF - An asynchronous master-slave serial communication system, a data transmission method, and a control module using the same are disclosed. The asynchronous master-slave serial communication system comprises a master control module and a slave control module. The master control module generates a check code according to an address information and a data information, and generates a data package according to the address information, the data information, the check code and the master clock signal. The slave control module generates a decoding data according to the data package and a slave clock signal, and generates the address information, the data information and the check code according to the decoding data.11-01-2012
20100316049METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENERGY-EFFICIENCY-BASED PACKET CLASSIFICATION - Aspects of a method and system for energy-efficiency-based packet classification are provided. In this regard, a network link for communicating a packet may be selected based, at least in part, on an amount of energy required to communicate the packet over the network link, and based, at least in part, on an energy efficiency class to which the packet is assigned. The energy efficiency class may be determined based on one or more fields of the packet, wherein the fields may comprise one or more of an Ethertype field, a type of service header of an IP datagram, and a field pre-pended or appended to a payload of the packet. In this regard, during or subsequent to generation of the packet, the packet may be marked such that a network path traversed by the generated packet may be determined based on the energy required to communicate the packet over the network path.12-16-2010
20100316048DYNAMIC SIP MAX-HOP SETUP FOR IMS - A device forwards in a network, a session setup request from an originating user device toward a destination user device and intercepts a too many hops error message from a network element to the originating user device. The device also automatically sends, in response to the error message, a search request message to determine a correct number of hops from the originating user device to the destination user device and resets a Max-Forwards value for the session setup request based on the determined correct number of hops. The session setup request with the determined correct number of hops may be resent on behalf of the originating device without the too may hops error ever reaching the originating device.12-16-2010
20130156029PACKET SWITCH METHODS AND SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to a packet switch and a packet switching method. An example embodiment of the present invention comprises at least three network ports, at least one instrument port, a mux-switch, a packet switch fabric, and an address table. The embodiment updates the address table to include the source address of each ingress packet of each network port and associate the source address with that network port. The mux-switch routes the ingress packet traffic of each network port according to the identity of the network port so that at least a copy of the packet traffic of one of the network ports is routed to an instrument port. The packet switch fabric routes the packets from the instrument ports to the network ports according the destination address of the packet and the identity of the network port that is associated with the destination address as recorded in the address table.06-20-2013
20120281695CONTROL PACKET BICASTING BETWEEN STACKABLE DEVICES - Techniques that enable a network device such as a switch to bicast control packets to an active controller and a standby controller in a stackable system. Techniques are provided for encapsulating control packets with one or more proprietary headers to bicast encapsulated control packets to an active controller and a standby controller in a stackable system.11-08-2012
20130182705METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING ENCODED VIDEO SIGNALS - A method and systems are provided for transmitting encoded video data over a packet switched network, by: (i) providing a plurality of encoded copies of video data, each encoded at a bitrate different from that of the others; (ii) transmitting one of the copies encoded at a first bitrate from a first end of a communication channel towards a second end of the communication channel; (iii) receiving the encoded copy at the second end and detecting the channel error rate associated therewith; (iv) at the first end, providing an indication associated with the detected error rate to enable transmitting from the first end another encoded copy having a different bitrate; and (v) transmitting a second copy encoded at a second bitrate, wherein the second bitrate is substantially equal to a maximal rate at which that encoded copy is recoverable at the second end with no noticeable apparent errors.07-18-2013
20110280240Packet retransmission control system, method and program - A packet retransmission control system has: a network control block configured to perform packet retransmission control in an upper layer; and a packet retransmission control block configured to perform packet retransmission control with a shorter retransmission timeout than the upper layer in a lower layer that is lower than the upper layer. If the network control block receives a duplicate acknowledge packet being an acknowledge packet notifying a same sequence number for a predetermined number of times, the network control block performs packet retransmission. The packet retransmission control block determines whether or not retransmission of a same packet is performed earlier in the upper layer than in the lower layer. If retransmission of the same packet is performed earlier in the upper layer than in the lower layer, the packet retransmission control block prohibits retransmission of the same packet in the lower layer.11-17-2011
20110310895System for fast recovery from losses for reliable data communication protocols - Fast recovery from losses is an important problem for reliable data communication protocols. The Internet standard TCP protocol (Transmission Control Protocol) implements two algorithms for that: an original one based on a special timer, and a later addition to TCP that is triggered when there are three packets received by the client after the missing one. Web communications are most frequently carrying rather small objects that are generally ineligible for anything other than timeout-based retransmission schemes. The present invention describes a system delivering performance improvements to TCP (and other reliable data communication protocols) that are compliant with present Internet standards. One improvement is to send duplicates of packets without waiting for a timeout to occur. Another is to split particular parts of a data stream into smaller packets. A third is to send packets out-of-order to force the remote host to acknowledge all packets that were successfully received.12-22-2011
20110310894Network system, network control device and control method - A module train determination block determines a module block being composed of at least one of a plurality of control application modules having different network control functions respectively. A plurality of attached data prepared for the plurality of control application modules are used. Each of the plurality of attached data indicates an operational parameter being referred or rewritten when the operation determined by a corresponding control application module is executed. The module train determination block refers to each attached data and determines a module train whose consistency is insured. A scheduling block executes the module train in turn and generates a single entry setting data indicating a sequence of the operation which corresponds to a sequence of network control devices.12-22-2011
20110310893SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DATA PACKET TRANSMISSION - The present disclosure relates to the transmission of data packets, and to systems and methods for improving the utilization of available bandwidth. In various embodiments, a transmitting device may calculate a first data integrity value based on the payload of a network packet and a static datum (e.g., sender identification information). The first data integrity value is transmitted with the network packet while the static datum is omitted. A receiving device may be configured to replace the omitted static datum upon receipt of the network packet. This static data is pre-configured in the receiving device or communicated using an alternative method. The receiving device may then calculate a second data integrity value based on the received network packet payload and the static datum. The second data integrity value may only match the first data integrity value if the transmitting device and receiving device use the same static datum.12-22-2011
20110310892ACCELERATING DATA ROUTING - Systems, devices and methods for improving network performance are disclosed. In particular, in one embodiment, a method of processing data packets in an electronic network is provided. The method includes receiving data packets at a receive stack of an electronic network device and creating a first packet from at least a portion of each of the set of data packets. The first packet includes an indicator that the first packet is a first packet type. The creation of the first packet includes saving a first header of the plurality of data packets, modifying the first header with information from each of the set of data packets, and concatenating the set of data packets.12-22-2011
20130188634METHOD FOR ACCESSING A NETWORK AND NETWORK ACCESS DEVICE - The invention provides for a method for accessing a virtual private network over a packet switched network, the method comprising sending, by a provider edge router, network labelling information about data packet labels to a network access device using a layer 2 network protocol. The method may be performed for accessing a hierarchical Virtual Private LAN Service network using a link layer distribution protocol as signalling protocol for Multi-Protocol Label Switching labels attached to data packets of the packet switched network.07-25-2013
20110317693SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING NETWORK CONNECTION - Systems and methods of enabling a user host device to communicate on a network. In an embodiment, a system receives a request packet from a user host device. The request packet, such as an ARP request packet, may include a target IP address that corresponds to a static IP address that is different from any IP address associated with the system. In response to receiving the request packet, the system may send a response packet, such as an ARP response packet, with a sender address that corresponds to the static IP address, and with a sender hardware address that corresponds to a hardware address of the system.12-29-2011
20080317017Data Unit Sender and Data Unit Relay Device - New methods and devices for implementing an ARQ mechanism over a multi-hop connection (sender-relay-receiver) are proposed. A communication protocol is described in accordance with which data units are arranged in a sequence and each sent data unit is identifiable by a sequence position identifier. The sender implements a sending peer, the relay a relay peer and the receiver a receiving peer. Feedback messages are exchanged, which using said sequence position identifiers, carry information on a receipt of sent data units. The communication protocol provides for at least a first type and a second type of receipt information, the first type (RACK) of receipt information being indicative of a correct receipt of a data unit at a relay peer of said communication protocol, and the second type (ACK) of receipt information being indicative of a correct receipt of a data unit at a final destination peer of said communication protocol.12-25-2008
20120020353TRANSMITTING PACKET FROM DEVICE AFTER TIMEOUT IN NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS UTILIZING VIRTUAL NETWORK CONNECTION - A method of providing network communications includes spawning a virtual machine that virtualizes network capabilities of the device such that a virtual network connection is provided; using the virtual network connection, transmitting a packet to a first node using a first routing protocol for communication to a destination device; setting a timer, the timer having a value corresponding to an amount of time greater than an average response time of the destination device; and, upon expiration of the timer, transmitting the packet to a second node using a second routing protocol for communication to the destination device.01-26-2012
20120020352FACILITATING NETWORK ROUTING USING VIRTUALIZATION - A method of facilitating network routing using virtualization includes receiving, at a second device via a virtual machine for a network connection that virtualizes network capabilities of the second device, a packet transmitted by a first device, the packet including a header and a payload, the virtual machine being spawned and managed by virtual dispersive routing (VDR) software; loading, by the VDR software, information from the packet into memory of the second device; appending, by the VDR software, to the payload of the packet, information associated with the second device; and transmitting the packet to a third device using the virtualized network capabilities of the virtual machine.01-26-2012
20130195105SYNCHRONIZING ROUTING TABLES IN A DISTRIBUTED NETWORK SWITCH - Techniques are provided for routing table synchronization for a distributed network switch. In one embodiment, a first frame having a source address and a destination address is received. If no routing entry for the source address is found in a routing table of a first switch module, routing information is determined for the source address and a routing entry is generated. An indication is sent to a second switch module, to request a routing entry for the source address to be generated in the second switch module, based on the routing information.08-01-2013
20130195106Multi-Path Data Transfer Using Network Coding - Techniques, devices, systems, and protocols are disclosed herein that relate to data transfer between communication nodes via multiple heterogeneous paths. In various embodiments, network coding may he used to improve data flow and reliability in a multiple path scenario. Transmission control protocol (TCP) may also be used within different paths to further enhance data transfer reliability. In some embodiments, multiple levels of network coding may be provided within a transmitter in a multiple path scenario, with one level being applied across ail paths and another being applied within individual paths.08-01-2013
20120039332SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MULTI-LEVEL QUALITY OF SERVICE CLASSIFICATION IN AN INTERMEDIARY DEVICE - The present invention is directed towards systems and methods for providing multi-level classification of a network packet. In some embodiments, network performance may be enhanced and optimized by providing QoS and acceleration engines with packet- or data-specific information. In addition to source and destination IP addresses and port numbers, packet- or data-specific information can include direction of traffic (client to host or server; server or host to client; or both), Virtual LAN (VLAN) ID, source or destination application or associated application, service class, ICA priority, type of service, differentiated service code point (DSCP), or other information. Some or all of this information may be used to classify the network packet at a plurality of layers of a network stack, allowing for deep inspection of the packet and multiple levels of granularity of classification.02-16-2012
20130201985METERS WITH MULTIPLE NETWORK INTERFACES - An energy meter system includes an energy meter with metering circuitry that is enabled to collect metrology data relating to energy usage. Communications circuitry in the energy meter is configured to selectively communicate the metrology data to a head end server over an advanced metering infrastructure (AMI) network and a home area network (HAN).08-08-2013
20130201984SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PACKET FILTERING AND SWITCHING - A method of packet processing includes receiving a packet at one of a plurality of network ports at a switch device, tagging the packet with a first identification, tagging the packet with a second identification, using a first table to determine a first set of output port identifications based at least in part on the first identification, using a second table to determine a second set of output port identifications based at least in part on the second identification, and performing a logical operation using the first set of output port identifications and the second set of output port identifications to identify one or more of a plurality of output ports at the switch device.08-08-2013
20120093150MULTIPATH TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL PROXY - An edge router runs a Multipath Transmission Control Protocol (MPTCP) proxy to allow for a host that implements TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) to operate normally yet reap the benefits of an MPTCP connection. An upgrade of a TCPIP stack on the host is not necessary. The edge router demultiplexes packets received from the host over a TCP connection to an MPTCP connection and multiplexes packets sent to the host over an MPTCP connection to a TCP connection. As a result, higher throughput of packet communication can be realized, for example, for improved video support.04-19-2012
20120093149IN-BAND COMMUNICATION OF NETWORK STATISTICS OVER A FICON NETWORK - In one embodiment a method is provided for requesting and receiving network statistics in-band of a data replication exchange. The method includes receiving, at a switch, a request packet, initiated from a data replication system, for in-band delivery of network statistics, modifying the request packet to include a command that can be processed by a data storage device that is periodically accessed in connection with the data replication system, sending the request packet including the command to the data storage device, receiving from the peripheral device, in response to the request packet including the command, a response packet that includes data responsive to the command, deleting from a data field of the response packet the data responsive to the command and adding to the data field network statistics data available to the switch, and sending the response packet including the network statistics data to one of another switch or a host device from which the request packet was sent.04-19-2012
20130208718Virtual Local Area Network Identifier Substitution as Time To Live Method - An apparatus comprising a node that uses a set of determined virtual local area network (VLAN) identifier (VIDs) to provide a hop limit for a packet forwarded by the node in a network. Also disclosed is a network component comprising a receiver that receives a packet comprising a VID that belongs to a determined set of ordered VIDs, a processor that substitutes the VID in the packet from the set of ordered VIDs and maps the VID to a next hop or instead drops the VID if the VID is a last ordered VID of the ordered VIDs, and a transmitter that forwards the packet comprising the substituted VID to the mapped next hop.08-15-2013